Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
10550 W. 38th Avenue
APEX STRUCTURAL INC. 9416 W. QUARLES PLACE LITTLETON, CO 80128 720-480-0220 January 14, 2020 Wheat Ridge Building Department 7500 W. 29th Ave Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 RE: Jeffco Library Addition 10550 W. 38"' Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Dear Sir or Madam: �') -�'jV\'�' )'jQ_' This letter concerns the footing and pilaster reinforcing for the foundation for a pre-engineered metal building addition for the above referenced address. On January 14, 2020, Brian Panning of Apex Structural Inc. observed the reinforcing prior to the concrete pour. This work complied with the contract documents. The plans called for the ties to be drilled and epoxied 4" into the existing foundation for the two pilasters abutting the building. This was not done. The contractor was instructed to tie #4 bars to the cage on each side of the pilaster and then drill and epoxy these 4" into the existing foundation wall. This only needs to occur at the top of the pilaster. If you have any questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to contact me. Brian Panning, P.E. Apex Structural Inc m 35757 �' ♦��4 1 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �//' Building Inspection Division / (303) 234 -5933 Inspection line (303) 235 -2855 Office ' (303) 235 -2857 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Dry pja (? Job Address /Permit Number: Ir7T r °n tic l -C�,� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time /,)) /Fi AM /PM Re- Inspection required: 'Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re- inspection at 303 - 234 -5933 Date: / t 1 i Oq Inspector: r f DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE ♦ i - CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234 -5933 Inspection line (303) 235 -2855 Office • (303) 237 -8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 1E Job Address: 16 Permit Number: Cog J J`_l ❑ No one available for inspection: Tim AM /PM Re- Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re- inspection at 303 - 234 -5933 Date: /cT f l I q Inspector: K DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE ♦ i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division r (303) 234 -5933 Inspection line - --- -- - (303) 235 -2855 Office • (303) 237 -8929 Fax I INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: M -PP 141 r(T pO ut( 1 f Job Address: Permit Number: o l f ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM PM Re- Inspection required: Yes "When correctio have been made, ca If for re-ins ctii at 3 3- 234 -5933 Date: ) 'D-16 La ' Inspector: c�� DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE INSPECTION RECORD Occupancy/Type INSPECTION LINE: (303) 234 - 5933 Inspections will not be made unless this card is posted on the building site Call by 3:00 PM to receive inspection the following business day. V r'. �r INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL SPACES PERTAINING TO THIS JOB FOUNDATION INSPECTIONS DATE INSPECTOR INITIALS COMMENTS: Footings /Caissons t G l Stemwall I (CEG) Concrete ' Encased Ground FINSPECTIONSOR Reinforcing or Monolithic _. Weatherproof/ French Drain ''rainage PLANNING & ZONING,. FIRE AND PUBLICE WORKS SHOULD BE CALLED. AT LEAST ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTIONS. Sewer Service Lines - Water Service Lines POUR NO CONCRETE UNTIL ABOVE HAS BEEN SIGNED CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR - Electrical (Underground) Plumbing (Underground) Heating (Underground) DO NOT POUR FLOOR UNTIL ABOVE HAS BEEN SIGNED Wall ervice WPIum bing - - ctric /0 V Ot mbing Gas Piping Rough Mechanical rc�nvna w MC WUNtU YKIVK IV YKUCEEUING Framing Insulation - - Drywall Screw OCCUPANCY NOT PERMITTED UNTIL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS ISSUED 9:)DnTr1 -T TLJ14Z I-ADn CDnAfi TLJC IAIPATLJPD t G l FINSPECTIONSOR al ment ''rainage PLANNING & ZONING,. FIRE AND PUBLICE WORKS SHOULD BE CALLED. AT LEAST ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTIONS. Parking & Landscaping "NOTE: ALL ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED AND APPROVED BY PLANNING AND ZONING, BUILDING AND PUBLIC WORKS BEFORE$ ' CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS ISSUED. FINAL INSPECTION BY THE BUILDING DIVISION DOES NOT CONSTITUTEAUTHORIZATION ' OF A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY NOR PERMISSION FOR OCCUPANCY. OCCUPANCY NOT PERMITTED UNTIL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS ISSUED 9:)DnTr1 -T TLJ14Z I-ADn CDnAfi TLJC IAIPATLJPD ♦ i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division f (303) 234-5933 Inspection line r (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: ~ eeOW- , Job Address: _6<JSSz~ Permit Number: p,~ai5 AQ&,Ilnr ❑ No one available for inspection: Time al - SS ~AI~&M Re-Inspection required: Yes *When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: 11 DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE r Building Inspection Division 1 (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 235-2857 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: errs J ,~t Permit Number: ~ 2 /c ❑ No one available for inspection: Time '/X AM/ Re-Inspection required: es No / When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: T_ Inspector. DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE " ' City of Wheat Ridge r4000r- Commercial Electric PERMIT - 093519 PERMIT NO: 093519. ISSUED.: 10/20/2009 JOB ADDRESS: 10550 38TH AV ' EXPIRES: 04/18/2010 DESCRIPTION:. Electrical for. generator and A/C units CONTACTS owner 303/403-8251 Jefferson Cnty Library sub 303./761-6176 Marc McBride 01-8146 McBride Electric **r. PARCEL INFO ZONE CODE: UA ` USE: -UA SUBDIVISION:: UA BLOCK/LOT#: 0/ FEE SUMMARY ESTIMATED PROJECT EVALUATION: 75,000.00 FEES Permit Fee 1,064.45 l-4':1 Plan Review. Fee .691. Total Valuation .00 Use Tax 1,350.00 TOTAL 3,106.34 Conditions: KC: Approved per plans. Subject to -field inspection. Must 'comply with 2005 NEC and all applicable City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Codes. I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit'. application: are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide .by, all conditions,. printed on this application and that I assume4ull responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code-.(I.B.C) and all other applicable ;dt/Ri~ge rdinances, for work under this permit. Plans subject to field inspection. i i /ZA© <j Signatur of contractor/owwrf date 1. This permit was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in your application and is `subject to the laws of the State of Colorado and to the zoning Regulations and Building Codes. of Wheat `Ridge, Colorado or any other applicable ordinances of the City. 2. This permit shall expire 180 days from the issue date.. Requests for an extension must be received prior to expiration date. An extension maybe granted at the discretion of the Building Official. 3. If this permit expires, ;a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been or will be made; in the original plans and specifications and any. suspension or abandonment: has not exceeded one i(1) year. If changes: have been or if suspension or ` abandonment' exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be. paid for a: new permit. 4. No work of any manner shall be done that will change the natural flow of water causing a drainage problem. 5. Contractor shall notify the Building Inspector twenty-four (24). hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive written approval on inspection card before proceeding with successive phases. of the job. 6. The issuance of a permit or the approval of drawings and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, nor an approval of, any violation of the provisions of the building codes or any,. other ordinance, law, =Is or regulation. : All plan review is subject to field inspections. Signat ry ief Building l Official -Hate INSP T N REQUEST LINE: (303)234-5933 BUILDING OFFICE: (303)235-2855 REQ STS :'ST BE MADE BY '3PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR `INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY..` r oFW"E"y CitYof Wheat Ridge Building Division Date: ~b 6(f 07 . ~ .T 7500 W. 29th Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-235-2857 Plan oOLORPpo Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Permit TO r Building Permit Application Prop erty'AdcJress; CS ~sOlSr_ Property Owner (please print): "ayiuriptiAt) , Lt$pAK1~4S Phone: ( 3 t F p i Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: State, Contractor: G ERt nC T --j t^ e XP tC Contractor License 9 l Phone: am l lD I J 7 t_8 SU6 Contractors Electrical City License Plumbing City License Mechanical City License Company: Company Company: , Exp. Date: Exp. Date: Exp. Date: i 1 Approval: Approval: Approval: i Use of space (description): Apno w C>Ktl , Construction value: $ f~f?T~ l l d th B fld v l ~5 n--te h t DeSCriptlottofwork; $+L>K pJA7U Ri3L cu ate per e u mg a u o a s ee ) (as ca I ' Ww l~T°tJ R(-,)'ST-zro AC kf 30 KV A O PS )!S KVA'"f RAtVS Plan Review (due at time of submittal): $ f ------+a I ORmEK Sq. Ft./L. Ft added: Squares BTU's Gallo ns Amps OWNERICONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (I.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for work under this permit. Plans subject to field inspection. CIRLCE ONE:: (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) or PERSONAL REPRES T IVE of (OWNER) (C NTRATT PRINTNAME: b) SIGNATURE: CLIN~ Date: I®° I Bldg Valuation: $ iaR'" ° I CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION City of Wheat Ridge 7500 W 29th Ave Wheat Ridge CO 80033 Permit# 093714 Issued: 11/18/09 Stipulations: Built wall under computer floor around perimeter of room This certificate verifies that the building constructed and/ or the use proposed of the building and/or premises, under the above permit number and on property described below, does comply with the Wheat Ridge Building Code and development standards of the zone district in which it is located and may be occupied. All other licensing requirements for the City must be met. Site Address: 10550 38TH AV Parcel Number: U0982 Owner: Jeffco County Library 10550 W 38th Ave Wheat Ridge CO 80033 Contractor: Fred Husek Husek Remodeling, Inc. PO Box 1808 Englewood, CO 80150-1808 For the Following Purpose: Commercial Remodel Cod Editions NO change shall be made in the USE of 2003 ICC/2005 NEC this building without prior notice 2003 ICC/2002 NEC and a new Certificate of Completion 1997 UBC/2002 NEC from the City of Wheat Ridge. Sprinkler System i ng Inspector 'Zoning Administrator TE MUST BE POSTED BY FRONT DOOR OF COMMERCIAL OCCUPANCIES 11/20/09 11:46:20 City of Wheat Ridge page 1 bp701-1e PERMIT INFORMATION - 093714 mmackey PERMIT INFORMATION: Permitk: 093914 Address: 10550 38TH AV Permit Type: Commercial Remodel Parcel Cd: U0982 Permit Dt: 10/29/2009 OWNER: Expires: 04/27/2010 Address: 10550 W 38th Ave City/St/Zip: Wheat Ridge CO 80033 LAND PARCEL INFORMATION: Zone Cd: Unassigned DU: 0 SetBacks-Front: 0.0 Funct Use: Unassigned Last Zone Dt: Left: 0.0 Subdivision: Unassigned Annex Dt: Right: 0.0 Cont Type: Miscellaneous Lot: Block No: 0 Back: 0.0 Legal: JOE DESCRIPTION: Build Wall under Computer floor around perimeter of room FEES QTY DUE PAID: Permit Fee 2,000.00 90.10 90.10 Plan Review Fee .00 58.57 58.57 Total Valuation 2,000.00 .00 .00 Use Tax 2,000.00 36.00 36.00 184.67 184.67 CONTACTS: owner Jeffco County Library 10550 W 38th Ave Wheat Ridge CO 80033 3032756160 sub CL3 Husek Remodeling, Inc. Fred Husek PO Box 1808 Englewood, CO 80150-1808 3037833707 go CL2 Husek Remodeling, Inc. Fred Husek PO Box 1808 Englewood, CO 80150-1808 3037833707 PERMIT CONDITIONS: KC; Approved per plans. Shall comply with 2003 IBC & 2005 NEC. Subject to field inspections. APPROVALS: REQUIRED INSPECTIONS STATUS: PERMIT NOTES: 10/29/09 CREATED FROM APPL# 09-0380 10/22/09 Given to JS for review. INSPECTION INFORMATION: # TYPE CONTR$ CALLED CNCL WHO REQ DT INS DT STATUS 1 fri:Framing Rough Insp. 02-1916 11/12/09 no kc 11/16/09 11/16/09 COMPLETE 2 DWS:Drywall screw/nail 02-1916 11/18/09 no MV 11/19/09 11/18/09 COMPLETE 3 BFI:BUilding Final Insp 11/19/09 no MV 11/18/09 11/18/09 COMPLETE ♦ i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Bung Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 235-2857 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: L Job Address: -r/A L,1 e Permit Number: V, _1A ro e~- ❑ No one available for inspection: Time %I.U 5 !Alv/PM ~ Re-Inspection required: No *When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO N OT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 1 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: CVAWz Job Address: /e1.SSn wi ' f~c( Permit Number: i i o ❑ No one available for inspection: Time s! %1} AEI pm Re-Inspection required: Yes <N~-- "When corrections have been made, call fo~r/re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: .f Inspector: /r DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge / Commercial Remodel PERMIT - 093714 PERMIT NO: 093714 ISSUED: 10/29/2009 ,JOB ADDRESS: 10550 38TH AV EXPIRES: 04/27/2010 DESCRIPTION: Build wall under computer floor around perimeter of room CONTACTS owner .303/275-6160 'Jeffco County Library sub 303/783-3707 Fred Husek 02-1916Husek Remodeling, Inc. * ..PARCEL INFO * ZONE CODE: UA USE: UA SUBDIVISION: UA. BLOCK/LOT#: 0/ FEE SUMMARY ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 2,000.00 FEES Permit Fee 90.10 Plan Review Fee 58.57 Total Valuation .00 Use Tax 36.00 TOTAL - 184.67 Conditions: KC; Approved per plans.. Shall comply with 2003 IBC 2005. NEC. Subject to field inspections. I hereby certify. that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (I.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for work under this permit. Plans subject to field inspection. Signature of contractor/owner date This permit was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in your application and is subject to the laws of the State of Colorado and to the Zoning Regulations and Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colorado or any other applicable ordinances of the City. This permit shall expire 180 days from the issue date. Requests for an extension must be received prior to expiration date. An extension may be granted at the discretion of the Building Official. 11 If this permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amoun8l normally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans and specifications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes have been or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permit. No work of any manner shall be done that will change the natural flow of water causing a drainage problem. Contractor shall notify the Building Inspector. twenty-four (24) hours in advance for all. inspections and shall receive written approval on inspection card before proceeding with successive phases of the job. The issuance ofa permit or the approval of drawings and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, nor an approval of a rolation of the provisions of the building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. All plan n rubj ect to field inspections. gnature of hieJVBuilding Official date dSPECTION REQUEST LINE: (303)234--5933 BUILDING OFFICE: (303)235-2855 3QUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 3PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION. THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. City of Wheat Ridge .rte / Commercial Mechanica PERMIT - 092115 PERMIT NO:: 092115 - ISSUED: 09/09/2009 JOB ADDRESS: 10550 38TH AV EXPIRES: 03/08/2010 - DESCRIPTION: Install redundant A/C unit andstand alone humidifier CONTACTS gc .303/973-5930 - 02-1920 Johnson Controls * * PARCEL INFO * ZONE CODE: UA USE: UA SUBDIVISION: UA BLOCK/LOT#: 0/ FEE SUMMARY - ESTIMATED, PROJECT VALUATION: 43,000..00 FEES'. Permit Fee 745.04= Total Valuation .00 Use Tax 774.00 TOTAL 1,519.04 + r" r Conditions: Must comply with 8003 IBC, 2003 IMC, ..and 2005 NEC All work subject to field inspections I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application d that I assume full responsibilityfor compliance. with the. Wheat Ridge Building Code (I.B.C) and all other appl' b e e R'd e Ordinances, for work under this permit: Plans subject to field inspection.. ur of on actor/owner.. date 1. This permit was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in your application and is subject to the laws of the state of. Colorado and to the Zoning Regulations and Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colorado or any other applicable. ordinances of the City. 2. This permit shall expire 180 days from the issue date. Requests for an extension must be received prior to expiration date:J An extension may be granted at the discretion of the Building Official. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for afee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans. and. specifications and any suspension or abandonment has. not exceeded one (1) year. If changes have been or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees. shall be paid for a new permit. - " - - 4. No. work of any manner shall be done that will change the natural flow of water causing a drainage. problem. 5. Contractor shall notify the Building Inspector twenty-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive written approval on inspection card before proceeding with successive phases of the job. 6. The issuance of a permit or the. approval of drawings. and specifications shall not be construed to be a. permit.. for, nor an. approval. of, any violation of the provisions of the building. codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. All plan review is s 'ec o field inspections. 0 Signature of Chief B 1 i64 Official: date INSPECTION RED ST LINE: (303)234-5933 BUILDING OFFICE: (303)235-2855 REQUESTS. MUST.. BE. MADE BY.. 3PM ANY. BUSINESS"DAY_FOR INSPECTION. THE FOLLOWING. BUSINESS DAY. City of Wheat Ridge Building Division 7500 W2 Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-235-2857 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 O OR O . Building Permit Application Date: V q1) plan M, I Permit ft Property.Address: 1055-C) 0- 39V~ N e-n r re_ Property Owner (please print): Ito ff O n 1 rt6-e. L., 6M t rn Phoni Sato Lei 14 Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address., 5 alme- City, State, Zip: Contractor: ::~O r(n 1acm o n a'y lS 3X\, Contractor License#: Phone: 3(Ib 4~ ?~Tj Sub Contractors: Electrical City License*. Plumbing City License Mechanical City License Company: Company Company: Exp. Date: Exp. Date: Exp. Date: Approval: Approval: Approval: Use of space (description): Construction Value: $ nth =111!0,7171" ork: "-r- a/) (ascaladatedper the Building Y/uaf. Dafa sheet) C'C~IA 0 At ' J (1N7 PEan Review (due of rime of submiffal): $ ~a ~ S''Fgvu~ 1-~L,o,~r_s 1~.uvwsv~ ~kn Sq. Ft./L.Ftadded: Squares BTU's~_Gallons Amps S~A- OWNER(CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT 1 hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this pemnt application am accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that 1 have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assrane full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code Q.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for work under this permit, Plans subject to field inspection. CIRLCE ONE:: l(\OWN~E^R) (CO CTOR or PERSONAL REP RE /f7/ITA%~5+6~'~f f ( ER) (CoNTRATOR) p PRINTNAME: !2~70-kEn IKO wa SIGNATURE:,!iA/ Data. f ~U ZONING COMMENTS. Zoning: Reviewer PUBUC WORkSGOMMENTS: .49tev1ewer. - BUILDIING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS: Reviewer. DEPARTMENT USE ONLY NO: '.:093714 DRESS:'. 10550 38TH AV PTIONi.' Build wall under CONTACTS ~n~.Yovc cr~n Ludge model PERMIT - 093714 ISSUED: 10/29/2009 EXPIRES: 04/27/2010 floor around perimeter of room' Jeffco County Library 02-.1916 Husek Remodeling, Inc. 'USE: UA BLOCK/LOT#: 0/ ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATIONS: 2,000.00 FEES ` 90.10 e` / WC ...58.57 r~$ . 00 36 00 184.67 ith 2003 IBC & 2005: NEC. :Subject:. to by this permit application are accurate, and do hot violate applicable Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all that I have read and agree to abide.: by all conditions printed on this compliance with the Wheat `Ridge Building Code (I.B.C) and all other a per it. P ans subject to field inspection. dat(e / isions set forth: in your application and is subject to the laws of the i Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colorado or any:. other applicable ate. Requests for an extension must be received prior to expiration on of the Building official. 9d for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no plans and specifications and any suspension or abandonment has not suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year,full fees shall ge the natural flow of water causing a drainage. problem ity four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive ing with successive phases of the job'. 7s and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, nor the `building codes or any other ordinance, law,..: rule or regulation. date BUILDING OFFICE: (303)235-2855 } 6S (DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. City of Wheat Ridge Building Division m 7500 W. 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 cO~oRao° Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Building Permit Application Date: Plan #:(l/ I Jl`=>C) Permit M Property Adiltess f D 5SO ICJ. 3d~7~ ~U c Property Owner (please print): T c>~sati coo&r Z_16 a)7 Phone: ~d--7 Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: City, State, Contractor: HU5E VEEMpb,=Ll,)Lr I U(, Contractor License Phone: Sub Contractors: Electrical City License Company: Exp. Date: Plumbing City License Company Exp. Date: Use of space (description): S~w~ /CG 0^1 Description of work: n k ~/.l-~yLIL-t~ ~$/L//L'~~N4~6'CCdMpurt~. Construction Value: $ c9,6 0, 0 0 (as calculated per the Building Valuation Data sheet) Plan Review (due at time of submittal): §6-~JS U,r Sq. Ft./L.Ftadded: Squares BTU's Gallons Amps OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT 1 hereby cenify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (I.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for work under this permit. Plans subject to field inspection. _ CIRLCE ONE:: (OWNER) CONTRACT PERSONAL REPRES NTATI E WNE (CONTRATOR) PRINT NAME: ) eQ USE SIGNATURE Date: /4 -013-J9 Mechanical City License Company: Exp. Date: ;~i l ,"i -4-~ i~ , Cevrtif ~"icate of Coynpletion Ancl / Ov Compliance City of Wheat Ridge 7500 W. 29`h Avenue Wheczt Riclge, Colorctclo 80033 THIS CERTIFICATE VERIFIES ZHAT THE PROPERTY DESCRIBED BELOW, DOES COMPLY WITH THE WIIF.AT RZDGE BUII.DING CODE, ZONIlVG AND OTHER RF,I,ATED I.AND USE AND DEVELOPMENT LAWS OF THE CITY' OF WHEAT RIDGE FOR THE FOLLOWING PURPOSE. PERMIT #16879 Minos^ Remoclel Date: 3ZR4200.5 Te ferrnn ~m,~nty Puhlic T,ihvczrv Otnner: ~ OwnerAciclress: 70452W 38' ArL, Whw Ridga, CCL8QlL33 ProjiertyAddresr. ,Came Contrctct.ar: Husek Remocielino, Inc. Co n trct c to r Address: ChiefBuila'in8 0fficical: Zoning Aciyninistratar. ~ F-7 q INSPEC i wNS WILL NOT BE MADE UNLESS THIS CARD IS POSTED ON THE BUILDING SITE Z4 HOURS NOTICE REQUIRED FOR INSPECTIONS WHEAT RIDGE, COLORADO 7500 WEST 29th AVENUE (303) 234-5933 INSPECTION RECORD JOB ADDRESS BUILDING PERMIT NO. OWNER C G CONTRACTOR lam' `~~Sl~~ SETBACKS FROM PROPERTY LINES: NORTH DATE ISSUED 7 G` t a t SOUTH EAST INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL SPACES PERTAINING TO THIS JOB INSPECTION DATE INSPECTOR Foundations Footings Caissons Reinforcing or Monolithic Weatherproofing POUR NO CONCRETE UNTIL ABOVE HAS BEEN SIGNED Concrete Slab Floor: Electrical (Ground Work) Plumbing (Ground Work) Heating (Ground Work) DO NOT POUR FLOOR UNTIL ABOVE HAS BEEN SIGNED Rough Electrical Rough Plumbing Air Test Gas Piping Rough Heating & Ventilation Framing Insulation Drywall Nailing Roofing Refrigeration Electrical Underground Final 8 Electrical i Plumbing Heating & Ventilation Frame R.O.W. & Drainage Fire Department Parking & Landscaping OCCUPANCY NOT PERMITTED UNTIL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS ISSUED PROTECT THIS CARD FROM THE WEATHER TYPE OCCUPANCY (g69 11 Place in Front Window This Side Out z.Cf~G~i (x CF ~ s-zq c<~C-r ~r r, V~e- 1 o v SIC G ~I i 1 ~ ~ OV' / q - 9 (Z~3 IN \Q3-A\ h~~3~ I L crIc RAV% 7 - . Cs Q rl w ~L ~ CEe i -ts-n9 7.au TcSJ ~ iL `t~ C: ; CCifis ~ ~c1 ~c u ►Z, rsu-~ ~ u ~ ~ \ \ \ ~ ? - 30 ^0~~ ~ ~ ~ c))(- CSC , 0)(- \ J~ i ~,.o:j. Cs G-l J;: S F~ ~-tcgr,<i 12F_ Writ-CS A COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number : 18091 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE -(303-234-5953) Date : 11/26/2004 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC Property Address : 10550 w. 38th Phone : 303-275-6160 Contractor License No. : 18146 Company : McBride Electric Phone : 303-761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT Valuation : $2,988.00 I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and Permit Fee : $108 30 do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or . . covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measuremenGs shown, and allegations Plan Review Fee : $0.00 made are accu2te; that I have read and agree to abide by all condi0ons printed on this application, and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Use Tax : $35.86 . Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable Wh at Ridge ordinan ce s, for work under this permit. ~ J (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR)SIGNEC~ DATE// TOf81 : $144.16 use: ~67 Description : INSTALL SUB PANEL 100 AMP 10,, 4 W IRE, 120/208 AN D INSTALL 12 120 VOLT 20 AMP CIRCUITS FOR NEW SERVERS. BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY o "ing Co.mry~', tsi;+ Approval: Zoning : Approval: pu lie' kscz Approval: Occupancy: Walls mo Roof Electrical License No : Company: Ezpiration Date : Approval: Plumbing License No : Company: Expiration Date : Approval: SIC Sq. Ft. : Stories: ResidentialUnits': Mechanical License No : Company: Expiration Date : Approval : (1) This pertnit was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in yopur application and is subject to the laws of ihe State of Coloretlo and to ihe Zoning Regulations antl Building Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or anyother applicable ordinances of ihe City. (2) This pertnit shall expire if (A) the woric authorized is not commenced within sinly (60) days from issue date or (B) the building authonzed is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If ihis pertnit expires, a new pertnit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been orwill be made in the original ptans and specifications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abantlonment exceeds one (1) year, lull fees shall be paid for a new pertnit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done that will change ihe na[ural Flow of water causing a dreinage problem. (5) Contrector shall notifythe Building Inspector lwenty-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive wrinen approval on inspection card before proceediing with successive phas s of the job. (6) The issuance of a pe ' ~g[pYyl of drawin specifc 's all not be construed to be a permit for, nor an approval of, any violation of the provisionsofth ads oranyother o i eorregulatioa Chief Building Inspector Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. f WHfqT C9MMUNITY DEVEIOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number. {0 9 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 Date: ` $ CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE " 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) COLORAQ~ APPLICATION PropertyOwner: J,,=PE.v.~B~ Cc+v,,,YV~"QG~G~9699y Property Address: l/]s-,}`O 4t/E-17 Contractor License No.: C°mPanY: Phone: d~~1 Phone: ~0~~'G/-~✓y~ OWNER/CONTRAC70R SIGNATURE OF UNDERS7ANDING AND AGREEMENT Value:$ a 9BB 1 hereb cert that the setback distances ro osed b this y h p p y permit appliration are accu2te, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rWes or regulations of the Ciry of P8Ilri1t FCC:$ WheatRidgeorcovenanfs,easemenlsorrestrittionsofrecord;ihatallmeasurements pl anReviewFee:$ shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions prinied on this applicaGon and that 1 assume tull responsibiliry for [Ise 'I'3X'$ compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for w ak under m is permic Total:$ / ~ (OWNErtNCONTRAGTOR)' SIGNFJd` DATE//-2,= (OWNEFi)(CONTRAGTOR):PRIMED DATE~~2lo0J`' C 6~~ i~ ~~+/i~C ~a-~~,oe Deseription: J / / ~ /-oP 411rs+J ~res~CEl7 . Sq.Ft.added BUILDIIVG DEPARTMENT USE ONLY SIC: Sq.Ft.: ONMG COMMENTS: Approval: Zoning ~COMMENTS: Approval: WORK$ COMMENTS: Approval: Walls: Roof: Stories: Residential Units: ElecVical License No: Plumbing License No: Mechanical License No: Company: Company: Company: Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Approval: Approval: Approval: (1) This pertnit was issued in accordance witti the pmvisions set forih in your applipfion and is subject W the laws of the Stale of Coio2do and W the Zoning Reguladons and Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colorado or any oNer applicable ordinances of the City. (2) . This permit shall expire if (A) the workauthorized is not commenced within siuly (60) days fram issue date or (B) the building auNOrized is suspended a abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If this pertnit expires, a new, pertnit may be acquired for a tee ot one-half the amount nortnally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans and spe6fications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) yeac If changes have been or'rf suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permR (4) No work of any manner shall be Oone Uiat xnll change the natural flow of waler causing a d2inage problem, (5) ConVador shall notify the Building Inspector iwenty-four (24) hours in advance tor all inspec6ons and shall receive written approval on inspection qrd betore proceeding with successive Dhases of the job. (6) The issuance of a pertni[ or the approval of drewings and specifiptions shali not be construed to be a permit for, nor an approval oi, any violation of the provisions of the building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. Chief Building Official COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - (303-234-5933) CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Building Permit Number : 78092 Date : 11/26/2004 Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY Property Address : 10550 W. 38TH Phone : 303-275-6160 Contractor License No. : 18146 Company : McBride Electric Phone : 303-761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT 1 hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this pertnit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of W heat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegatlons made are acwrate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsibilily for compliance with fhe Wheat Ridge Building Code (I.B.C.) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge ordinances, for work under this permit (OW NER)(CONTR4CTOR) Valuation : $18,626.00 Permit Fee : $399.50 Use Tax : $223.51 Total: $623.01 Use: Description : INSTALL ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM UPGRADES TO EXSISTING SYSTEM ADD 6 LIGHTS ON SEPERATE 277 VOLT. 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH TWO SWITCHES Electrical License No : Company : Plumbing License No : Company : Mechanical License No : Company : Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Approval : Approval : Approval : (1) This permit was issued in accordance with the pmvisions set forth in yopur appliration and is subject to the laws of the State of Coloredo and to the Zoning Regulations and Builtling Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or any other applicable ordinances of the City. (2) This pertnit shall expire if (A) the work authorized is not commenced within sixty (60) days from issue date or (B) the building authonzed is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days. (3) If this permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount nortnally required, provided no changes have been orwill be made in ihe onginal plans and specifications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid tor a new pertnit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done thatwill change the natural Flow of water causing a drainage problem. (5) Contrddor shall noti(y the Building Inspector lwenty-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive wntten appmval on inspection card before proceediing with successive phases of the job. (e) The issuance of a permit or the approval of drawings and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit tor, nor an approval of, any violation of the provisions of the building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. - Chief Building Inspector Piease sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. =..°<=t 6240 Smith Road Denver, Co 80216 Tel: (303) 355-0500 Fax: (303) 355-0615 JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY SEIZVICE CENTER /oSs-v w. 38 >1 Azy-,. Fire Alarm System Submittal ~ ~ ~ Prepared for: McBride Electric 1860 W. Hamilton Place Englewood, CO 80110 303-761-6176 SimplexGrinnell 6240 Smith Road Denver, CO 80216 Sales: (303) 355-0500 Service: (303) 277-9766 Fax: (303) 355-0615 PROJECT: JEFFERSON COUNTY L/BRARY SERV/CE CENTER PREPARED FOR: McBride Electric TYPE: DESCRIPTION: FST-751 INTELLIGENT THERMAL SENSOR B710LP DETECTOR BASE FMM-107 MINI MOtJITOR AAODULE W8200 WATER BU6 1040 SURFACE SENSOR 1111 12VDC POWER SUPPLY IYoTI Fa E R' FfRE SYSTEl195 September 15, 2000 FST-757 Seraes Inteiligent Thermal (Heat) Detec#ors with FlashScanT" Section: Intelligent/Addressable Devices DN-6716 • H-210 GENER!\L The FST-751 Series intelligent thermal detector is used with the intelligent NOTIFIER Fire Alarm Systems to mea- sure thermal levels caused by a fire and report the analog level of the therimai measurement to the control panel. The use of analbginformation provides significant ben- efits to the end user, installer, and service personnel in ways which are not possible with a conventional type sys- tem. Since this detector is addressable,-"it-helps.,firefighters to more quickly locate a fire in its. early stages:'Ii. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication pro- tocol developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatiy en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concen- trates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of earlier designs. Califomia UL ~ Marshalre 7270-0028:196 LISTED MARYLAND S747 State Fire Marshai U~ Permit 2011 ~ CSE Approved (AFC-600) FEAT!lRES • Sleek, low-profile, stylish design. . • State-of-the-art thermistor technology for fast response. • Rate-of-rise modei (FST-751R), 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. - Factory preset at 135°F (58°C). • Addressabie by device. • Direct 01 - 159 entry of address (Ot - 99 on traditional systems). • Two-wire loop connection. •Visibie LEDs "blink" every time the unit is addressed. . • 360°-field viewing angle ofthe visual alarm indicators (Two bicolor LEDs). LEDs biink green in Normal condition and . turn on steady red in Alarm. • Integral communications and built-in device-type iden- tif cation. • Remote test feature from the panel. • Built-in functional test switch activated by extemal mag- net. •Walk testwith address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED 12-(pause)-1). • Low standby current. • Listed to UL 521. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. • Designed for direct-surface or electrical-box mounting. - Sealed against back pressure. • Plugs into separate base for ease of installation and main- tenance. • Separate base allows interchange of photoelectric, ioniza- tion and thermal sensors. • SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base. • 94-5V plastic flammability rating. MGA 278-99-E • Remote LED output connection to optional RA400Z remote LED annunciator. - Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases. • Optional recessed (RMK400) or surface (SMK400) base mounting kits. aPPUCarIoNs Use thermal detectors for protection of property. For further information call NOTIFIER for manual 156-407- 00, Applications Manual for System Smoke Defectors, which provides detailed information on detectorspacing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications. CONSTRUCTION These detectors are constructed of BayblendOO in an off-white color. The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector is de- signed to commercial standards and offers an attractive ap- pearance. 1NSTALLATIOI+1 The FST Series piug-in intelligent thermal detector uses a separate base to simplify instaliation, service, and mainte- nance. Installation instructions are shipped with each detector. Mount base (all base types) on box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable boxes include: 4" (101.6 mm) square box. FlashScanT'" is a trademark of NOTIFIER. BayblendV is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation. This document is not inlended lo be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our o Y O ■ product informafion up-to-dale and accurale. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipale all requirements. All specifcalions are su6ject to change wilhout nofice. For u more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7t61 FAX: (203) 484-7118 111 OTIFIE W 12 Clintonviile Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 QV6INEERIN6 & MANIIFACNRIN6 UN-0110 • Vyl"10/UU - Y3(jE l OIL q 3-1/2" (58.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. • Singie-gang box (except relay or isofator base). • With B5016H or 85018HT base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With B224RB or 822481 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) nctagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. NOTES: i) Because of the inherent supervision provided 6y the SLC /oop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring 7-taps" or branches are permitted for Sty/e 4(Class "8 ) wiring. _ 2) When using relay or sounder bases, consult data sheet DN-2243 (1S0-X) for device limitations between isolator modules and iso- lator bases. OPERAT90N Each FST Series uses one of 159 possibie addresses (99 on traditional systems) on a controi panel SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from ihe control panel and it reports its type and status, including the anaiog level of its heat-sensing elements. If it receives a test command from thepanel (or a local magnet test), it stimulates its electronics and reports an alarm analog Ievel. It blinks its LEDs when polled and turns the LEDs on when com- manded by the panel (detector blink is optional). The FST Series offers features and performance that represent the latest in thermal detector technology. SPECIFICATIONS Size: Diameter installed in 8710LP:6.1" (154.94 mm); Diameterinstalledin8501: 4.1" (104.14 mm). Height: 1.66" (42.16 mm). Weight: 5 oz. (150 gm). Operating-temperature: -4°F to 100°F (-20°C to 38°C). Operating humidity range: 10% to 93% relative humidiry, noncondensing. Opecating voltage(wrrent renge: 15 - 28 V(Peak DC), 5 mA current for visible LEDs latched on. Detector standby current: 300 UA @ 24 VDC (one com- munication every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled). For bases 6224R8 or 6224B1: < 700 NA @ 24 VDC (includes defector). Sensor: electronic, dual thermistors. Fixed temperature setpoint: 135°F (57°C). W9B1P16'a DIAfaRAM -I- Contral Panel + REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR Rate-of-rise option: 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. 6224R6 relay base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm'). Rel'ay type: Form-C. Ratings: 2 A@ 30 VDC resis- tive; 0.3 A@ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 V{)C inductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) diameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. See Note 2(left column). B22461 isolator 6ase: Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) diameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases. See Note 2(lett column). PRODtDCT LINE 9PIPORAM1AT10N Model Description . FST-751 inielligent thermal sensor. i~ FST-751R Intelligent thermal sensor with rate-of-rise fea- ture. BASES: 000 13710LPB andard U.S. style low-profile base, package of ten (10). B5016P Standard European flangeiess base, pack- age of ten (10). B501BH Sounder base, includes B501 base above. 24 VDC, 85 dBA intemal horn. 85016HT Same as B5018H but with temporal pattern sounder. 6224RB Intelligent relay base. B22481 Intelligent isolator base. isolates SLC from loop shorts. ACCESSO RIES: RA400Z" Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical 6ox. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with BSOI base only. RMK400 Recessed mounting kit. For use with B501 base only. M02-04-00 Test magnet. 'Supported by B501 and B710LP base only. AItCFI1TEC45' & EPIGINEERS' SPECIPICA410N5 Specifcations are available on these and ali NOTIFIER prod- ucts. Piease contact NOTIFIER. -------------------------i-----j STYLE 6/7 OPTIONAL WIRWG ~ 6]t6wi2.ti( Page 2 of 2- DN-6716 • 09175/00 0 NOTI FI E R° August 23, 2004 DN-6720 • H-220 FMM-1, FMM-101, FZM-1, FDM-1 Monitor Modules with FlashScan(lb Section: Intelligent/Addressable Devices GENERAL Four different monitor modules are available for NOTIFIER in- telligent controls to suit a variety of applications. Monitor mod- uies are used to supervise a circuit of dry-contact input de- vices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull stations, or moni[or and power a circuit of two-wire smoke detectors (FZM-1). FMM-7 - is a standard-sized module (typicaily mounts to a 4" [10.16 cm] square box) that supervises either a Class A (Styie D) or Class B(Style B) circuit of dry-contac[ input de- vices. FMM-101 - is a miniature monitor module (a mere 1.3" (3.302 cm) H x 2.75" (6.985 cm) W x 0.5" (1.270 cm) D) used to supervise a Class B(Style B) circuit. Its compact design aliows the FMM-101 to often be mounted in a single-gang box behind the device iYs monitoring. FZM-1 - is a standard-sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible iwo-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Ciass A(Style D) or Class B(Style B) cirouit. FDM-i - is a standard-sized dual monitor module used to monitor and supervise two independent two-wire initiating device circuits (I[5Cs) at two separate, consecutive addresses in intelligent, two-wire systems. FlashScanB (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a new communi- cation protocol developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly enhances the speed of communication between ana- log intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of other designs. FlashScan@ is a registered Uademark of NOTIFIER. FWIM-1 MONITOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the control panel. • Powered tlirecUy by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. - SEMS screws with ciamping plates for ease of wiring. • DirecFdial entry of address: 01 - 159 on FlashScarO sys- tems, 01 - 99 on CLIP systems. • LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- grammabie option) and latches on steady red to indicate alarm. The FMM-1 Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, two-wire systems, where the individual address of each moduie is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It pro- ules in existing systems. ut vides either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) for normally-open-confact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a panel-controlied LED indicatar. The FMM-1 can be used to replace MMX-1 mod- a LISTED S635 @ F~ CS669 APPRM U.S. Coast Guard 161.00212313 (AFP-200: FMM41-101, FZM4) 161.002142/1 Califomia (NFS-640: FMM-11-101) State Fire Marshal 7300-0028: 202 00 O ~ m 9 ~ g8)8910 O ~ $ a n 1 a u 0 ~ 7 TEN5~ 3 05g 2 ~ ~ s <s 3 ~ ❑ S 3 ° 4 ox~.s 93160141 (E3) (FMM41-101, FZM-1) 94/60004/E2 (AFP200: ezcept FDM-]) 02160007 (NFS-640: FDM-1) MEA 143-01-E (FOn-f-1) 317-01-E (FMM-11-101) 345-02-E (FMM-11-109) 457-99-E (FZM-1, FMM4/-101) 447-99-E ~~our iwuwta.~ i FMM-9 O ~ and FZA9-9 0 9 S6 p detail of FDM-1 ~ ~ 8; u - note "ones" ~ 7 dd e resses are a 0 s 6 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 only , z FMM-1 Applications - Use ta monitor a zone of four- wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stafions, waterFlow devices, or oiher normally-open dry-contact alarm activation devices. May also be used to monitor nortnally- open supervisory devices witM special supervisory indica- tion at the control panel. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NPPA Style B(Class B) or Siyle D(Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) tertninates the Style B circuit No resistor is required for su- pervision of the Style D circuH. Maximum IDC loop length is 2,500 ft.R62 m(20 ohms maximum). NOTIFIERB is a Honeywell company. ~w O~oo~ This document is no[ intendetl to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our t produc[ infirmation up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific appliwtions V or anticipate all requiremenks. All spec'rfications are subject M change without nofice. REGIE3333M For more information, coniac[ NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 4847161 FAX: (203) 4847718 Hi~immum~ NOTIFIERe 72ClintonvilleRoad,NorthPord,COnnecticut06472 QBALITI SYSTEMS DN-6720 • 0823104 - Page 1 of 6 FMM-1 Operation -Each FMM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reporLs its type and the status (open/nortnai/short) of its Initia6ng Device Circuit(IDC). A flashing LED intlicates that the module is in communica- tion with Yhe control panel. The LED IatcMes steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FMM-1 Specifications Nominal oQerating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). Maximum opereting current: 375 NA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Tempera4ure range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 125" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (70.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. ~ FMM-101 lYIINi MON170R MODYLE • Built-in type identification automaticaliy identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the panel. • Powered directly by hvo-wire FACP. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunily. • Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address: 01 - 159 on FlashScanOO sys- tems, 01 - 99 on CLIP systems. 1415 0 1 ADDRESS 0 1 13 2 ~ 2 3 3 LOOP 4 ~2 4 10~ 5 ~ O $ g 8 7 s 9$ ~ 6 3 TENS ONES E n n Y U J m The FMIW-101 Mini Monitor Module can be instalied in a singfe-gang junc[ion directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and lighYweight allow it to be instalied without rigid mounting. The FMM 101 is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems where the individual address of each mod- ule is. selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device circuit for normally-opeo-contact fire alarm and security devices. The FMM-101 can be ased to replace MMX-101 moduie in existing systems. FMM-101 Appiica4ions- Use to monitor a single de- vice or a zone of fourvwire smoke detectors, manual fire alartn pull stations, waterfiow devices, or other normally-open dry- contact devices. May also be used to monitor nortnaliyopen supervisory devices wi#h special supervisory indication attfie conhol panel. Monitored circuit/device is wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. A47K ohm End-of- Line Resistor (provided) tertninates the circuit. FM6N-701 Operation-EachFMM-101 usesoneof759 available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reporfs its type and the sTatus (open/normallshort) of'rfs Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). FMM-101 Specifications Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VOC. Maximum operating curzeM: 375 YA. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Tempereture range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity renge: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 1.3" (3.302 cm) high x 2.75" (6.985 cm) wide x 0.5" (1270 cm) deep. Wire length: 6" (1524 cm) minimum. FIIIN-1 Ia1TERFACE MODIILE • Suppor[s compatible two-wire smoke detectors. • Supervises IDC wiring and connection of extemal power source. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with ciamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address: 01 - 159 on FlashScanO sys- tems, 01 - 99 on CLIP systems. • LED flashes during nortnai operation (this is a program- mable option). • LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from control panel. The FZM-1 Interface Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individuai address of each module is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module allows intelligent panels to interface and monitoriwo- wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional de- tectors back to the control panel. Ali iwo-wire detectors be- ing monitored must be UL compatible with the module. The FZM-1 has a panel-controlled LED indicator and can be used to replace MMX-2 modules in existing systems. FZAfl-9 Applications - Use the FZM-1 to monitor a zone of hvo-wire smoke detectors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class A) Ini- tiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (pro- vided) terminates the end of the Style B or D(class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals S and 9 for Style D application. FZAfl-7 Operation- Each FZM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- Iar polls from the controi panel and reports its type and the staWS (open/normaVshort) of its Initiating Device CirouR (1DC). A flashing LED indiptes that the module is in communip- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limifations on the loop). FZM-7 Specifications Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum curzent draw: 5.1 mA (lED on). Maximum operating current: 255 NA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms. Extemal supply voltage (between Terminals T3 and 774): OC voltage: 18 to 28 voits power limited. Ripple voilage: 0.1 VrsMS mauimum. Current: 90 mA per module mauimum. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 125" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. Page 2 of 6- DNE720 • 08123104 FDAII-1 DUAL MONITOR MODULE The FDM-1 Dual Monitor Module is intended for use in in- telligent, hvo-wire systems. It provides iwo independent iwo- wire initiating device circuits (IDCs) attwo separate, consecu- tive addresses. It is capable of monitoring normally open contac[ fire aiarm and supervisory devices; oreither normaliy open or normally closed security devices. The module has a single panel-controlled IED. NOTE: The FDM-1 provides hvo Class 8(Style Y) lOC circuits ONLY. Class A(Style Z) lDC cirouits are NOT supported in any application. FDM-1 Speci£ca4ions Normal operating voltage renge: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 57 mA (LED on). Maximum opereting current: 750 NA (LED flashing). EOL resisfance: 47K ohms. Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. Temperature renge: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Humidity range: 10°/a to 93% (non-condensing). Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.76 cm) wide x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep. FDM-i Automatic Addressing -The FDM-1 auto- matically assigns itself to two addressable points, starting with the original address. For example, if the FDM-1 is set to address "56", then it wili automatically assign itself to ad- dresses "56" and "57". NOTE: ones° add2sses on the FDM-1 are 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 only. Terminals 6 and 7 use the first ad- dress, and terminals S and 9 use the second address. QCAUT/QN~! Avoid duplicating addresses on the system. ~ n (D CAUTION DE-ENERGIZE UNR PRIOR TO SERVICING Face Plate for FMM-1, FZM-1, and FDM-1 MO{/NTING DIAGRAMS for sfondard-sised 1 modo%s a IN54ALLATION FMM-1, FDM-1, and FLM-1 modules mount directly to a sian- dard 4" (10.16 cm) square, 2.125" (5.398 cm) deeq electrical box. They may also be mounted to the SM6500 surface-mount box. Moun6ng hardware and insiallation instructions are pro- vided with each module. All wiring must confortn to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These modules are intended for power-limded wiring only. The FMM-101 modu/e is intended to be wired and mounted withwt rigid connections inside a standard electripl box. All wiring must conform to appiicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. PRODYC7 LINE iNFORNIA'iiON FMM-7 Monitor module. FMM-701 Monitor module, miniature. FZM-7 Monitor module, hvo-wire detectors FDM-1 Monitor moduie, dual, two independent Class B circuits. SMB500 Optional surface-mount backbox. ARCH17ECi5'/ElIGINEERS° SPECIFICAilONS Specifications of these and ail NOTIFIER products are avaii- able from NOTIFIER. I 'R B e~e 0~ \ DN-6720 • 08/23104 - Page 3 of 6 ~ ~ ~ I ~ WIltIP16 DIAGR/1M3 The following wiring diagrams are induded: 1) FDM-1, typical dual two-wire Style B initiating device circuit configuration. 2) FMM-101, typical two-wire Style B initiating device circuit configuration. 3) FMM-7, Typical lwo-wire initia6ng circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. . 4) FMM-1, typical fourvwire fault-toierant initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style D. 5) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capability). 6) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventionai detectors, NFPA Style B. 7) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style D. 8) FRM-1, relay control module used to disconnect a power supply- I WIRING DiAGitAM: FDM-1 Fig. 7 FDM-1: Typical dual two-wire Style B inftiating device circuit configuration. Two Initiating Device Circuits v (L & H) each power-limited to 230 NA max. @ 12 VDC max. 47K EOL ~ _ Resistor ELR-47K T 47K EOL t L Resistor 1 ELR-47K T TO Nexf 1+; Device MONITdR ~ MODULE O ~ 9 0 ~ 8 w 1 A ~ ~ 7rexs 2 ~ 6 ~ 3 ❑ 5 4 ~ ~oo v °N~ noo aESs q . 0 o 0 FROM Panel f32cVDCommem • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited. • Connect modules to listed compatible NOTIFIER control panels only. • ANY NUMBER of UL Listed contact clasure devices may be used. • DO NOT MIX fre alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same circuit. • Install contact closure devices per manufacturer's installation instructions. UL LISTED Compatibie Control Panel sazzw~n..rt 7 TO / NEXT" DEVICE J 0- 4 RED ( FMM -101 5 6789 ~0 411 3 12 s7a9 9, 4 2 3 2 101514 ~ 0 VIOLET ► I I 4YELLOW I WIRING DIAGRAM: FMM-101 Fig. 2 FMM-101: Typicaltwo-wire Style B initiating device ciscuit configuiation. fi]2trnirt.mmf 47K EOL INCLUDED or Previous Device ommunication Li ne aximum. isted-pair is nded. . Page 4 of 6- DNE720 • 08/23104 • Connect modules to listed compafible NOTIFIER control panels only. • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited. • Install contact closure devices per manufacturers' installation instructions. • My number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be used. • DO NOT MIX fire alarm iniliating, supervisory, or security devices on the same circud. 'W Fig. 3 FMM-1: Typica! !wo-wire initiating device circuit configuration, NFPA S(yle B. TO Next FROM Panel Device orPrevious MONITOR Dewce Initiating Device Circuit (lDC) 6 MODULE O NFPA Style B, power limited: Communication Line 230 NA max. @ 12 VDC max. a 32 VDC maximum. g 0 Twisted-pairis . e (5 1 El W recommended. 47K EOL El 7 T"'3 2 0 Resistor ~ 50 q Communication Loss ELR-07K ~oo oNES v , nno aFSs (optional connection for panels ~ o O O ~ which support this feature) FUTUREFEATURE srzo.~rz.wmr 'W Fig. 4 FMM-1: Typical four-wire fault-to%rant initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style D. TO Next ( FROM Panel Device orPrevious MONITOR Device O MODULE (b Communication Line Q 32 VDC maximum. 9 ~ 8 1 0 Twisted-pair is recommended. EOL Resistor ~ 7 2 9 is internal at R 6 3 0 - terminals 8& 9 ~ 5 q Communication Loss Loo v noo Ress (optional connection for panels FC~ ~ o ~ which support this feature) 3 ) FUTURE FEATURE lJ 872PrviA.wmf 'W Fig. 5 FMM-1: Typical iwo-wire initiating circuit configaraGon for security systems (with alarm versus short capabilify). TO Next I ' W FROM Panel Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) Device or Previous NFPA Style B, power limited: MONITOR Device 230 YA max. @ 12 VDC max. ~ MODULE ~ Communication Line 14K Series Resistor 9 O p 32 VDC maximum. - ~ 08(5 1 Twisted-pair is recommended ( . 47K EOL ~ 7 2 ~ ~ 4 ❑ 5 Communication Loss ELR-47K oN Looa noo~ss (optional connection for panels o which support this feature) FUTURE FEATURE 6i2PMlr6.wm( DN-6720 • 08123104 - Page 5 of 6 • Connect modules to listed compatible control panels only. WIRING • Terminal wiring must be power limited. • DO NOT M!X fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same circuit. DIAGRAMS • DO NOT LOOP wire under tertninals. Break wire run to provide supervision of connecfions. • Detectors must be UL listed compatibie wdh module. • Install detectors per manufacturers' installation instructions. - Power to the interface module must be extemally switched to reset the detectors. M FRM-1 relay control module can be used to swi[ch power from a standard power supply; see Fig. 7 befow. 'W Fig. 6 FZM-1: Interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Sfyle B. 9K EOL Resistor (included) A2143-1U TO Next Device INTERFACE MODULE ~ o v 9 0 p 9 20 6~ 3~ 0 5 ONES 4 Loov noo~ss ~ fl c,za.~re..mr FROM Panel orPrevious Device Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommendetl. Listed BaBery Backup switched DC power supply. ~ Optional Branch Circuit TO Nea4 /nterface Module Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. 'V Fig. 7 FZM-1: Interface hvo-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style D. FROM Panel TO Next or Previous Device Device INTERFACE Communication Line n MODULE r~ ~ f v 32 VDC maximum. o Twisted-pair is m9 ~ 0 recommended. 3.9K EOL Resistor 08(a 1 (included) required Eg 7.. 20 Listed Battery Backup at terminals 8& 9 06(o 313 + switched DC A2143-10 ~p oNES powersupply. i oaess Optional Branch Circuit TO Next Interface Module e~za.~~.wmf Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. 'W Fig. 8 FRM-1: Relay control module used to disconnect a power supply. FROM Panel TO Ner.t or Previous Device Device RELAY CONTROL DC POWER SUPPLY MODULE C\ R Listed iorFire ~ Communication Line Protection with 0e o❑ 32 VDC maximum. Battery Backup 98 10 + Twisted-pair is 6 7 ~ 20 ) recommended. 6:;;II 30 0S~Ir4 0 LOOP ADORE55 ^ C~ O o O V fi)2PViA.mmf Page 6 of 6- DN-6720 • 08123104 E I e "t a;bfi3 ^ '~{la ;v: d wt a ~.:3o ~ ~ • Basemen4 Sump Pumps • Computer Rooms • Warehouses • AII Drain Areas • Document Seorage Aeeas • Sprinkler Syseems PN NO-ON-0024 Rev A operates on 12 or 24 volts AC or DC and has a form C relay contact output that can be connected to alarm panels, bells, dialers etc. The WB-350 operates on a 9V battery and has an open collector output that will be compatible with most alarm panels or wireless transmitters. The WB-350 also has a low battery indication that will trip the open collector output and give an audible warning if battery voltage runs low. As many as six sensor probes can be run up to 100 feet away from either unit. Each sensor probe has two contacts. A film of water forming a bridge between either of these two contacts is aii that is needed to trigger an alarm or high humidity. The WB-200 and the WB-350 include one standard surface sensor. ~~~UN-D. output. The sensor will not alarm due to condensation Console Size 5" x 2.44" x 125" (12J cm x8.2 cmx 3.18.cm). . Probe Size (~Mara Pxr,oao) 2" x 3" x.88" (5.1 cm x 7.6 cm x 22 cm) . Probe Slze WMg mrpn ax a ioai7 2" x 3" x.18" (5.1 cm x 7.6 cm x.5 cm) Power Requirements (muny ~w) W&200:.12V or 24V AC or DC • WB-350: 9V battery c 1.8 micro amps Power Requirements (aiamcweiwn) WB-200: 5mA @ 12, 24 VDC,13.SmA @ 12, 24 VAC •WB 350:.9V tiattery @ 380micm amps . Sensitivity Will not alarm due to high humidity or condensaUOn Approximate Battery Life 1 year (WB-350 only) : . . . Operating Temperature ConVOI and Probe 320 to 1400 F(0° ro 60° C) Outputs WB-200: Form C(SPDn 7 Amp @24Vac,lAmp @ 30VDC • WB-350: Open collector max to tripline 30 VDC Recommended DisL Behveen Probes & Console 1-2 probes: 200ft (61 m) max. • 3 or more probes: 100ft (30.5 m) per probe Recommended Man. Probes Per Console 6. . . t ~ Mfg.in U.S.A. by: Winland Electronics, Inc. 1950 Excel Drive Mankato, MN, 56001, U.S.A. Phone:(507) 625-7231 Fax:(507) 387-2488 www.winland.com I 3 1 SurtaceSensor 1040 -49g=~ . Under CarpetSensor 1041 optional 12 VDC Power Supply 1111. 49*0EW COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number : 78092 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE -(303-234-5933) Date : 11/26/2004 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY Property Address : 10550 W. 38TH Contractor License No. : 18146 Phone : 303-275-6160 Company: McBrideElectric Phone:303-761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C J and all other applicable W hea Ridge ordin ces, for work under this permit. Valuation : $18,626.00 Permit Fee : $399.50 Use Tax : $223.51 Total: $623.01 (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR) SIGNED < ~ ,i. DATE USB : Description : INSTALL ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM UPGRADES TO EXSISTING SYSTEM ADD 6 LIGHTS ON SEPERATE 277 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH TWO SWITCHES BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Zanira~Comments~ SIC : Sq. Ft. : Approval : Zoning : ~~'Comme~~ ,fs. Approval ~ ~ u i «o ent,s~ Approval: ` Occupancy : Walls : Roof : Stories : Residential Units : Electrical License No : Company: Expiration Date : Approval: Plumbing License No : Company: Expiration Date : Approval: Mechanical License No : Company : Expiration Date : Approval : (1) This pertni[ was issued in accoNance with the provisions set forth in yopur application and is subject to the laws of the State of Colorado and to the Zoning Regulations and Building Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or any other applicable ordinances of ihe City. . (2) This permit shall expire if (A) the work authonzed is not commenced within sixty (80) days from issue date or (e) the building authorizetl is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If ihis permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been orwill be made in the original plans and specifwtions and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (t) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permit (4) No work of any manner shall be done thatwill change ihe natural flow of water causing a drainage problem. (5) Contreclor shall notifythe Building Inspector lwen ur (24) hours i ance for all inspections and shall receive wntten approval on inspection card hefore proceediin5ww (e) The issuapecifcalions shall not be construed to be a permit for, nor an a pproval of, any violation of the provisions law, rule or regulation. , Chief Building ins ect Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number: of WHEqr,~ gUILDING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 Date: ~ o CITY OFWHEAT RIDGE u m 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) °°`°R"°° APPLICATION Property Owner. J~vcr~.r<.,~ 01,..71 ~rvc Cll3evey 6!6 Q PropertyAddress: p,r~A, u.~.~ .T~ry Phone:CGJ°~~`r Conhactor License No.:~/~~ /B'/E/(~p / CompanY: j7 ~62ic~ tz~ie'crQiC Z^'c-. Phone:CO_~J OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNA7URE OF UNDERS7ANDING AND AGREEMENT 1 hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of W heat Ridge or covenant5, easements or restrictions of record; thal all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurale; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this applicatlon and that I assume full responsibility for compliance wiN the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B:C) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, tor wQ{1k underisJ permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR):SIGNE[y d"els / /iE's- DATE -Bt/ (OWNER)(COMRAGTOR):PRIMED DATE Value:$//y,' Permit Fee:$ Plan Review Fee:$ iTce Tax'.~ T0131:$ Description: Wonr<.~'9( Jy.fYi%- /{00 di✓ -Y~^19rf d77lli<T 2`7s~p G.i~r~..~~ p/.i.i f o f~+.aevlF~ Sq. Ft. added ~ ~'f e' ~~.vwr✓`✓ Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Approval: Approvai: Approval: (1) This permitwas issued in accordance with the provisions set forih in your application and is subjectto the laws of the State of Coloredo and to the Zoning Regulatlons and Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colorado orany other applicable ordinances of Me City. (2) This permit shail expire if (A) the work autliorized is not commenced within sizty (60) days from issue date or (B) the building authorized is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. - (3) If this pertnit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been orwill be made in the originai plans and spedfications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes have been or if suspension or abandonment ezceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done ihat wiil change the natural flow of water causing a d2inage problem. (5) ConVac[or shall notify the Building Inspector hvenry-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive written appmval on inspection card before proceeding with successive phases of the job. (6) The issuance of a pertnit or ihe approval of drawings and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit tor, nor an approval of, any violation of the provisions of ttie building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. Chief Building Official Electrical License No: Plumbing License No: Mechanical License No: Company: Company: Company: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT. Inspection Services Division (303) 235-2855 Correction Notice Job Address: 10 '11'J I 9 ~ ~ ~c d r v ^CJ A 5~~ q \ ou V-- ~ v'J rAC•.. ~c'1Y^ tS0 ~~V1D ~ iC` \N V. \ ~10 Y•A % S~~-'f v.~ t~n'C T4 .r.J ~ ra r G r~ c~ ~ Sn cv.n-~~ DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE C-e,r \cc1~~N ov"-o + When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number : 17238 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE -(303-234-5933) Date : 6/18/2004 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY PropertyAddress : 10550 W 38TH AVE Contractor License No. : 18146 Company : McBride Electric Phone : 275-6160 Phone : 303-761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abideby all conditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsib"Npy for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Buildin9 Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable. W ( idge rdin es, for work under this pe/ryn,.d,./ (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR)SIGNED DATE~~~ / y Construction Value : $2,908.00 Permit Fee : $108.30 Plan Review Fee : $0.00 Use Tax : $34.90 Total: $14320 Use : Description : MOVE SECONDARY ALARM PANEL APPROX. 25' ALONG WITH 120V-POWER 1 D/ . C'' BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY - Zoij ng Gomments~ SIC : Sq. Ft; Approval : Zoning : k ~I"ifin~Co~e s~ ~.nn Approval : Approval : Occupancy : Walls : Roof : Stories : Residential Units : Electrical License No : 18146 Plumbing License No : Mechanical License No : Company:McBrideElectric Company: Company: Expiration Date : 2/28/2005 Approval : OK/KS Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Approval : Approval : (1) Thispermit was issued in accordance with the provisions set foAh in yopur application and is subjed to the laws of the State of Coloredo and to the Zoning Regulations and euilding Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or any other applicabte ordinances of the City. (2) This permit shall expire if (A) ihe work authorized is not commenced within sixty (60) days from issue date or (e) ihe building authorized is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If this pertnit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been orwili be made in ihe onginal plans and specifcations and any suspension or abandonment has not ezceeded one (i) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done that will change the natural Flow of water causing a dreinage problem. (5) Con[ractor shall notifythe Buiiding Inspectorhventy-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive wntten approval on inspection card before pmceediing with successive phases of the job. (6) The issuance of a pertnit or the approval of drawings and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, nor an approval of, anyviolation of the pmvisi buildin . ny.pther ordinance, law, rule or re9ulatioa \ cni~ eCruilding Sp tor Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Building Permit Number: { oF WHEqT,p BiJII.DING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 Date: CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENLTE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80215 - (303-235-2855) C~GORP00 ,y ' 4~PHi"S~ppCAdi?~pO7~~ ~lY Property Owner: Go..-'/~ > ~ t6C~ Properry Address: /ds'<1"V Phone :`3a~ Contractor License No.: ~C ~14. CompanY: Phone:(U4j ;;,6l_ 1176, OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application aze accurate, md do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the CiTy of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; ihat all measucements showq md al(egations made aze accurate; that I have read md agree to abide by all conditioas printed on this applica[ion md that I assume fiill responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge B mg Code (U.B.C) md all other applicable Wheat Ridge Ordinances, for work de this peanit. (ORRJER)(CONIRACTOR): SIGN~ ~ . D.47'E 6' /9 ~ Construction Value: q0g, Permit Fee: Plan Review Fee: Use Tax: TOt21: Descriprion: .SFl-o.vo.o¢ ~O /TGNO Y~9+E-G v4/J2c''V°. a~On9 W~7/~IL-D✓ ~OWe~'• BUII.DING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY SIC: Sq.Ft.: ZONING COMMENTS: Approval: Zoning: BUILDING COMMENTS: Approval: PUBLIC WORKS COMMENTS: Approval: Occupancy: Walls: Roof: Stories: ResidentialUnits: Electrical License No: Plumbing License No: Mechanical License No: ComPanY: /r'1 r Company: Company: Expiration Date: Z/~ V49-5- Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Approval: Approval: Approval: (1) 17ils peimii wu issued iu accordance with the pravisious set for[h in yow applicatiou md is subject to the laws of the State of Coloiado md to the Zoning Regulafio¢s md Building Codes of Wheat Ridge, Colondo or any other applicable ordinances o£the Ciry. (2) Tltis pecmit sliall exp've if (A) the work authorized is not commenced vrifhin si-ty (60) days from issue date or (B) the b•.r,iding auNorized is suspended or abandoued for a period of 120 days. (3) Iftttis peemit expues, a new pamitmay be acquired for a fee of one-halfihe amowt normally required, pmvided no changes have beeu or vrill be made iu the origiualpleus andspeci5cations mmdany suspension or abandoomenthas ¢ot exceeded one (I) year. IIchauges havebeen oi ifsuspension or abavdonment exceeds o¢e (i) yeaz, full fees shall be paid foc a new permit. (4) No work of any mmner s6a11 be done fhac vrill change the ¢anual flow of water causing a drainage pcoblem. (5) Contractorshallno5fytheBuildingInspectorhveuty-fou.(24)hoursinadvancefoxall inspecfionsandshallrueivewrittesappiovaloninspectioncardbefore proceedingwithsuccessivephue:offhejob. (6) The issuance of a pennit or the approval o£ dravrings md specificatlons shall not be covstrued m 6e a persnit for, nor av appmval of, any violation of the provisious of the biuldiag codes or mmy other ordinance, taw, rule or regulation. Chief Building Inspector COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT. Inspection ServiCes Division (303) 235-2855 Correction Notice Job Address: 10s.5-0 V~) 1~ r~SA ~ ~ ClF~ ~ v1 `(Y\.SL C. N LQ ~ v~ r (L u u c~. " vIj ~ vv `C) b V,'~\ Na,. 1-Q_ Y-A Qn - r~ /-4" v-x,n'r Vv C x', -i- ~ o0 t-- r.j.a..~cl Y'r, V~ c) rL ~ Y.-, (3 wa - - When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933. A ^ DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number : 16978 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE -(303-234-5933) Date : 4/19/2004 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner. JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY Property Address : 10550 W 38TH AVE Phone : Contractor License No. : 18146 Company : McBride Electric Phone : 303-761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT Construction Value : I hereby certity that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurete, and Permit Fee : do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations Plall ReVIeW Fee : $0.00 made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this ' $0 00 lity for compliancye +it~ the Wheat Ridge Building application, and that I assume full respo9eD . US0 T8X : Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable ~Nhe Ridge rdina 6es ~6r ork under this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR) SIGNED'/ .1- DATE ~v TOt91 : $0.00 Use: Description : FIRE ALARM. ORIGINALLY PAID FOR WITH PERMIT #16879 FOR TENANT REMODEL BUILDWG DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Zoni~ SIC : Sq. Ft. : ~ Approval : Zoning : BuildShg~Co eg~~ Approval : VIANFERo' 4nmme~Ys,¢ Approval: Occupancy : Walls : Roof : Stories : Residential Units : Electrical License No : 18146 Plumbing License No : Mechanical License No : Company : McBride Electric Company : Company : Expiration Date : 2/28/2005 Approval : OK/KS Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Approval : Approval : (1) This pe"it was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in yopur application and is sutiject to the laws of the State of Colorado and to the Zoning Regulations and Building Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or any other applicable ordinances of the City. (2) This pe"it shall expire if (A) ihe work authorized is not commenced within siMy (60) days from issue date or (B) ihe building authorized is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If this pe"it expires, a new pertnit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount nortnally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans and specifications and any suspension or abantlonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid tor a new permit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done thatwill change the natural Flow of water causing a drainage probiem. (5) Contrac[or shall notify the Building Inspector hventy-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive written approval on inspection card before proceediing with successive phases of thejob. (6) The issuance of a pe"it or the approval of drewings and specifrations shail not be construed to be a permit for, nor an appmval of, any violation of the . . p ions of ~bp il~'ng codegg a y other ordinance, law, mle or regWatioa Ey o UVheaE OGice Chief Building Inspector Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. o` w~EAT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit A'umber: h P BUII.DING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 Date: CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE ~ VVHEAT RIDGE CO 80033 -(303-23j5-;2`8515~j)'3~y~y~ ~CORPO~ ~ APP9a~3~.P~4dlA4V Property Owner. ~T ('F'F2S0 vm ~ r y Zi c4tr'pr y Property Address: ~ tbS".$-G et/ 3B Phone : Conaactor License A'a: CompanY: /✓j ~ ~e~o ~ f ~ r~t C .L.r ~ Phone: (?O4 ONTER/CON7RACTOR S1GNA7URE OF tiRDERSTAtiDING ARD AGREEMEt:7 I hereby cMify that the sctback disianca proposed by this pcrtnit application are aauate, and do not violate applicablc mdinanca, rula of rcgularions of the Ciry o( Wheat Ridge or covrnants, eascmrnis or rcstrictions of record; that ail meazurcmen6 shown, and allegations madc arc accuatr, thal 1 have read and agrce to abidc by all conditions printed on this application and that I usumc full responsibiliry, for compliancc with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C) and all other appiicable Wheat Ridgc Ordinanca, tm work unda this pertnit. (OKTEftgCONTRAC70R):9GNED pqg - Construction Value:$ ~'CC4 ~ Permit Fee:$ ~ Plan Review Fee:$ Use Tax:$ Total:$ (ON'NERHCOh7RACTOR): PRIN7ED DATE /~49A~i ~1481 P DESCRIPTION: rr9 ( ~ yri-✓7a ~J~hr f P ~o~ i BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY SIC: Sq.Ft.: ZONING COMMEN73: Approval: Zoning: BUILDING COMMENTS: Approval: PUHLIC WORKS COMMENTS. Approval: Occupancy: Walls: Roof: Stories: Residential Uniu: Electrical License No: Piumbing License No: Mechanical License No: CompanY: CompanY: Company: Expiration Date: Expiration Date: Expication Date: Approval: APProval: APProval: (I) This pemiit was iuued in accordantt wiUi the yrovisiwa sn tonh in your applicyuov and'u subjw m ihe 6ws of thc Sute o(Cobnda and a tM Zoning Reguiatimu md Building Coda of W6eat ttidge, Cobndo or any oiTw ayplicabk ordinanca of dhe Ciry. This pertnit shail ezpirc if(A) Lhe work smhwized'u not commrncW wifiin sury (60) days from iuus dau of (B) Ne building auilwrizM is susycndcd « abandwrcd for a pttiod of 120 days. (3) I( this permil czpiru, a ncw pcnn{I may bc acquircd for a fee olonc-half thc amoum normally rzquimd proiided no changa hav< been or will bc made io t6e originat plans and syxificatiom and any suspension or abandmnmeot hss na exceeded one (1) yru- If clunga Iuve becn or if susyension w abendonment exceeds mrt (1) ycar, full feu shall be paid for a new pmnil. (4) No work o(any manncr shall be done Uut wll tAmgc the mpual ibw o(waur causing a draitige prpplem. (i) Contracbr shatl twrify tAe Bulding Iespesszw tx•rnry-four (20) 6oun in W%~ fa all imyecfiom aod shzp receire wrineo approval on inryecuon <ard before procading witL sucassiv<yluxs uftMjob. (6) The iuuance of a pennit or tbe approvai ofdnwings and spttifica6ons shail sna bc conswW In ye a pemiit for. nor an approvil of, any violation of fi< . yro%isions of TAe building cada or any oi6cr ordivnce, Sw, ruk or rtguL6on. Chief Building Inspector Arvada Fire Protection District Division of Fire Prevention Mc Bride Electric 1860 W Hamilton Place Englewood, CO 80110 4/15//04 RE: Fire alarm system plan review for Jefferson County Library Service Center, 10550 W 38w Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033. The following are our plan review comments for the installation of the fire alarm system reviewed by the Arvada Fire Protection District Division of Fue Prevention at the request of the VJheat Ridge Fire District. 1) Fire alazm evacuation signals shall be subject to field inspection. Additiona] units may be required. UFC 97 1007333. 2) The installing contractor shall provide calculations for the sound level in the proposed azea or building. Upon completion of the acceptance test, the contractor shall provide audibility test results to the fire marshal that show compliance with the decibel levels as required by the fire code. UFC 97 1007333. Amended. 3) The pernutted shall provide written certification to the Fire Marshal that the system has been installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. UFC 97 1007.3.4.2. 4) Provide an approved updated graphic map located at the FACP location. 5) Fire alarm systems required by this code shall be supervised by an approved central, proprietary, or remote station service or local alarm which will give an audible signal at a constanUy attended station. UFC 97 100733.61. Amended. 6) A satisfactory test of the entire system shall be made in the presence of the Fire Marshal. All system functions shall be tested. UFC 97 10073.4.2. 7) Any code requirements arising from construction. 8) Twenty-four hours notice required for all tests and inspections: UFC 97 103.32.2.2. Kent "Spazky" Shriver Fire Mazshal Arvada Fire Protection District 6503 Simms Street • Arvada, Colorado 80004-2607 •(303) 424-3012 • Fax (303) 432-7995 tyco Fire & Securify s:mpe~~6finne,e 6240 Smith Road Denver, Co 80216 Tel: (303) 355-0500 Fau: (303) 355-0615 JEFFERSON COUNTY LISRARY Fire Alarm System Submittal Prepared for: McBride Electric 1860 W. Hamilton Place Englewood, Co. 80110 303-761-6176 SimplexGrinnell 6240 Smith Road Denver, CO 80216 Saies: (303) 355-0500 Service: (303) 277-9766 Fax:(303)355-0615 rvaF• DESCRIPTION: FSP-751 PHOTOELECTRONIC SENSOR 6770LP DETECTOR BASE NGB12LX PULL STATION P2475 HORN STROBE 24V, 75CD NOTI F1 ER0 ~ F/RE SYSTEMS September 15, 2000 .DN-6714 • H-200 FSI-751 and FSP-751 /751 T Low-Profile Intelligent Plug-in Smoke Detectors with FlashScan'" Section: IntelligenUAddressableDevices GENERAL The NOTIFIER FSP-751 (photo) and FSI-751 (ion) are ana- log, addressable, low-profle (height measures only 1.66"/ 42.164 mm) smoke detectars designed for the entire line of intelligent systems from NOTIFIER. The FSP-751T photo model includes a built-in thermal (heat) detection device. If either condition (smoke or heat) is detecfed, the device will alarm. The addressability of the FSP-751 and FSI-751 enables the control panel to provide firefighters with a pinpoint descrip- tion of where the fire is located. The FSP-751 and FSI-751 are also analog devices. The control panel is capable of not only knowing the detector's location but exactly how much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the en- vironment of its location: Analog devices continually send obscucation values to the controi panel. These values may be gathered so as to allow the control panel to determine if a detector has accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A"maintenance" re- quired indication allows the installer to clean the smoke de- tector before an unwanted false alarm occurs. The FSI-751 Intelligent lonization Sensor incorporates a unique singie-source chamber design to respond quickly and dependably to a broacJ range of fires. The FSP-751 Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor's unique opti- cal sensing chamberis designed with superior signal to noise ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the pres- ence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion sources. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col-developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication belween analog intelli- gent devices and certain NOTIFIER systems. Intelligent de- vices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the de- vices within the group has new information, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five fimes that of earlierdesigns. - FEATURES • Sleek, low-profile design (height only 1.66"/42.164 mm). • Common base for both photo and ion detectors. • Addressable-analog communication. . • Sta61e communication technique with noise immunity. Low standby cwrent . • Rotary 01 to 159 address switches (01 to 99 on traditional systems). • Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory (RA400Z). • Dual LED design provides 360° viewing. angle. California State Fire U~ v Marshal 7272-1209:192 LISTED CS308 72710028•201 51115 (FSl-751) MARYLAND < > MEA State Fire Marshal F M 2020 (FSI-751) 277-99-E (FSP-751/ 2013 (FSP-7511-751T) ApPrOVed -751T on/y) FSP-751 wifh RMK400 recessed mounting kit Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detectoris addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm. Walk test with address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED: 12-(pause)-1) (FlashScan systems only). Built-in functional test switch activated by external mag- net • Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases. • Listed to UL 268. FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. This document is not intended to be used for instaltation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and acc rate. We cannot cover all specifc appiications or I~ 0 900 ~ anticipate all requirements. All specif tions are subject to change wilhout nolice. For ' mare information, contact NOTIFIER. hone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7718 ~ r~! NOTIFIEW 12 IintonvilleRoad,Nodhford,Connecticut 06472 FN6INEERIN68MANIIFACNAIN6 urv-oiia • u9175100 - Page 1 0( 4 FSP-751T with 8710LP base ; SPECIFICATIONS Size: 1.66" (42.16 mm) high x 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. Shipping weight: 3.6 oz. (104 g). Operating temPereture: 0°C to 49°C.(32°F to 120°F). UL listed velocity range: ION: 0- 1500 fpm (D - 7.62 m/ sec). PHOTO: 0- 4000 fpm (0 - 20.32 m/sec). ~ Relative humidity: 10%-93°/a noncondensing. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: . . Voltage renge: 15 - 32 volts DC peak. Standby current- ION: 200 pA @ 24 VDC (without com- munication); 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one communication every 5 seconds with LED enabled). Standby current - PHOTO: 250 NA @ 24 VDC (without communication); 360 NA @ 24 VDC (one communication every 5 seconds with LED enabled). LED current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC ("ON"). Air velocity ratings: FSP-751 & FSP-751T.•. to 4,000 ft./min. (1219.2 m/min.). FSI-751: to 1,500 ft./min. (4572 m/min:). -BASES AVAILABLE: 671OLP: 6.1" (154.94 mm) diameter. ~ B501: 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. 6501BH or B50I6HT: Sounder base assembly. Includes B501 base. 6224R6 Relay Base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0mm2). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A@ 30VDC resistive; 0.3 A@ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC in- ductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). B52461 IsolatorBase: Dimensions: 62" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases. INSTALl.ATION The FSP-751 and FSI-751 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows maintenance personnel to plug in and re- move detectors without using a ladder. Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. • Single-gangbox(exceptrelayoriso/atorbase). • Wifh 65018H base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. •With 6224R8 or 622481 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal or square box. SMOKE GUARD Cover: 16 gauge perforated steel (3/16" 14.7625 mm] dia. perforations on 1/4" 16.35 mm] staggered centers). 51 °/a open. SDG-773 is 3" (76.2 mm) deep by 7" (177.8 mm) wide. Frame: 3/4" x 3/4" (19.05 x 19.05 mm) angle,l4 gauge solid steel. All guards are supplied with the following: 1) Guards fastento mounting -framewith -No. 10/24 x 3/8" (9.525 mm) long Allen-head screws (10124 spanner-he screws and tool option at extra cost). 2) Standard finish: "Cool Tan" baked enamel. MOUNTING DIAGRAM SDG-773 Smoke Guard / <>s2saa PRODUCi LINE INFORMATION Mode! Description FSI-751 Low-profile intelligent-ionization sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below. FSP-751 Low-profle intelligent photoelectronic sensor. ' Must be mounted to one of the bases listed be- low. FSP-751T Same as FSP-751 but includes a built-in 135°F (57°C) fixed-temperature thermal device. BASES: 6710LPBP Standard U.S. low-profile base, pkg. of 10. B5016P Standard European Flangeless base, pkg. of 10. B5016H Sounder base,includes 6501 base above. 65016HT Same as B501BH, but includes temporal sounder. 6224RB Intelligent relay base. 62246I Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. ACCESSOR/ES: SDG-773 Smoke DetectorGuard. This guard is me- chanically compatible with bofh FSI-751 and FSP-751 detectors. It is UL-compatibility listed with the FSP-751 (fle UL 55515). It is NOT UL-compatibility listed with the FSI-751. F110 Retrofit replacement flange for BX-501 base. Converts BX-501 base for use with FlashScan detectors. RA400Z* Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang eiectrical boz. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- . face wiring conduit. For use with B501 base only. RMK400 Recessed mounting kit. For use with 8501 base only. SM6600 Surface mounting kit for use with B710LP: M02-04-01 Test magnet M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. XR-2 Detector removal tool. . Allows installation and/ or removal of FlashScan Series detector heads from base in high ceiling installations. XP-4 Extension pole for XR-2. Comes in three five- foot sectior `Supported by 6710LP and 6501 bases onty. OPTIONAL SDG-773 Smoke ( MODEL NO. SDG-773 P Ceilinq or Wall Page 2 of 4- DN-6714 • 09115100 ad (7.62 cm): mm, 7"(17.78cm) ' DETECTORS, EXPLOdED VIEW SENSOR COVER Z~U") COVER ~ m m REMOVAL TABS ~ SENSING _ CHAMBER A6. FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo TEST MAGNET POSITIONING SENSOR COVER COVER ~ m REMOVAL TABS SENSOR SCREEN 1 SENSOR CONTACTS SENSING CHAMBER ~ SENSING CHAMBER ~ s~iaexo~.wmt Ah, FSI-751 lon LED 2 ❑ PAINTED SURFACE ~ MAGNET TEST MARKER LED STATUS INDICATORS E3 m TEST PAINTED MAGNET SURFACE 6714ma9i.wmf Ak FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo PAINTED ' SURFACE ~ LED 1 MAGNET TEST MARKER E ~ ~ m TEST MA N T PAINTED 6716ma83.lit SURFACE AL FSI-751 lon DN-6714 • 09/75100 - Page 3 0/ 4 1NIRING DI/aGRAMS REMOTEANNUNCIATOR . } . ~ i i ~ i Listed ~ Compatibie CONTROL 3 2 3 PANEL ~ i i i i i i i i ~ i i i i _ i OPTIONALRETURNLOOP____________ ______i~ + Ak FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo REMOTEANNUNCIATOR Q! CAUTIOfV1 .f. ' _ DO NOT LOOP wire under terminals 1 or 2. Break wire run to provide supervision of connectiona ~'f' / ~ I I Control Panel _I - STYLE6/70PTIONALWIRING I„ A6. FSI-751 lon Page 4 of 4- DN-6714 • 09115/00 NOT' F' `R" F/RE SYSTEMS June 9, 2000 NBG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station with FlashScanT" Section: IntelligentlAddressable Devices DN-6726 • H-240 GENEftAL The NOTIPIER NBG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-ac- tion (i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressabie interface for any NOTIFIER intelligent control panel. Because the NBG- 12LX is addressable, the control panel can dispiay the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. FEArueEs • Maintenance personnel can open station without causing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of thestation, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alartn. . • Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTI- VATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG13.25 mm' wire). • Semi-flush, mounts to a standard single-gang (2.125" [5.3975 cm] minimum depth), double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual-action design. • Within ADA 5 Ib. puil force. • Highly visible. • Attrective shape and teMured finish. • Key reset. • Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BGTR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. • Up to 99 NBG-12LX stations per Ioop on classic protocol systems (nornFlashScan). • Up to 159 NBG-12LX stations per loop on FlashScan protocol systems. • Dual-color LED blinks green for FlashScan systems. CONSTRUCiION Shell, door, and handle are molded of durabie LEXANO (or polycarbonate equivalent) with a teMured finish. OPERATION Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the downlactivated position. Once latched, the word "ACTIVATED" (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; closing the door automati- cally resets the switch. U.S. PATENTS PEND/NG California State Fire C u~ us Marshal r 7150-0028:199 lISTED S692 FM Approved The NBG-12LX Addressable Manua! Pull Sfafion Each manual station, on command from the control panei, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address set- tings (1-159 on FlashScan Systems, 1-99 ort CLIP sys- tems). FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. LEXAND is a regis- tered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of Generel Electric Company. This document is not intended to be used for instaliation purposes. We try to keep our '~O ~oo~ product informa6on up-to-dale and acwrete. We cannot cover all specifc appliwtions or . anticipate all requirements. All specifcations are subject to change without notice. For more in(ortnation, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ . OM OTI FI E w 12 Clinlonville Road, Nodh(ord, Connecticut 06472 EN61M81NC 8 MANUFACNRINi PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description NBG-12LX Dual-action addressable pull.stafion. Inciudes key locking feature. SB-10 Surface backbox. BGTR Optional trim ring. i NSTALLATI ON The NBG-12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet bax, or will surface mount to the Model SB-10 sur- face backbox. If the NBG-12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optionai trim ring (BG-TR) may be used. The BG-TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes). / Terminal Connections 1 SLC 2 SLC 0 flaq NW~~a I L- jjuq ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voitage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SLC loop currenY. 230 NA. ARCHITECTURAL/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICAr10NS Manual Fire Alarm Stations shail be non-coded, with a key- operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normai except by use of a key. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed of red-colored LEXANO (or polycar- bonate equivalent) with clearly visible operating instruc- tions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (25.4 mm) or larger. Stations shali be suitable for surface mounting on matching 6ackbox SB-10; or semi-flush mount- ing,on a standard single,gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be instailed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with iwo wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual sta- tions shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. The loop poll LED shali be clearly visible through the front of the station. The LED shall flash while in the normal condition, and stay steadily illuminated when in alarm. VL Detail of BREAKAWAYTAB* 5 0 ' ~q1 ~ ~ AL10HE~S5 ~ 0 1 2 3 ' 2 _ tz "a 3 3 I I < - '10 `~54 II O~.,P_ ~ -`54 B 8 fi I . i 9.8 „7.~8 ~ A ~ ~ II rED `Remove tab to select addresses above 99 (FlashScan systems only). ui V o- - o- Cover open fo show easy access to miniature monifor module, rotary switch, and UL label. Page 2 of 2- DN-6726 • 06/09/00 Back of stafion without door. INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS SpectrAlert Horns, Strobes, and Horn/Strobes For use with the following models: Homs: 12/24 voit: HI2/24 Strobes: 12 volt: .51215, 5121575 24 volt 52415; S2430,S241575,52475, S24110 Combo: 12 volt: P3215; P121575 S SYSTEM ENSORO ~ 3825 Ohio Avenue, SL Charles, Illinois 60174 1-800-SENSOR2, FhX: 630-377-6495 . ~ . wwwsystemsensor.mm 24 volt: P2415, P2430, P241575, P2475, P24110 Add suffix "F" for units marked FUECO. "EV" fnr EVAC. or "AG"~GENT, available on 241575, red housing only. SPECT ~ Add suffiz "P" for plain (non-pcinred) 241575 onty. ' Add sutfix "W" tor white housing madels. . The Pioducts to which this manual applies may be covered by one or more of [he following U.S. Pacent numbers: 5,914,665; 5,850,178; 5,598139; 6.049,446; 5.593,569, 6,133,843 Specifications Voitage Range: DC or Full-Wave RecHfied Horn: 10.5 m 30 Volts . Strobes & Horn/SVObes: 12-volt models - 10.5 to 17 volts; 24-valt models - 20 to 30 volis . . (with MDL module): 12-volt models - 11 ro 17 valts; 24-volt models - 21 m 30 volls NOTE: Horn and combo units will operate on walk tests with on-time durations oT I sec. or grea[er. Flash Rate: 1 Flash Per Second Operating Temperature: . 32° F to 120° F(0° C to 49° C) . Light OutpuL• Madels with 15 only in the model number are listed at IS candela . Models with 1575 are listed at 15 candela per UL 1971 but will provide 75 candela on axis (straight ahead) Models with 30, 75 or 110 are rated for that candela. Sound Output Sound output levels are established at Underwriters Laboratories in their reverberant room. Always use the sound out- put specified as UL Reverberant Room when comparing products . Listings: OL, FM, CSFM, MEA Note for Strobes: Do not exceed; 1) 1633 voltage range limit; 2) maximum number of 70 strobe lights when connecting the MDL Sync module with a maximum line impedance of 4 ohms per loop and; 3) maximum line impedance as required by the fire alarm conVOl manufacturer. Generel Description The SpectrAlert series notifica[ion appliances are designed ro meet the requirements of mosl agencies governing [hese devices, including: NFPA, ADA,- The National Fire Alarm Code, OL, FM, CSFM, MEA. Also, check with your local Auffiority Having Jurisdic[ion for other codes or standards iha[ may apply. . The SpectrAlen series can be installed in systems using 12- or 24-volt pam els having DC or full-wave rectHied (FWR) power supplies. The series can also be installed in sysrems requiring synchronization (module MDL required) or systems that do not requ've synchronization (no module requ'ved). NOTICE: This manual shall be lef[ with the owner/user of this equipmenc Fre Alarm System Consitlerations Temporal and Nan-Temporal Coded Signals: The American Natianal Standards Institute and the National Fve Alarm Code require that all horns used for building evacuation installed after ]uly 1, 1996, must produce Temporal Coded Signals. Signals other than those used for evacuation purposes do not have to pro- duce the Temporal Coded Signal. 7emporal coding is accomplished by inter- rupting a steady sound in the following manner. Rower Supply Considerations Panels typically supply DC filtered voltage or F4VR (full-wave recrified) voltage. The system design engineer must calculate the number of units used in a zone based on the type of panel supply. Be certain the sum of all the device curzents do not exceed the current capability of the panel. Calwla[ions are based on-using the device current found in the subsr quent chazis and must be the cunent specified for the type of panel power supply used. , . Wire Sizes . . The designer must be sure that the last device on the circuit has sutGcient voltage to operate the device within its rated voltage. When calculating the voltage available to the last device, it is necessary to consider the volt- age drop due to the resistance of the wire. The thicker the wire, the tess the voltage dmp. Generally, for purposes ot determining the wire size necessary for.the system, it is best to mnsider all of the devices as "lumped" on the end of the supply circuit (simulates "worsi case"). Typiwl wire size resistance: . 18 AWC solid: Approxima[ely B ohms/1,000 ft. 16 AWG solid: Approximately 5 ohms/1,000 ft. 14 AWG solid: Approximately 3 ohms/1,000 f[. 12 AWG solid: Approximately 2 ohms/1,000 ft. . . . ~v° 7x Sec. 'h Sec. 'h Sea '/e Sec. '!z Sac 17z Sen qapeals On OH On OH 0n Olf Example: Assume you have 10 devices on a zone and each requires 50 mA average and 2000 Ft. of 74 AWGwiring (mtal length = outgoing +remrn). The voltage at the end of the loop is 0.050 amps per device x]0 devices x 3 ohms/1,000 ft. x 2000 f[ =3 volts drap. Note: I( dass "A" wiring is installed, [he wtre length may be up ro 4 times the single wire length in this calculation. D900-13-00 ; Rgurs 1: Current Draw Measurements Strobe Only: AVEPAGECURFENT(mA) . PEAKCURRENT(mA) M~RIJSHCUFRENT(mA) 211tlE1a '12V Motlels 10.5V 12V 17V OC FVIR CC FlYP DC FWP 24V Matlels 20V 24V 3DV pC FWR DC FWfl OL FWF . t2V Motlals 11 70.5V 12V 1N CC FWR CC FWP CC FWR 4V Motlel 20V 24V 30V DC FWP DC FWP OC FWF 12V Models 10:5V ' 12V 11V OC FNF CC FWfl OC FWfl 24V Model 2DV 24V 30V pC FY/q CL FVlq pG FWfl 15 133 159 N4 157 81 128 50 81 43 60 30 80 480 460 0.50 460 420 480 135 2D4 135 208 135 185 80 108 82 124 140 190 97 129 118 152 14P 188 15775 168 182 f42 1)1 99 150 5fi 65 48 64 44 62 490 520 490 520 480 480 150 ~89 150 15~ 198 ]fi 106 88 126 160 185 W 135 116 164 14] 211 30 NA NA NA Nq NA NR 7B 86 67 82 58 72 NA NA NA NA NA NA 183 201 183 219 183 216 NA NA NA NF I NA NA 1 97 1 129 116 152 167 198 75 NN NA NA NA NA NA 145 1701 1231 159 102 141 NA NA NA NA NA NR 350 9Y0 340 460 330 480 NA Nq NA NA NA NA 190 240 230 290 290 960 110 Nq NA NA NA NA NA 169 220 140 191 115 114 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1460 15601 4501 5701 4201 620 NA NA NF NA NA NA 190 230 220 280 290 370 Horn Only: High/LOw Temp TOOE VOIYf112 /NOO AVERAGECU 72V Matlelx 10.5V 72V 77V OC FWq pL FWR OC FWFi RRENT(mA) 26V Motlels 20V 24V 30V ~C FIYR OC FWR OC FWF Eletiro- High Tem 10 11 10 10 14 74 19 21 25 18 29 26 mech. Non 10 16 10 19 14 25 17 . 29 23 34 30 42 LawTem NA NA NA NA NA NA 17 72 13 13 17 15 Nan NA NA NA NA NA NA 12 18 14 19 17 24 3000 Hx High Tem ~11 13 11 11 16 16 26 26 28 23 37 33 Intemipt Nan it 1~ 11 21 14 28 19 3d 27 39 35 .45 LOW TCrti NA NA NA NA NA NA 14 14 77 15 21 19 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 73 78 16 21 22 25 Horn/Stro6e 15 ed: . AVEHAGECUHPENT(mA) . High/LOw Temp TOt18 VOIYme /NDO . 12V Motlels 70.5V 72V '17V oC FlNR DC FWR DC 4WR 24V Motlels 20V 24V 30V OC FMR DC FNR OC FNR Eleciro- High Temp 143 1~0 124 16~ 95 142 69 82 68 98 67 87 mech. Non 143 1~0 124 i6] 95 142 8'] 90 fi6 94 68 103 LoW T¢~fl NA NA NA NA NA NA fit ]3 56 '!6 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA fi2 T/ Sl &5 3000 H2 Hiyh Tem 144 1]2 125 168 91 /44 ]4 8] ]1 C 96 Intertupl Non 194 1]3 125 168 95 146 95 ]0 106 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 64 ]5 60 80 NA NA NA NA NA 63 19 59 86 Hom/54rohe 1575 cd: - HlgNlaw Temp TOII¢ VOIWIIE /NOII AVERAGECU 12V Motlels 10.5V 72V 1N. OC FWP OC FWq OC FNR PRENT(mA) 24V Matlels 20V I 24V 30V OC FWR DC FWR 6C 4WF Electm- High Tem 178 193 152 181 113 164 75 86 74 82 73 80 mech. Non 17B 193 152 181 113 164 73 94 72 98 74 104 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 67 T/ 62 T/ 61 7] Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 68 81 83 B3 61 BB 3000Ha High Tem 179 195 152 183 115 166 80 91 87 81 95 IMertupi. Non 179 196 152 183 113 168 ]5 99 76 103 79 107 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 70 79 66 79 65 81 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 69 83 85 B5 86 B] Xorn/Stro6e 30 cd: High/LOw Temp Tone Volume Mon AVERAGECURFENT(mA) .24V Motlels 20V 24V 30V DG FlNF OC FWq DG FWF Eledro. High Tamp 97 105 9 21 100 8] 98 mech. - Non 95 113 T 116 80 114 Law TEm 89 98 80 95 75 87 Non 90 98 81 101 75 96 3000 Hi High Tem 102 108 95 105 95 105 Intertupt. Non 99 116 94 121 93 117 Law Tem 92 96 BA 97 79 81 Nop 91 100 83 103 BO 97 Norn/Strohe 75 cd: AVERAGE CURftENT (mA) . HIgh/LOw Temp Tane Volume Mon 24V Motlels 20V 24V 30V oc cvm oc Rva oc Fwq Electro- High Tem 184 191 148 16] 131 t6~ mech. Nan 163 188 146 169 132 tfi9 LOw Tem 756 182 136 ifi2 119 156 Non 15] l82 t37 162 119 15] 3000 HZ Higb Tem 1fi9 196 151 1]2 139 t]4 IntertupL Nan 164 1B2~ 150 1]5 13] ~tTl Low Tem 159 i8a 140 164 123 160 Non 158 188 139 183 124 162 Horn/Strobe 330 cd: - HigNLOw Temp TOO2 - VOIUT2 /NOII AVERAGECURRENT(mA) 24V Madels 20V 24V . 30V OC FWq OC GWR DC FWR Elec[ro- High Tem 188 241 165 209 144 200 mech. Non 186 238 163 211 145 202 Low Tem 180 232 153 206 132 189 Non 181 232 156 2W 132 ~90 300D Hi High Temo 193 246 168 214 152 20] InSerrupt. Non 108 2d2 16] 21] 15~ 210 LOw Tem 183 236 157 206 136 t93 Non 1B2 232 156 205 13] 195 Sound Output Guide UL ReverberaM Room dBA@ volts DC Anechoie tlBA @10 ft./volts DC ' 10.5 12 17 20 Z¢ 3Q 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 Temporal Low Volume Electromechanical NA NA NA 75 75 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 75 79 79 NA NA NA . 94 96 98 High Volume Electromechanical 75 75 79 82 82 82 94 - 95 - 98 100 101 302 3000 Hz In[errup[ed 75 75 79 82 85 85 94 95 98 300 - 101 ]02 Non- Low Volume ElecVOmechanical NA NA NA 79 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 Temporal 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 82 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 . High Volume Electromechanical 79 79 85 85 86 86 94 95 96 100 107 302 3000 Hz IDterrupted 79 82 85 88 88 SB 93 95 98 100 301 102 The same number o( devices using 12 AWG wire will produce only 2 wlts 7ones. drop. The same devices using 18 AWG wire will produce 8 volts dmp. 1WO tones may beselected using the jumper plugs located on Consult your panel manufacturer's specitications, as well as SpectrAlert's the printed circuit board. With the jumper offset, the tone is the operating voltage range to determine acceptable voltage drop. Electromechanical sound. With the jumper in place, the tone is Horn Selections a 3 kHz sound. Horns are facmry set for high volume, temporal code, and electromechan- NOTE: When powered [rom FWR supply, mnes will be modulated (turned icat tone. . on and offJ by 120Hz causing the tones to sound different from DC power. D900-13-00 . 2 156-0982-104R Temp/Non-Temp: Temporal coding or NomTemporal coding can be selected using ffie jumper plugs located on the printed circuit board. WiN the jumper ofiset, the rone pattern is the Temporal Coded Signal. With the jumper in place, the Non-Temporal code (continuous) rone is active. - Sysiem OperaYion: NomSynchronized Devices Fgure 2A. Any eombination of madels poweretl 6y a 2-wire cireuit: HOPN HOHN/STAOBE STNOBEONLY N E O L Fgure 26:-Hams antl stro6es powered in Wndem: NOTE: Supply power must be contlnuous for proper operation. TANDEM OPERATION HOFNSTpOBECOM9O ~ TONE%T ry DENCEOP~ EOL~ ~ !~1 FPO11: . r~cvpvoou~e moqrwsrnu[o IN oivic[ ~ J11MPEfl5 from [he mounting plare. High/Low Volume: Fgure 4: Removal of horns and strobes fram mouMing plates: To remove units irom mounting plares, inse¢ Quick Click Removal Tool as shown to unlock snap. While pushing. in Removal Tool to release the snap, pull back on the horn/snobe. Hinge the hom/ ~IL . ~ strabe madule, dis- engage the Locking Rib, and puR [he horn/strobe away m o 0 High or low volume may be seiected using the jumper plugs locat- ed on the printed circuit board. With fhe jumper in place, the sound autput leve] is the high level. With the jumper offseG the sound output level is ihe low level. The low wlume setting must NOT be used when ihe device is powered from a 72-volt panel. NOTE: Always power down devices before setting jumpers. flgure 3A. Any com6ination of motlels powered by a 4wire eireuit to provide indepentlent horn antl strobe operation (Remove faMo- ry installed Jumpers, see Figure 211): NOTE: Stmbes must be powered continuously for horn operation. Fgure 36: Horns and s4robes powered independeMly (Horn oper ated on eoded-power supply): NOTE: Strobes must be powered continuously for horn operation. INDEPENDENT OPERATION HOPNANDSTqOBE MtoxriNstrkuco rnae¢ H ovsnEV°wus i.~ oEVice n~%ro.oaxoil°"a.:~en Please refer to insert for the Limitations of Fire Alarm Systems . A~^1ARNING Tha tlmitatfoot ef Xorn/Strobea . She hom and/or stmbe will not wark without power. The hom/stmbe ge6 i¢ power fmm the 7he eignal ahnbe may not be seen. The elearonic visual waming tignal uses an extremely reliable fire/security panei monimring ihe alarm system. I( power is cut o(f for any reason, the hom/suobe xenon Ilazh Nbe. It Oashes at leasl once every second. The simbe. must not be installed In direct wlll not provide the desired audio or visual waming. . sunlight or areas of higM1 light inrensity (over 60 foot candles) wAere the visual Oash mighl be dis- The harn may not be heard. The ioudness ot the horn meets (or exreeds) currenl Undefwriters regarded or not seen. The sembe may nm be seen by the visuaily impaired. Ubocatories' slandaNs. Howeveq flue hom may not alen a sound sleeper or one who has recem. The signal atrobe may rauee seizures. Individuals who have positive phoGc response to visual ly used dmgs or has been drinlting almhoiic beveages. The horn may nol be M1eard if it is placed 'stimuli with seizures, such as persons with epilepsy, should avoid pmlongM exposure m environ- on a different Iloor Imm the person in hazard or if placed mo fat away ro be heaN over the ambi. ments in which stmbe signals, including this sumb% are ac[ivated. ent noise such as vaf(ic, air conditianers, machinery or music appliances that may prevent alert personslromhearingthealarm.Thehommaymtbeheardbypeaanswhoareheanngimpaired. The signal stm6e mnnot apeate tmm coded power supplies. Coded power supplies pmduce NDTE: Swbes must be powered continuously for hom ope2tion. intertuptedpowecThestmbemuslhaveanuninrenuptedsaurceofpowerinoNerioopermewr renly. System Sensar recommends that the hom and signai stmbe always be used in mmbina[ion sa Nat the risks tmm any of Ihe above iimitaiians are minimized. ThretrYear Glmitetl Warranty . . Sysrem Sensor warams its endosed M1om. suabe, or ham/swbe to be Iree fmm defeca in mareri- Sysiem Sensaq Remms Departmem. RA a , 3825 Ohio Avenue. 5t. Charles, LL 60179. als and workmanship under nortnal use and service tar a penotl of ihree years fmm date of manu- Please include a mte tlescnbing the malfunnion antl suspected rause of failure. The Cnmpany shall facmre. System Sensor makes no ather enpress warranry for this hom, nmbe, or horn/strobe. No not be obligatetl lo repairor replaceunits which are faund io bedetectivebecause otdamage, unrea- agem, represemaiive, dealer. or employee of the Gompany has the amhoriry m inaease or aher the wwbie use. modifications, or alteations occurring after the date of manufaaure. In no case shall obligations or limitations of this War2nly. The Company's obligaiion of this Warramy shall be lim. the Campany be liable [or any ronsequential or incidental damages far breacA ot thie ar any mher itetl m the repair or replacemem of any pan of Ihe hom, sirobe, or hom/sVObe which is found m Warrzmy, expressed or implied whatsoeve[ even i( the losg ar damage is caused by Ihe Cqmpanys be defective in matenals or workmanship undernamui use and service dunng the flhree year peri. negligence ar fau1L Some staies do not allow ihe exclusion or limitation of incidental or mnse, ad commencing with the daie of manufatture. Atterphoning System Sensor's mll Gee number e00. quential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may no[ appty to you. This Warnnry gives SENSOR2(]36J672) (or a Rewrn Authonzaiion number, sentl detenive units postage prepaid m: you specific legal righis, and you may also have ather rights which vary fmm staie io state. FCC StetemenR NOTE: SpenrAlen Homs have been testetl and (ound to mmply with the limiis for a Class B digital mercial envimnmem. This equipmem generaies, uses, and mn rzd'ute adio frequency ene(gy and, device, antl SpenrAlen Svobes and Horn/Strobes have been tested and found m comply wiih the if not installed and nsed in a¢ordance with the insuunion manual, may cause harm(ul imeAerence limits for a Clazs h Digitai device, pursuam to pan 15 of tAe FCC Rnles. Tbese limiis are designed to m adio communiaiions. Operaiion of ihis equipment in a residemiai area is likely to cause hamdul pmvitle reasonaMe pmtection against harmful inteAerencewhen the equipmeni is operaied in a com. interferenw in which rare the nser will be required m corren the imeAerence ai his own expense. D900-13-003 - 156-0982-104R Mounting Diagrams: Screw typas usetl for mouMing: A= 832 x'/. flat head B= 6-32 x 11/,. pan head Hom surfaremount: - 1. Mount skirt ro back box with screws A2. Complete field wiring. 3. Insert locking rib on unit inro slot on skirt. 4. Press inco skirt; unit will make a"click" when it has locked inro place. (Note: Horn and sk'vt may also6e mounted to a 2-inch box using screws B ins[ead of screws A.) Horn tlireM mount: 6MP SMPW wnuoveeexoMUn EOWLMiEOPFHIN4 1. Mount plate to back box using screws B. 2. Break off four tabs from unit - 3. Complere field wiring, making sure wall opening is ]arge enough for rer- minals to fit through. 4. [nsert locking rib into slot on plate. 5. Press into plare; unit will make a"click" when it has locked into place. Horn with universal mounting plate: 1. Mount plate to back box using screws A. making sure wall opening is equal to the plate opening. 2. Complete field wiring. 3. Insert locking rib into slo[ on plate. - 4. Press into plate, unit will make a"click" when it has locked into ptace. Strobe or Norn/Strobe with small footprink mounting piate: z.wcre<cxew ~orwrzwuun. EWKMTEOPFNIHG s.ers+~nv IL41(INaPIB 1. Movnt plate to back box using screws B. 2. Break off four tahs fram unit. 3. Compiete field wiring, making sure wall opening is large enough for ter- minals to fit thmugh. . . 4. Insert locking rib into slot on plate S. Press into plate; unit will make a"click" when it has locked inro place. Stro6e or Horn/Strobe wiYh universal mouMing plate: 1. Mount plate ro back box using screws A. making sure wall opening is equal m the plate opening. 2. Complete field wiring. 3. Insert locking rib into slot on plate . 4. Press into plate, unit wil] make a"ctick" when it has locked inro place. SYrobe or Horn/Sfrobe surface mount: 1. Mount skirt m 6ack box with screws A. 2. Complere fieid wiring. . 3. Insett locking rib on unit into slot on skir[. 4. Press into skirt; unit will make a"dick" when i[ has locked into place. (Nore: Stro6e and skirt may also be mounted m a 2-inch box using screws B ins[ead of screws AJ- U10-13-00 I56-0962-104R (D 2002 System Sensor i COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - (303-234-5933) CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Building Permit Number: 76879 Date : 4/2/2004 Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC LIBRARY Property Address : 10550 W 38TH AVE Phone : 275-6160 Contractor License No. : 21916 Company : Husek Remodeling, Ina Phone : 783-3707 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT Construction Value : $293,000.00 I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and Permit Fee : $2,636.99 do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations Plan Review Fee : -$1,714.04 made are acwrate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this appliration, and that I assume full responsibility for co pli 'th the Wheat Ridge Building USB T8X : $0.00 Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable Whea id ord' ce , work der this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR)SIGNED~-~ DATE~ Total: $4,351.03 Use: Descriptian : MINOR R ATION WORK INSIDE THE BUILDING BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY . Ft.: ~ojnih~g~4oir~ments:; SIC Sq• Approval : Zoning : Bi~ing ~o ments~ 3/23/04 Approval: MS ~ 6i'~metsl Approval: Occupancy : Walis : Roof : Stories : Resi 7No: Electrical License No : 18146 Plumbing License No : Mechani cCompany:McBrideElectric Company: CompanyExpiration Date 2/28/2005 Approval : OKIKS Expiration Date Expiration Approval Approval (1) This pertnit was issued in accordance with the provisions set forth in yopur application and is subject to ih f the eafCOlorado and to the Zoning Regulations and euilding Code of Wheat Ridge, Coloredo or any otherapplirable ordinances of the City. (2) This permit shall expire if (A) ihe work authorizedis not commenced within sixry (60) days from issue date or (B) the building authorized is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If this permit expires, a new pertnit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans and specifications and any suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one (i) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment eaceeds one (1) year, (ull fees shall 6e paid for a new permit . (4) Noworkofanymannershallbedonethatwillchangethenaturalflowofvrdtercausingadrainageproblem. (5) Contrac[or shall nolifythe Building Inspedor hvenry-four (24) hours in advance for all inspections and shall receive wriden approval on inspection carU 6efore proceediing with successive phases of the job. (6) The issuance of a permit or ihe approval of drawings and specifications shall not be cons6ued to be a pertnit for, nor an approval of, any violation of the provi~sijons of theq building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. l.aB~JanL ~~2LLE ,r~~• Chief Building Inspector Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. oF w"E^~ COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT = Pm BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - (303-234-5933) " CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) APPLICATION C Property 0wner Je4vw ~o~ Property Address: 1A'~D W. 3~_ btv' Contractor License No.: Sr..eA ~q t~ t Company: , 1, n . r, Building Permit Number: Date: Phone: L~yci U&kd4+'RqdL~ ~3 • 2'15• I (o 0 Phone: G OWNERICONTRACTOR SIGNATIIRE OF UNDERSTANDING ANO AGREEMENT I hereby certiythat the setback distances proposed by this pertnitapplication are accurate, and do notviolate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easemenis or resUictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; tha[ I have read and agree to abitle 6y all conditions printed on ihis application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Whea[ Ridge Building Code (U.B.C) and all other applicable Wheat Ritlge Ordinances, farwork under this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR): (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR): DESCRIPTION: . I/V)in,W USE ONLY COMMENTS: Approval: Zoning: BUILDING COMMENTS: Approval: rn5 ~~2~2 04- PIIBLIC WORKS COMMENTS: Approval: Occupancy: Walls: Company: NkP&rL(-JC9_., Expiration Date: Approval: Roof: Stories: Plumbing License No: Company: r /~Q, ~v~~ ~ Expiration Date: 17 ic Z' Residential Units: Mechanical icense No: Companl Expiration Date: Approval: (1) This permit was issuetl in acmrtlancewith the provisions set tarth in your applicalion and is subject lo the laws of the State of Colorado and to the Zoning Regulalions and Builtling Cotles of VJheal Ritlge, Caloratlo or any other applicable ortlinances of the City. (2) Thispermitshallexpireif(A) theworkaulhorizetlisnotcammencetlwithinsiAy(fiO) tlaysfromissuetlaleor(B) lhebuildingauthanzetlissuspentletlorabantlonedtora periatl of 120 days. J3) If ihis permit expires, a new permit may be acquired fora fee of one-half the amount normally requiretl, provitletl no changes have been or will be matle in the original- plans antl specifications antl any suspension or abantlonment has nol iaiceeded one (7) year. IF changes have been or if suspension ar abantlonment exceetls one year,fullfeesshallbepaitlfaranewpermit. (4) Noworkotanymannershailbetlonethalwilichangelhenaturalflowofwatercausingatlainageproblem. (5) Controctor shall notify the Building Inspector twenty-four (24) hours in advance for all inspeclions antl shall receive written approval on inspectian cartl before pmceeding with successive phases af the job. (6) The issuance of a permil orthe approval af tlrzwings antl specificalions shali not be consWetl to be a pertnil for, nor an approval of, any violation of the provisions of the building codes or any ather ortlinance, law, mle or regulatian. . 11 Construction Valuef $.'3~ Permit Fee: $ Z(P3G I Plan Review Fee: $ Use Tax: $ Total Fee: $ G~eC 2- ~ 7itese SIC: Chief Building Inspector . . Arvada Fire Protection District L° Division of Fire Prevention Jefferson County Public Library 10790 W 50t' Avenue Unit 100 VJheat Ridge, CO 80033 3/31/04 RE: Tenant finish Jefferson County Library Service Center, 10550 W 38`h Avenue. The following aze our plan review comments reviewed by the Arvada Fire Protection District Division of Fire Prevention at the request of the V✓heat Ridge Fire Protection District ; 1) The building address numbers shall be posted on a permanent basis and shall be affixed in a minimum of 4 inch numbers on a contrasting background. UFC 97 901,4,4 Amended. 2) Storage areas in excess of 1,000 squaze feet shall be sepazated from the rest of the building by a one-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation. UBC 97 309.2.2 Exceptions: Storage azea does not exceed 1,000 sq. ft., the storage area is sprinkled and does not exceed 3,000 sq. ft., or the building is provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 3) All other exit doors in Group B Occupancies shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or special knowledge. UFC 97 12073. 4) Exits shall not pass through store rooms and may have only one exit through an adjoining intervening room. UBC 97 1004.2.2. 5) Exit signs sha11 be subject to field inspection. Additional exit signs may be required. iJFC 97 1212,2, 6) Emergency lighting shall be provided by battery packs and is subject to field inspection. UFC 97 1211.1., Article 700 NEC. 7) Carpeting shall be a minimum of a Class II Crirical Radiant Flux. Documentation shall be provided prior to installation. UFC 97 Appendix N-A. 8) Provide locks on circuit breakers supplying power to emergency circuits such as exit lights, per the National Electrical Code. 6503 Simms Street • Arvada, Colorado 80004-2607 •(303) 424-3012 • Fax (303) 432-7995 9) Verify that sufficient electrical receptacles as extension cords and multiple adapters are not permitted, nor shall flexible cords pass through walls, ceilings or doorways. UFC 97 85063. 10) Fire extinguishers shall be a 4-A rated 10-1b ABC dry chemical units. The required number of units and mounting information shall be provided prior to finai inspection. UFC 97 1002.1. Amended. 11) Changes to sprinkler or fire alarm systems may be required due to construction. A minimum of three sets of sprinkler or fire alarm plans sha11 be submitted to the Wheat Ridge Fire District by licensed contractors for review and comment prior to work commencing. UFC 97 1001.5.1, 10073.1. 12) Any code requirements arising from construction will be addressed. 13) Twenty-four hours notice required for all tests and inspection. UFC 97 1033.2.2 Kent "Spazky" Shriver / ~ Fire Marshal Arvada Fire Protection District COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Building Permit Number : 76879 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE -(303-234-5983) Date : 412/2004 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner: JEFFERSON COUNI'Y PUBLIC LIBRARY Property Address : 10550 W 38TH AVE Phone : 275-6160 Contractor License No. : 21916 Company : Husek Remodeling, Inc. Phone : 783-3707 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the selback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the Ciry of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easemenGS or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge ordinances, for work under this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR) Construction Value : $293,000.00 Permit Fee : $2,636.99 Plan Review Fee : $1,714.04 Use Tax : $0.00 Total: $4,351.03 Use: Description : MINOR RENOVATION WORK INSIDE THE BUILDING BUILDING DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Zo, i C&o'm%iienffl SIC : Sq. Ft. : Approval : Zoning : 1uilding.; o .s nfs`~ 3/23104 Approval: MS Approval: Occupancy : Walls : Roof : Stories : ResidenY Oits : Electrical License No : 18146 Plumbing License No : chanical License No : 21920 Company :McBride Electric Company : Company : Johnson Controls Expiration Date : 2/28/2005 Expiration Date : 4/7/2005 Approval : OKIKS Expiration Date : Approval : oklks Approval: (1) This pemit was issued in accordance with ihe provisions set forth in yopur application and is subject to the laws f-t State of Colorad o ihe Zoning Regulations and Building Code of Wheal Ridge, Colorado or any other applicable ordinances of ihe City. (2) This pemit shall ezpire if (A) the work authorized is not commenced within sixry (80) days from issue date or (B) the building authorized is suspended or . abandoned for a period of 120 days. (3) If this pemit expires, a new pemit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally required, provided no changes have been orwill be made in ihe original plans and specifirations and any suspension or abandonment has not ezceeded one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonmenf exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid fora new pertnit. (4) No work of any manner shall be done thatwill change the naturel Flow of watercausing a drainage problem. (5) Contraclor shall noti(y the Building Inspector lwenty-four (24) hours in advance forall inspections and shall receive written approval on inspedion card before proceediing with successive phases of the job. (e) The issuance of a pemit or the approval of drawings and specifcations shall not be construed to be a pemit for,.nor, an approval of, anyviolation of the provisions of the building codes or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation. Chief Building Inspector Please sign Terms and Conditions on reverse side of page. II SPRINEiLER SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST " j:3 FIRE MAIN.PRESSURE TEST LI HOOD & DUCT SUPPRESSION SYSTEM TEST ~ F'IgE AT.ARM SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST ❑ OTHER LOCATION: 3XQ~- DATE • REQUE52ED BY: CONDUCTED BY•~~¢. ~ SYSTEM PASSED ~ FAILED II COMMF-NTS: aYc~: ~S%G3aj Fu~ ~ w i2. C~y , I DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Building Permit Number : 11818 BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Date : 2/26/2001 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80215 - (303-235-2855) Property Owner : Property Address : 10550 W. 38TH AVE ~rv Phone : 3037616176 Contractor License No. : 18146 Company : McBride Electric Phone : 303761-6176 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate, and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable Wheat Ridge ordinances, for work under this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR) SIGNED~~'~` O~~ DATE ~I ~2OV` Description : NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. Construction Value : $48,754.00 Permit Fee : $634.15 Plan Review Fee : $0.00 Use Tax : Total: $634.15 Use: Electrical License No : Plumbing License No : Mechanical License No : Company : Company : Company: Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Expiration Date : Approval : Approval : Approval : (1) This permit was issuetl in accordance with the pmvisions set forth in yopur appliration and is subjecHO the laws of the 5t2te of Colorado antl to the Zoning Regulations and Building Code of Wheat Ritlge, Colorado or any other applicable ordinances of the City. (2) This permi[ shall expire if (A) the work authonzed is not commenced within sixty (60) days from issue date or (B) the building authoriied is suspended or abantloned for a period of 720 days. ' (3) If this permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of onc half the amount nortnally required, provided no changes have been or will be made in the original plans and specifca[ions and any suspension or abandonment has not exceedetl one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abandonment exceeds one (1) year, full fees shall be paid for a new permit (4) No work of any manner shall be done that will change the na[ural flow af wa[er causing a dreinage problem. (5) Contractor shall notiry the euilding Inspec[or lwenty-four (24) hours in atlvance for all inspeciions and shall receive written approval on inspection cartl beFOre . proceediingwithsu . vephasesofthejob. " (6) The issuance f a mi r the appr al of d2wings and specifcations shaifnot be consirued to be a permit for, nor an approval of, any violation oFihe provisions of the building co or n ance, law, rule or regulatioa . . Chief Building Inspector QEPARTI1fiENT OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Building Permit Number : BUILDING INSPECTION LINE - 303-234-5933 ~ CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Date 7500 WEST 29TH AVENUE WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80215 - (303-235-2855) PropertyOwner:ScFrGeSaM i- ~AQy Property Address :tasSo w. Phone : Contractor License No. : IS M& Company:p.~~,3Q~pE rt/Fl-uct 1tic Phone(3o3)-76l•6 1-7lA OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed qy t is peYmit plication are acarate, and do not violate applicabie ordinances, rules / re~gul ion of t City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record' t a e sure ents shown, and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agre tqh b. e b,all nditions printed on this application, and that I assume full responsib. ty r om 'zn with the Wheat Ridge Building Code (U.B.C.) and all other applicable Whe td ord an es, for work under this permit. (OWNER)(CONTRACTOR) SIGNED i DATE .212.1 af Description :~J[ti }-ser~ A i-aQ~ S src:--~' -Pr=-p P01:f.t i ~j ( 3 copiCs Construction Value . 4S, ~59-od Permit Fee : to3°4• f,5 Use Tax : 'K\N~E Total : Use: Electrical License No : Company : Expiration Date : Approval : Plumbing License No : Company: Expiration Date : Approval : Mechanical License No : Company : Expiration Date : Approval: (1) This permit was issued in accortlance wi[h the pmvisions se[ forth in yopur application antl is suhject to the laws of the State of Coloredo and to the Zoning Regulations and Buiiding Cotle of Wheat Ritlge, Coloratlo or any other applipble ordinances of the City. (2) This pertnit shall expire if (A) the work authorized is not commencetl within siafj (60) days from issue date or (B) the building auNOrized is suspended or abandonetl for a period of 120 days. (3) If this permit expires, a new permit may be acquired for a fee of one-half the amount normally requiretl, providetl no changes have been or wiil be made in lhe original plans and specifications and any sus~ension or abandonment has not exceeded one (1) year. If changes are made or if suspension or abantlonment exceeds one (7) year, full fees shail be paid for a new permit. (4) . No work of any manner shall he done that will change the natu219ow of water causing a drainage pro6lem. (5) Contractor sh tiy the Buildin9 lnspector twenty-four (24) houre in advance for all inspec5ons and shall receive written approval on inspection card before procee iin h cce ive sesofihejob. (6) The issuan of p approval of drawings antl specifications shall no[ be construetl to be a pertnit for, nor an approval of, any violation of the pmvisions of ihe bu ' de r y t or nce, law, rule or regulation. Chief Building Inspector tycv Frre & Security Grinne// Fire Protection SUBMITTAL DATA NOTIFIER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ~EFFCO LIBRARY SERVICE CENTER SUBMITTED TO: McBRIDE ELECTRIC 1860 W. HAMII.TON PL. ENGLEWOOD, CO. 80110 303-761-6176 ATTN:DOUG Grinnell Fire Protection 6240 Smith Road Denver, CD 80216 Tele: 303-355-0500 Fax: 303-355-0594 JEFFCO LIBRARY FIRE ALARM DETECTION SYSTEM: AFP-200 ANALOG FIRE CONTROL PANEL SBB-4X CABINET UDACT iJNIVERSAL DIGITAL ALARM COMMIINICATOR/TRf1NSMITTER UBS-1 CABINET FOR UDACT MCBL-7 PHONE CORD AP3-6R AUXILIARI' POWER SUPPLY FOR BEAM DETECTORS FCPS-24 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY PC-1270 BATTERY PS12100 BATTERY BB-17 BATTERY BOX FMM MONITOR MODULE 302-194 HEAT DETECTOR AP-P ADAPTOR PLATE FST-751 HEAT DETECTOR FSP-751 PHOTO DETECTOR B710LP LOW PROFILE DETECTOR BASE NBG-12LX ADDRESSABLE PULL STATION DH100ACDCP PHOTO DUCT DETECTOR ST-5 SAMPLE T[JBE RTS-451REMOTE TEST STATION FOR DUCT DETECTORS RTS-451K REMOTE TEST STATION W/KEY FOR BEAM DETECTORS A77-716B RELAY MODULE 6424 BEAM DETECTOR 52415, S2475, 524110 STROBE P2415, P2475, P24110 HORN/STROBE P241 IOK EXTERIOR HORN/STROBE WBB WEATHER PROOF BACK BOX MDL SYNC MODULE CUSTOM GRAPHIC MAP A:\24-8527 NOTIFIER a FI E SYSTE S GENERAL The AFP-200 is a compact, cost-effective, intelligent fire alarm control with a capacity of 301 individually identifed and controlled points and an extensive list of powerful fea- tures. The AFP-200 provides capabilities that exceed most large intelligent systems, at a cost comparable to conven- tional control panels. FEAT68RE5 • 198 intelligent device capacity (99 analog detectors and 99 monitor/control moduies). Style 4, 6, or 7. • Overall 301 point capability (198 intelligent points, 4 pro- grammable NAC circuits, 99 programmable relays). • Networkready(referenceN0T1•FIRE•NEY'"andNAM- 232 catalog sheets for more information). • Intelligentfeatures: ✓ Manual sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Day/Night automatic sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Drift compensation (U.S. Patent Pending) meets UL requirements as a calibrated test instrument. ✓ Auto detector test (meets NFPA 72). ✓ Maintenance alert (two separate algorithms). ✓ Pre-alarm (A WACST"' U. S. Patent Pending). ✓ Activate loca/ sounder 68se on pre-alarm. ✓ LED blink control forsleeping areas. ✓ Automatrc device type check. • Releasing features: ✓ Four independent hazards. ✓ Sophisticated cross-zone (three options) ✓ Delay timer and Discharge timers (adjustable). ✓ Abort (four options). • Optional DACT, with AC fail delay. • LCD-80 remote display/controL • ACS annunciators (EIA-485), including LDM custom. • Printer interface (80-column and 40-column printers). • 5.0 A usable regulated output power, plus 6.0 A expander (maximum 8.0 A to panel circuits). • 80-character LCD display, backlit • Real-time clock, with European format option. • History file with 650-event capacity in nonvolatile memory. Includes non-erasable shadow history. • Waterflow or supervisory selection per point. • Alarm Verification selection per point, with tally. • Walk Test reports two devices set to same address. • Positive Alarm Sequence (PAS) Presignal per NFPA 72. • Silence inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. • March time/temporallCalifornia code for bell circuits. • Field-programmable on panel or on PC, with uservdefined passwords, plus Autoprogram feature. • UL listed modem interface allows remote/off-site system integration. July 12, 2000 AFP-Loo Analog Fire Panel Section: Intelligent Fire Alarm Control Panels California 7165-OO128:164 LISTED csi 1s 5635 F ~ U.S. Coast Guard ~164.002/23/1 94/60004(E1) Approved MMX-2 two-wire detector interface provides compatibility with many non-NOTI FI ER detectors for retrofit applications (consult factory for latest compatibility listings). Dual-rate charger for up to 90 hours of standby power. Two-Stage option for notification circuits (Canada). Tornado Warning activates different notiflcation circuit code. Non-alarm points for lower priority functions. Remote ACK/Silence/ReseUDrill via MMX modules. Automatic time control functions, with holiday exceptions. Rapid poll algorithm for manual stations. Responds in < 2 seconds. Operates with untwisted, unshielded wire (up to 1,000 ft./ 304.8 m) for retrofit applications (U. S. Patent 5, 210, 523). UL listed for Fire Signaling per Standard 864 & NFPA 72. UL listed for Burglary applications per Standard 1076. UL listed for Releasing per NFPA 12,12A, 12B, 13,15,16. UL listed for Critical ProcessMonitoring. FM approved for Agent Release and Preaction/Deluge. Approved for marine applications by U.S. Coast Guard and Lloyd's Register of shipping. NOTI•FIRE•NET"" is a trademark of NOTIFIER, 1994. This document is not inlended to be used for installalion purposes. We iry to keep our o V o01 produc[ informalion up-to-date and accurele. We cannol cover all specifc applications or anlicipale all requiremenls. All specifications are suhjec[ lo change wilhout notice. For more information, confact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7778 WM MV d I a I M .3 OId OYI PI E W One Fire-Lite Piace, Northford, Connecticut 06472 FN61NfERiNC fl MANOFACNAIN6 Made in lhe U.S.A. I7N-3783 • 07172/00 - Page 7 of 4 The AFP-200 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRANi SLC Intelligent Loop . - - °a NOTI•FIRE•NET 198 devices SDX-751 CPX-751 FDX-551 y B0 Optional Network Interface NBG-121X MMX-i CMX-2 via the NAM-232 4. ~ I IDC IAC EIA-485 99 software zones AFP-200 j ~ ~ j RS-232 4 Notifcation or Release Circuits ■ ■ s ■ ■ o ■ ACM-8R Relay Conlrol CRT-2 ~ . ACM/AEM-16AT LED' Annunciator LDM-32 Custom Graphics PRN Series Printer 3783tl1dg.wmf EIA-232 interface for CRT, EIA-065 loop for Printer, or PC computec LCD or LED Four standard _ 'ars. Notification or Releasing circuits. Full Aipha keyboard for menu-driven programming. 5 ampere regulated power su Voltmete Ammeter Option. Pege 2 of 4- DN-3783 • 07/12/00 C Ioop. ~ to 198 devices a single pair wires. Slot for optional module. 72 AH batteries. 80-charecter backlit Up to 90 hours standby power. LCD display. ~ ( IQWACSTM Advance Warning Addressable Combustion Sensing (U.s. Patent Pending) SMOKE OBSCURATION % per foot ALERT ACTION ALARM 30o Warning at panel Shut off power Evacuate building of possible fire to equipment monitored and call fire department by this detector PREAIM SMOKE(PHOTO~ P2EALM SMOKE(PHOiO~ ALA2M; SMOKE(PHOiO) FL002 3 EQUIP 2ACK 5 FL002 3 EQUIP RACK 5 FLOOR 3 EQUIP RACK 5 ALE2T: 0.22% 1.40% ACiION: 0.51% 1.40k FI2E DEPT CALIED 2% 11;25 P 72/25193 D66 11:36 P 12125193 D66 11:59 P 12/25/93 D66 77 1% TIME ALERT and ACTION levels are completely adjustable in the field to suit the cleanliness and stability of the environment. ALARM levels are field adjustable to one of three levels within the UL permitled range. ACTION levels latch and may be used to perform control functions. ALERT levels self-restore and may be used to activate a local sounder base before general ALARM evacuation. FIELD PROGRAMMING - 3 WAYS 1. AUTO-PROGRAM The AFP-200 identifies all devices that are connect- ed, determines the type of device, and loads default values (general alarm) into nonvolatile memory. This is completed in less than 30 seconds. 2. ON-LINE EDIT While still providing fre protection, the AFP-200 pro- gram may be completely edited from the front keypad. Menu trees permit easy change of any parameter without referral to the programming manual. Recall, increment and edit function speeds entry of alphanu- meric labels. New program check routine catches common errors. 3. OFF-LINE PC: VeriFire-200 The complete AFP-200 program may be created in an off-line PC-compatible computerwith a Windows4 based utility, then loaded into the AFP-200 EIA-232 port. The program may also be off-loaded to a PC at any time. High-speed data transfer completes upload or download in less than one minute. The PC pro- gram may also be used to access remote AFP-200 systems over dial-up phone lines, providing detail status information and history file search/sort. 3. AUTOPROGRAM PLEASE WAIT 0= CLR 1= AUTO 2= POINT 2' 3=PASSWD 4=MESSAGE 5=ZONES 6=SPL ZONES 7 = SYS 8 = CHECK . DN-3783 • 07112100 - Page 3 of 4 AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS See page 1 for listing agencies and file numbers. These listings and approvals apply to the basic AFP-200 control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con- sult factory for latest listing status. SPECIFICATIONS • Primary input power, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.0 Amps. • Total Internal 24 VDC Power - 5.0 A(total shared power). ✓ High-rippleregulatedpower:l.5A(suitableforElA-485 devices, except ACM-8R); 1.0 A maximum standby. ✓ Non-resettable power: 500 mA. ✓ Four-wire smoke detector power: 500 mA. ✓ Four built-in notification circuits: • NAC Circuit 1: 2.25 A. • NAC Circuits 2-4: 225 A(shared total). NOTE: with optional APS-6R Power Supp/y NAC circuits 3 & 4 are expanded to 3.0 A(8.0 A total power). • Battery charger range: 7 AH - 18 AH. • Charge high rate: 29.1 V. Float rate: 27.0 V. • Relay contact rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC. • Cabinet dimensions: 16.125" (40.9575 cm) high x 14.5" (36.83 cm) wide x 5.5" (13.97 cm) deep. SYSTEM CAPACITY • Total programmable inpuUoutput points: 301 • Intelligent detectors: 99 • Addressable monitor/control modules: 99 • Programmable NAC circuits in panel: 4 • Programmable software zones: 99 • Programmable remote relay/annunciator points: 99 • LCD-80 annunciators per system: 4 • ACS annunciators per system: 10 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 6 LED fndicators: AC Power; Fire Alarm; Pre-Alarm; Super- visory/Security; Alarm Silenced; System Trouble. 1__ 21 Membrene Switch Controls: Acknowledge/Step; Silence; Evacuate; System Reset; 12-key Alpha pad; 4 cursor keys; Enter. LCD Display: SO characters (4 x 20) with long-life LED backlight. COMPATIBLE INTELLIGENT DEVICES CPX-751: Low-profile ionization detector. SDX-751: Low-profile photoelectric detector. . SDX-551TH: Photoelectric with thermal element. HPX-751: HARSHTM' Hostile Area photoelectric detector. FDX-551: Fixed thermal (heat) sensor. PDX-551R: Fixed and rate-of-rise thermal sensor. CPX-551 DUCT: lonization smoke detector (for duct use only). SDX-551 DUCT: Photoelectric smoke detector (duct use only): B710LP: Detector base, low profile, 6224RB: Intelligent relay base, low profile (low-profile only). 6224BI: Intelligent isolator base, low profile (low-profile only). 6710HD: HARSHT^' detector base (HARSHT" on/y). BX501: Detector base, classic (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 6507BH: Sounderbase(classicorlow-profile). BH501BHT: Sounder base with temporal sounder (classic or low-prolile). 6524R6: Intelligent relay base (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/Ronly). B524BI: Intelligent isolator base (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 6501: Detector base, flangeless (classic or low-prof le). DHX-501: Duct housing with alarm relay. DHX-502: Duct housing without alarm relay. MMX-9: Monitor module. MMX-2: Two-wire detector monitor module. MMX-101: Miniature monitor module. CMX-2: Control module. NBG-72LX: Advanced manual fire alarm station, addressable. BGX-101L: Classic manual fire alarm station, addressable. ISO-X: Isolator module. XP5 Series: Transponders (see data sheet DN-6625). COMPATIBLE DEVICES, EIA-232 Porf (see data sheets) PRN Series: 80-column printer. VS4095/S2: Printer, 40 column, 24 volts. Mounted in exter- nal backbox,(order from Ke/tron, Inc.). CRT-2: Video display terminal. NAM-232: Network Interface Module to NOTI•FIRE•NET wire or fiber models. COMPATIBLE DEVICES, RS-485 Port (see data sheets) ACS Series: Remote Serial Annunciator/Control systems. LCD-60: Remote LCD display. LDM Series: Remote custom graphic driver modules. ACM-81R: Remote relay module. Eight Form-C relays. NIB•96: Network Intertace Board. RPT485: Series Repeater, isolator and/or f ber-optic modem. UDACT: Universal Digital Communicator. - PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION BEAFP-200G: Basic AFP-200 equipment kit. Includes main board with display and keypad, door, hardware and manual. Backbox (SBB-4X or SBB-4XR) ordered separately. BEAFP•200R: Same as BEAFP-200G, but with red door. BEAFP-200GE: Same as BEAFP-200G but 230 VAC. BEAFP-200RE: Same as 6EAFP-200R but 230 VAC. SBB-4X: AFP-200 backbox (no door), gray. SBB-4XR: AFP-200 backbox (no door), red. CAB-AM: Heavy-duty outer enclosure. Required for marine agency approved applications. 4XTM: Plug-in Transmitter Module. Provides municipal box and remote station connection. RTM-8: Plug-in Relay Transmitter Module. Provides eight Form-C relays, plus transmitter. 4XMM: AmmeterNoltmeter. TR-4XG: Gray Trim Ring for semi-flush mounting (TR-4XR for red). DP-AFP200: Full-length dead-front panel (requrred for Cana- dian applications). PS-1270: Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH, (iwo required). PS-12120: Battery, 12 volt, 12.0 AH, (two required). PS-12780: Battery, 12 volt, 18.0 AH (two required). APS-61R: 6.0 A expansion supply (requires BB-17). BB-17: Battery box, required for PS-12180, or if APS-6R is used. 411 Series: Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter. VeriFire-200: Programming kit for PC. Includes diskette, cable, and instructions. ROM-AFP200SP: Spanish language kit. Includes software IC, manual, and labels. aRCHIrECruR►L/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Specifications are available on CD-ROM with NOTIFIER's Speci•FireT^' software. Contact NOTIFIER for details. I continued next column... Page 4 ot 4- DN3783 • 07/12100 O OTIF, ER° 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, CT 06472 - (203) 484-7161 Fau: (203) 484-7718 AFP-200 Door, Backhox, and ---=-~j AFP=200 Dress Pane! Assembiy ooor, Backbox, & Dress Panel Assembly Cocumen150422RevAa1l31R8 PM50422:A ECN86~01 Assembly Cazefully unpack the door, backbox, and dress panel and check for shipping damage. The AFP-200 door, backbox, and dress panel should be assembled as shown in the drawing below. When mounting the AFP-200 door to the backbox, a lockwasher must be used in the bottom position between the door and the backbox to maintain proper grounding. The use of a lockwasher is not necessary in the top mounring position. Refer to the following page for backbox dimensions. B ~ I . _ I I ~ Door i ~ , I ~a e U Backbox 0 ~ Dress Panel 5 Lockwasher ~ o Tapping Screw The cabinet should be mounted in a clean, dry, vibration-free area where extreme temperatures are not encountered. The azea should be readily accessible with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the paneL Locate the top of the cabinet approximately five feet above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left. For more information on installation of the AFP- 200, refer to the AFP-200 rfnalog Fire Panel Instruction Manual, Notifier pocument 15511. Ilnr.„no„+ cnnoo o..,, n " n. inc ~ 1.00 9.00 )iameter Hole 9 1 *NOTIFIER~ A Pittway Company GENERAL The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (UDACT) is designed for use on the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP300, AFP-200, System 5000 and System 500 Fire Alarm control panels. In addition, it is also designed for use on the Intelligent Nehvork Annuncia- tor (INA), software release 2.8 or higher. When used in conjunction with the INA, the UDACT can report the status ofallcontrolpanelsonN0T1•FIRE•NETT"". TheUDACT transmits system status to UL listed Central Station Re- ceivers via the public switched telephone network. The UDACT is compact in size and may be mounted exter- nally in a separate cabinet. EIA-485 annunciator commu- nications bus and regulated 24 volt connections are re- quired. October 24, 1997 U DACT D-'160 Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter Section: Annunciator Control Systems California lNDUSTRY u L u~C ~ State Fire CANADA Marshal 2132 6030 A 7300-0028:174 S635 CS100 FCC v°'. v" IWGUSA- 20723-A1.-E Je ~ M EA 328-94-E FM 1 ZOA4.AY OO ~ OO ,o C ~.Px, Pw O nor~-° ow~w ow~.u. 1.,L OO oEU.~ oA~o~ The UDACT is capable of transmitting the status of soft- (with ndemco 6e5 only) ware zones (Alarm and Trouble), System Trouble, Panel Off-Normal, Supervisory, Bell Trouble, Low Battery, and o AC Fail. When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT trans- ABS-SR mits up to 89 zones; with the System 500, all 16 zones; for and with the System 5000, all 120 zones. When used with remote the AFP-400, the UDACT is capable of reporting up to 567 K mounting points; with the AFP300, up to 375 points. Reporting may (g,g4" H x be in the form of soflware zones (99 plus 16 special), panel 4.63" W x circuits 1-4, panel output modules 1-64, and 192 points c:~ 2.5"D) per SLC loop (the first 96 detector and 96 module ad- dresses). When the UDACT is used with the AM2020 or AFP1010, it is capable of reporting up to 2,040 points. Reporting may be in the form of software zones (up to 240) or 60 zones plus up to 1980 intelligent points. The first 568 points trans- mitted may be programmed for a variety of types, including fire, waterflow, supervisory, etc. Remaining points trans- mitted are for fire alarm only. NOTE: Descriptions regarding point capacity, listed above, are for receivers which receive in Ademco Contact ID for- mat. See chart on page 2 for compatible receivers. . FEATURES Dual phone lines. Dual telephone line voltage detect. Surface Mount Technology. Compact in size: 6.75" x 4.25". Built-in programmer. Built-in 4-character red 7-segment LED display. Manual Test Report function. Manual Transmission Clear function. Mounts in a separate enclosure (ABS-8R or UBS-1). Communicates vital system status including: - Independent zone fire alarm. - Independent zone non-fire alarm. Independent zone trouble. U T - Independent zone supervisory. - AC (mains) Power Loss (programmable). - Low Battery and Earth Fault. - System Off-Normal. - 12 or 24 hour test signal. - Abnormal Test Signal per new UL requirements. - EIA-485 Communication Bus Failure. Annunciation of UDACT Troubles including: loss of phone lines, communication failure with either Central Station, total communications failure. Troubleshoot Mode converts keypad to DTMF touchpad. Individual LEDs for: Power, EIA-485 Loss, Manual Test, Kissoff, Comm Fail, Primary Line Seize, Secondary Line Seize and Modem Communications Open Collector relay driver for Total Communications Fail- ure or UDACT trouble. Real-time clock. • Extensive transient protection. • Simple EIA-485 interface to host panel. AGENCY LIStINGS AND APPROVALS See above forlisfing agencies and file numbers. In some cases, certain modules maynot be lisfed by certain approval agencies, orlisting may beinprocess. Consulffactory forlatesflistingsfatus. This document is not inlended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-dale and accurale. We cannoi cover all specifc applications or ISD-9001 anlicipate all requirements. All specificalions are subjed to change wilhoul notice. Por Engineering and Manufacturing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone; (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 QUaflty SyStem Cedifled to 4 N OTI FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connectiat 06472 Inlemational Standard ISO-9001 Made in the U.S.A. DN-4867 - Page 1 ot 6 INSTALLATION UDACT )wn in UBS-1 When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT mounts in the UDACT ABS-8R or UBS-1 backbox. When used with the System 500, the UDACT can mount in the CAB-500 far back (nor- 1/7, mally NIB-96) position. When used with the System 5000, the UDACT can mount MCBL-7 in any far back (front module with expander allowed) posi- tion of the CHS-4 chassis. ABS-811 When used with the AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, orAFP- 300, the UDACT mounts in a CHS-4 or CHS-4L module UBS-1 position. JI In all cases, the UDACT can mount remotely (up to 6,000 MR-101/C ft.) in an ABS-SR or UBS-1 backbox. NOTE: Due to space considerafions, the far back of the CAB- 500 position is NOT recommended. CONIMUNICATION FORMATS • 3+1 Standard • 4+1 Standard • 4+2 Standard 4+1 and 4+2 Ademco Express • Ademco Contact ID NOTE: Ademco Contact ID must be used for independent zone reporting. REQUIRED SOFTWARE AFP-200 English EPROM' = 73609 (or higher) AFP-200 Spanish EPROM* = 73618 (or higher) AFP-200 French EPROM' = 73617 (or higher) AFP-400 EPROM* _ #AFP4R20 (or higher) System 500 EPROM* = 73611 (or higher) System 5000 EPROM* = 73610 (or higher) AM20201AFP1010*= Release 6.6 (or higher) AFP300/AFP-400 = ALL 'Presently, the UDACT is not capable of A.C. Fail delay (per 1993 NFPA standards) when used with the AA Senes Amplifier, AVPS Power Supply, or the XP Transponder. 7YPE MODE FEAiURE (Ademco Contact ID format only) Use Type Mode to identify reports to Central Station as: • Fire Alarm • Supervisory • PuII Station • Heat Detector • Waterflow • Duct Detector • Flame Sensor • Smoke Zone • Burglary • 24 hour Non-Burglary • High Temperature • Low Temperature • Low Water Pressure • Low Water Level • Pump Failure ORDERING INFORMATION MR-201/C FBD-1 Universal Digital Alarm CommunicatorTrans- mitter. Includes operating instructions, pro- gramming instructions and mounting hard- ware. DACT phone cord, seven feet long (hvo re- quired). Metal enclosure for externally mounting UDACT up to 6,000 ft. from host FACP. Metal enclosure. Includes viewing window and optional relay mounting capability. SPDT Form-C relay. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open collector re- Jay driver. DPDT Two Form-C relays. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open col- lector relay driver. Ferrite bead kit. Use for remote mounting only. ELECTRICAL SPECIPICATIONS Standby current: 40 mA. Current while communicating: 75 mA. Maximum current while communicating and with open collector output activated: 100 mA. Voltage: Regulated 24 volts. Range: 212 to 28.2 volts. Os6ome Radionics Format # Silent ITI HoRman 60001 Sescoa SunGard Ademco Knighl cssooo FBI Models 6500 3000R MLR-Y (Addresses 16 & 42) 68511) 9000 (7) CP120F8 182 (5) (7) (9) 0 4+1 qdemco E)yress ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 4+2 Ademco E)yress ✓ ✓ ✓ (8) ✓ 2 3+1 /Stantlard/1800/2300 ✓ ✓(2) ✓ ✓(4) ✓ ✓(5,6) ✓ ✓ 3 (NOT USED) 4 3+1BhandaN/1900/1400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 (NOT USED) 6 4+1/Standard/7800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ 7 (NOT USED) 8 4+1/Standard/190011400 ✓ ✓(2) ✓(4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 9 (NOT USED) A 4+2/SFUMard/1800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ B (NOT USED) C 4+2/Shandard/7900400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ D (NOTUSED) E Ademco Confact ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ F (NOT USED) (7) With 685-8 Line Card with Rev 4.4d software. (2) With 9002 Line Card Rev 9035 sokware or 9032 Line Card wiih 9326A software. (3) Rev. 4.0 software. (4) FBI CP220F8 Rec-11 Line Card with Rev 2.6 software and a memory card with Rev 3.8 software. (5) Model 6500 with Rev 600 software. (6) Model 6000 with Rev 204 software. (7) With Rev B control card at Rev 1.4 soRware and Rev C line card at Rev 1.5 software. (8) Model 2 only. - (9) Version 1.62 software. . ~ 5 i Page 2 of 6- DN-4867 What is "Contaat I.D.?" Most digital receiving formats transmit simple information about the status of the site, i.e., alarm, trouble, supervisory, battery fail, etc. Contact I.D. is a transmission format enabling transmission of alarm and trouble conditions on a bi-point basis. Three groups of information are transmitted to the central station: a four-digit account code, a group number (00 to 99), and the device or zone number (000-999). Each of these three information groups is programmable. Because of the virtually unlimited number of combinations, the number of systems, points and/or zones transmitted is boundless. LOCAL AREA NETWORK APPLICATION The NOTIFIER UDACT (Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter) provides the means to create a powerful, low cost, local area neiwork solution for any application involving multiple facilities spread over a small geographic area, such as a college campus. Compatible NOTIFIER flre control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP-300, AFP-400, AFP1010, AM2020), NOTIFIER UDACTs, standard public switched telephone network, and a low-cost digital receiver combine to solve what has in the past been impossible to do without incurring high costs. The UDACT, when used in the contact I.D. format, transmits detaileii system status via the standard public switched telephone nehvork to a digital receiver. The telephone network becomes the "network gateway" from the FACP to the digital receiver and to an optional UniNet monitor. In the example shown on the attached page, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Di9it Acct Code Group No. Device2one Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 0001 01 Ot 000 to 01 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 B AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 05 05 001 to 05 120 E System 500 0005 O6 O6 001 to O6 016 In this type of configuration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000. Applications include: hospitals, college campuses, shopping malls, prisons, airpoRs, grouped governmentfacilities, power - plants, large commercial facilities and much more. In addition, the control panels may be nehvorked using NOTI•FIRE•NETT"' (see DN-4644). In this confguration, a single UDACT can be used to report uup to 2040 separate points and panel statuses. WIDE AREA NETWORK APPLICATION Imagine an application which requires the status of a fre system to be clearly visible for appropriate response/action, yet the monitored facility is located thousands of miles away from the monitoring center. These applications have in the past been out of reach using existing technology, but today are possib/e with the NOTIFIER WAN. The NOTIFIER UDACT provides the means to create a unique, flexible, low cost, wide area network solution for any application involving multiple facilities distance by a large geographic area, such as facilities located in various states spread across the continental United States. NOTIFIER WANs are created by using compatible NOTIFIER fire control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP-300, AFP-400, AFP1010 and AM2020), a NOTIFIER UDACT, the standard public switched telephone network and a low-cost digital receiver. Reporting the general system status or the specific status of any monitored point in any facility to one central location is made simple. Controlling the system in this configuration is also made simple by utilizing the NOTIFIER UniNet, which is network compatible. In the example shown, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Digit Acct Code Group No. Device2one Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 0001 Ot 01 000 to 01 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 B AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 OS OS 001 to OS 120 E System 500 0005 Ofi O6 001 to O6 016 In this type of confguration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000 and the number of moni- tored facilities is 99. Both the number of points and the number of facilities to be monitored increase when a fourvdigit - account number is applied (as with conventional Central Station facility assignments) as well to expand the network! Multiple response centers are possible, one may be the local monitoring central station facility required by local codes/ ordinances. The other monitoring station, as an option, may be located wherever compatible telephone networks exist. DN-4867 - Page 3 of 6 LOCAL AREA NETWORK ~ m 0 0 ~ r 8No ~ c r 7 o .Q~ 2~ i 3 C) C=.~iy 21 ~ (D w ~ ~ Q (D ~ a a c I I 0 D ~ - - - - - - - sndweo gp - - ~ ~ sndweouo - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ~ I ~ I S W I ~ Z r" D I ~ W ~ N a o a ~ I 1 I m CQ Di ca i i v ~ 0 ~ , ~ ~ o D n ma 1 OID I ° ~ ~ I I W ~ ~ (p•~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p. ~ I C m a _ n ~ ~ o I ~ ~ ~ ~ Z N N A D ~ a ~ I m C ~ I ~ W m W I w I Cf a o o t0 c m ' ~ o o i 3~ n ~ i ~ i i ~ k c_ a ~ Page 4 of 6- DN-4867 LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING NOTI•FIRE•NETTM , C N ~ ~ 'a a ~ = M • L Y 'a a 3 Q ~ t L m m Q W m O ~ O ~ O ~ C et ^ ~ Y ~ N E O fl- J•~, O a~+ m J Cf 61 Q y z ~ac~v~~ F~ d 7 to m I N > N O m ~ ~ c m U I (D C a` o ~0 -o E U) W ~ Z J ~ W I Z O / ~ a. . J DN-4867 - Page 5 of 6 s~, Ci.; ~ m ~ ~ z ~ ~ 0 ~ x 7'~ ` , ✓ Page 6 of 6- DN-4867 November 11, 1998 V~ E-121 0 N OT 1 F 1 E W APS-6it F/RE SYSTEMS 6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply A PITTWAY COMPANY Section: Power Supplies GENERAL The APS-6R is a state-of-the-art, 150 watt, switching aux- iliary power supply providing 24 VDC of filtered DC power. The APS-6R provides hvo 24 VDC output circuits, each rated for 3 Amps in alarm and 2 Amps continuous. It is used for the operation of peripheral audible/visual devices (alarm signaling appliances) for the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. FEUruREs • Lightweight, compact design. • "Off-line" switching technology. • Forward topology. - > Uniquedesign - magneticflux-sensedconverterelimi- nates need for opto-couplerfeedback. • 120 or 240 VAC (@ 50/60 Hz) field-selectable. • Wide input voltage range: 90 -132 VAC, 180 , 264 VAC. • High efficiency. • Output circuits with ovedoad protection. • Built-in "brown-ouY" circuitry. • Diagnostic trouble LED. • Plug-in connector for in cabinet applications and screw terminals for remote device applications. • Shares battery and charger circuit with control panel. • Power-limited design, per 1995 UL requirements. • Surface-mount technology conserves panel space. • AC Fail supervision with field-selectable delay peP UL 864. • Heavy-duty clamp-type terminals accept up to 12 AWG (325 mm') wire. . CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION When used with the CAB3 Series (CAB-A3, -63, -C3, or- D3), the APS-6R mounts to a CHS-4 or CHS-41- mounting chassis. If more than one APS-6R is necessary to satisfy AudibleNisual (DC) power requirements, connect addi- tional APS-6R power supplies together as described in the Installation Instruction Manual. When used with the AFP-200, the APS-6R mounts in the lower portion of 4he cabinet where batteries would normally mount (BB-17 re- quired). When used with the System 500, only one APS- 6R may be mounted in the right-most position in the cabi- net. Undervvriters Laboratories requires that all Signaling Ap- pliances be approved for use with the selected control sys- tem due to voltage operating range criteria. Use only those appliances listed for use with the associated control sys- tem. Refer to Device Compatibility Document #15378. California State Fire Marshal 7315-0028:190 S624 CS118/CS7331 CBP696 M EA high wide Compatib/e with: AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AC primary input powei (T61): 120 VAC: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.5 A. 240 VAC (cuf JP1): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 12 A. DC secondary input power (T83): T63-1 TB3-2 24 VOC output power (T82): Total 6 A(4 A continuous). Circuit 1(T82-1, T82-2; orJ1): 3 A@ 24 VDC power-lim- ited. Circuit 2(T62-3, T824; orJ2): 3 A@ 24 VDC power- Iimited. Fuses: F1(AC supervision): 250 VAC, 4 A, 3 AG. F2 (bat- tery supervision): 32 VAC,10 A, 3 AG. Trouble supervision bus: . J3 output: Form-A contact (open collector). J4 input: Form-A contact (open collec- tor). NOTE: J3 and J4 can be interchanged. Loss ofAC indication: Immediate indication (default); 8- hour delay (cut JP2); 16-hour delay (cut JP2 and JP3). This document is not inlended to 6e used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-lo-date and accurale. We cannot cover all specifc applications l$o-9o0' or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. Engineefing and Manufacturing For more information, conlact NOTIPIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 QUalily System Cedified to ONOTIFIEW 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 International Standard ISO-9001 MadeintheU.S.A. 195-97-E Vol. II DN-5952 - Page 1 of 2 SPECIFICATIONS onoppositeside. MECHANtCAL SPECIFICATIONS. The APS-6R in its enclosure measures approximately 6" x 4". CABINETS FOR MOUNTING CAB•X3 Series, using CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis, for AM2020, AFP1010, AFP400, AFP-300, and System 5000 control panels. System 500 can mount one APS-6R if the face module expansion card (such as an ICE-4) is not installed. CAB-400AA for AFP300 and AFP-400 control panels. Mount up to one APS-6R. An option module, without ex- pansion card, is allowed. AFP-200 backbox. Mount up to one APS-6R in the lower position of the box (where batteries mount). A BB-17 bat- tery box is required. Mounting the APS-611 to the CHS-4 Chassis / TROUBLE IN (J4) and ` TROUBLE OUT (J3) "P" style connectors for intemal cabinet connections. Two 24 VDC OUTPUT - CIRCUITS PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description APS-6R 24-volt, filtered power supply (120/220 VAC input). A77-716B 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay. CHS-4 Four-module chassis. CHS-11- Four-module chassis (low-profile). 6 F2 FUSE for battery protection JUMPERS JP2 and JP3 for selecting 8-hour or 16-hour delay for AC loss reporting. (Default is immediate.) CHS-4 Chassis~~ E . G E JUMPER JP1 - Cut for 240 VAC operation. E 3 Sta "ndoff (2 places) APS-6R Assembly ' APS-6R Assembly Page 2 of 2- DN-5952 LED STATUS INDICATORS: . Green LED - Indicates AC power ON. 0 Yellow LED - Indicates loss of AC or tiattery. ONOTIFIEW A Pittway Company Section: Power Supplies/Accessories GENERAL The NOTIFIER FCPS-24 (120 VAC model) and FCPS-24E (220/240 VAC model) are compact, cost-effective, 6-amp remote power supplies with built-in battery charger. The FCPS-24(E) may be connected to any 12- or 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or may stand alone. Primary applications include Notification Appliance (bell) Circuit (NAC) expansion (to support ADA requirements) or auxil- iary power to support 24-volt system accessories. The FCPS provides regulated and filtered 24 VDC power to four Notification Appliance Circuits (two Class A[Style Z] and two Class B[Style Y] or four Class B only). Alternately, the four outputs may be confgured as any combination of re- settable/non-resettable power outputs (optimal for power- ing 4-wire smoke detectors). The FCPS-24(E) also con- tains a battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 Amp Hour batteries. FEATURES • Requires input trigger voltage of 9.0 - 32 VDC. • Contains two, fully-isolated inpuUcontrol circuits (trig- gered from FACP Notification Appliance Circuit [NAC expander mode] or jumpered permanently on [stand- alone mode]). • Two Class A(Style Z) or Class B(Style Y) Notification Appliance Circuits (circuits 1 & 3). • Two additional NACs that may be individually configured for Class B(Style Y) operation only (circuits 2& 4). • 6 Amp full load output (3 amps max./ckt.) in NAC ex- pander mode (UL 864). • 4Ampcontinuous outputin stand-alone mode (UL 1481). • In stand-alone mode, output power circuits may be con- figured as resettable (reset line from FACP required) or non-resettable. • Fully regulated and filtered power output (optimal for powering four-wire smoke detectors, annunciators and other system peripherals requiring regulated/filtered power). • Fuseless,power-IimitedtechnologymeetsnewULpower- limiting requirements, effective May 1, 1995. • Normally closed trouble contact. • Fully supervised power supply, battery and Notifcation Appliance Circuits. • Selectable eaAh fault detection. • ACtroublerepoRselectableforimmediate,8-or16-hour delay. • Optional ammeter/voltmeter. • Works with virtually any UL 864 fire alarm control which utilizes an industry-standard reverse-polarity notification circuit. July 14, 1998 E-130 FCPS-24(E) 24 Volt, b Amp Remote Power Supply California State Fire Marshal u 7315-0028:178 090 S635 CS869 (FCPS-24 only) (FCPS-24 only) M_9F_A 4E (FCPS-24 only) OY3AO.AY (FCPS-24(E)) Self-contained in compact, lockable cabinet (15" [381 mm] high x 14.5" [368 mm] wide x 2.75" [70 mm] deep). Includes integral battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 AH batteries. Fixed, clamp-type terminal blocks accommodate up to 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) wire. STANDARDS and CODES The FCPS-24 complies with the following standards: • NFPA 72-1996 National Fire Alarm Code. • UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (NAC expander mode). • UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Alarm Systems (stand-alone mode). This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our ISO-9001 pmducl informalion up-to-dale and acwrate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipale all requirements. All specifcations are subject lo chan9e wittioul notice. For Engineering and Manufacturing more information, conlact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7178 Qualily Syslem Cedifed lo §N OTI FI E W 12 Clinlonville Road, NoAhford, Connectiwt 06472 Iniernational Sfandard ISO-9001 Matle in lhe U.S.A. DN-5132 - Page 1 of3 SPECIFICATIONS Primary (AC) Power • FCPS-24: 120 VAC 50/60 Hz, 2.0 A max. • FCPS-24E: 2201240 VAC 50160 Hz, 1.0 A max. • Wire size: minimum #14 AWG with 600V insulation. Control Input Circuit • Trigger Input Voltage: 9.0 to 32 VDC. • Trigger Current: 2.0 mA (16 - 32 V). (per input) 1.0 mA (9 - 16 V). Trouble Contact Rating • 5 amps at 24 VDC. Auxiliary Power Output • Specific Application Power - 45 mA Short Circuit. TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS TO TRANSFORMER #2 TO iR4NSFORMER #1 ~ ~ z x° m U U W Q Q RIM T B 1 TB4 P1 7 e~~ ~•s ~ 0 ~ ~1,6od 0 Output Circuits • +24 VDC (19.1 - 26.4) filtered, regulated. • 3.0 amps maximum for any one circuit. • 4.0 amps maximum total continuous current for all out- puts (Stand-alone mode). • 6.0 ampsmaximumtotalshort-termcurrentforalloutputs (NAC Expander mode). Secondary Power (Battery) Charging Circuit • Supports lead-acid batteries only. • Float Charge Voltage: 27.6V. • Maximum Charge Current: 250 mA. • Maximum Battery Capacity: 7.0 AH. Y Y N N N ;__..i_.. Notes: 1) Cut JP1 to use a UL listed external battery charger. 2) Cut R134 to delay AC loss report- ing for 8, hours (24-hour standby), or cut R134 and R76 to delay AC loss reporting 16 hours (60-hour standby). 3) Cut R175 to make output #2 non- resettable in stand-alone mode. 4) Cut R176 to make output #4 non- resettable in stand-alone mode. . '7'2'3'4'5'6'7'8'9'10'11'12' EER F5~ smEFZrIZ5~5~ gfa~~~_~ ~ DD.N..NNNL`D V N ~ rv v N ri < I ~ N ~ m p f ~ s a 's 's o' o° 000 o' a o o' o' o~ ~ ° R175 ~ ~ R76 JP2 ~ID31 FCPS-24(E) R176 7JP1 R63 Battery fuse 10A 3AG slow blow B200 I R27 R134 0000000 ~=maddd O aaaa n Z` ~ > U LL > > > > > eeeee ¢ N N ~ Y4-FFF- i- m m ~f (p d J N CJ V w~ ' se ss LL QOOOO U d Q q m ORDERING INFORMATION PCPS-24 Remote charger power supply (120 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. FCPS-24E Remote charger power supply (220l240 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. ~ (Control lnput #1 from FACP) O IN - 3 OUT+/TroubleCOntacl 4 OUT- 5 Trouble Contad 6 ~N + (Confrollnput #2 (rom FACP) e Auxillary Output(+24VOC,fOmAmaz.) 9 Common T63 MPM-4 A77-716B 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay for monitoring four-wire smoke detector power. PS•1270 Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH (two required). MPM-4 Optional ammeter/voltmeter. Mounts in FCPS backbox. l \ ~ Page 2 of 3- DN-5132 APPLICATION EXAMPLES Example 1.0: Expand notification appliance power an additional 6.0 amps. Use up to 4 Ciass B(Style Y) outputs or 2 Class A(Style Z) and 2 Class B(Style Y) outputs. L ~ r#2 e) Input 1 Silenceable ~ . Horns ~ ~ ~ ~ ~e~~~ a Non-Silenceable eable) Input 2~t~~~~ r~ Strobes HOST FACP FCPS In this example, the FACP notification appliance circuits will activate the FCPS when reverse polarity activation occurs. Trouble conditions on the FCPS are sensed by the FACP through Notification Appliance Circuit #1. Example 2.0: Use the FCPS to expand auxiliary regulated 24-volt system power up to 4 amps. Both non- resettable and resettable power options are available. SLC 24V Resettable Power HOST FACP Addressa6le Class 8 IDC Input 2 Shown triggered from Inpuf 1 FCPS AllOutputs Regulated +24 VDC °a ~6" ' OUfpUt 1 - powERABLE ~,,,,,,tqqq~r~r~r~,~OUfpUt 2 - NON-RESETTABLE m POWER ~"a.: ~c Output 3 - poweRAaLe ~~~uf ON- ERSETTABLE ig~~~ OlltPllf4-POW Resettable outputs are created by connecting the resettable output from the FACP to one or bo4h of the FCPS inputs. Non-resettable outputs are created simply by cutting on board resistors. For addressable panel applications, use a monitor module to sense the trouble status of the FCPS via the trouble relay contacts. Example 3.0: Use addressable control modules to activate the FCPS versus the FACP Notification Appliance Circuits. This typically allows for mounting the FCPS at greater distances away from the FACP while expanding system architecture in various applications. HOST FACP Addressable aass es iue Up to 4 NACs ELR or 2 NACs and 2 Regulated Power Outpufs e Output 1 Input 1 Output2 ~ Oulput3 Input 2 w v ~ Shown inggered OUfpUf 4 from Inpu! 1 + - FCPS In this example, an addressable control module is used to activate the FCPS and an addressable monitor module is used to sense FCPS trouble conditions. Local auxiliary power output from the FCPS provides power to the addressable control module. DN-5132 - Page 3 of 3 ~ ~~/1T~}~:$~i~r~~a'TEa'4!E'~ . / E~ntl ~i SMALL SEALEI3 LEAD ACID BATTEfiIES H1G+1-31,'OLUNIE DEALEfI PR1CES --4 Part Amp Case Dimensions (inches) Sfandard Number Hours Duantiry I. L W Hfterm. TerminalType PS445 4.5 20 1.93 2.09 3.86 25" FastTa6 PSG450 5 10 3.54 7.94 2.87 25" Fast Tab PC470 7 20 2.52 2.08 3.9 .787"FastTab PSG480 8 10 3.54 1.94 4- " 25" FastTab PS490 9 20 3.97 7.73 4.02 ' 25" Fast Tab PC4100 10 18 4.02 7.97 3.92 .187"FastTab PS605 0.5 ; a 100 224 0.55 1.97 ~Molex PS670 1 50 2 1.65 22 -187" FastTab PC612 1.2 40 3.82 0.94 2.13 .187" Fast Ta6 PSG625 2.5 10 4.15 1.63 2J .187" Fast Tab PC630 3 20 528 1.34- 2.56 .187" Fast Ta6 PS632 32 20 2.6 1.3 5.12 .187" FastTab PC640L-F 5 20 2.63 2-63 4.05 .187" FasiTab Lantern Battery) PC640L-S 5 20 2.63 263 4.05 S rin Lantem Battery) PC640R-F 4.5 20 276 1.89 425 .187"FastTab PC640R-W 4.5 20 2.76 1.89 425 Mate-n-Iok PSG650 5 10 528 1-94 3 25" FastTab PC670 7 18 5.96 1.33 3.92. .187" Fast Ta6 PSG680 8 10 528 1.94 3.99 25" FastTa6- ' PC682 8 10 3.86 221 4_65 .187" Fast Tab PC682W 8 10 3.86 227 4.65 Female 25" Fast Tab " PC695 9.5 10 426 275 5.54 Polanzed Fast tah PC695W 9-5 10 ,426 2.75 5.54 Wire l.ead w/AuFO Piu PC695T 9.5 10 426 275 5.54 Wire Lead w/To Plu g PC6100 10 . 12 . 5.96 1.97 3.92 .187" or 25" Fast Tab PC6120 72 10 426 2.75 5.54 Polarized FastTab PC6720W 12 10 4.26 2.75 5.54 Auto Plu. PC6120T 12 10 426 . 2.75 5.54 To Plu PS6200 20 4 6.78 327 4-92 Nut & Bolt PC6360 36 4 625 3.35 6.7 25" Fast Tab " PC6360N8 36 4 625 3.35 6.95 Nui & Bolt PS1208 0.8 n 40 3_78 0.98 2.42 Mate-n-lok . PC1272 12 20 3.8 7.65 2.1 -.]87" FastTab PC1220 ' 2 20 7.07 1.34 2-6 .187"FastTab - PS7223 2.3 10 7.17 0.94 2.42 Press.Tab PS1229 2.9 10 7.01 1.3A 2.6 .187" Fast Tab PCY230 3 10. 523 2.64 2.6 .187" FastTab PC1240 4.5 10 3.54 2.76 4.13 .187" Fast Tab PC1270 7 10 5.96 2.56 3.92 .187" Fast Tab PC1282 8 4 3.86 4.42 4.65 .187" Fast Tab PC12100 10 z; 6 5.96 3.94 192 - .187" Fast Tab PC12120L 12 S 8.38 275 5.5 Polarized Fast tab PS72720 12 4 5.94 3.86 3.94 25" FastTab PC12180F 18 2 7.13 2.99 6.57 25" Fast Tab PC12180N8 18 2 713 2.99 6.57 Nut & Bolt PC12260F 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 25"FastTab PC12260NB 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 Nut & Bolt PS12280 28 1 6.54 4.92 6.89 Nut & Bol[ PC12400 40 1 , 7.75 6.69 6.5 Nut & Bolt ad,_ o..n .ro cuhiACl fn ehanna withou! n~OCe. Jome oanenea ae spcua~ aaHiaimna~ammniannrmomZN~aianm~/~~~Q(~ . 9763 9fEl9PftE MA ROdD, 3ll7T9 A - F 98.H CiEGO, C.i 32773 (BIY) 589-29Zt1 FAX (618) 887siC44 'MA3 cRIAL. J"AFE3' -Y 7ATA SS-IELT sa b. PbO2' PbSO) a6cW 70% . N/A . (`.AO) rriHM9 .:..u~ " N . .:i WA - .:.y. a~'['+TFIACF - SuHuricACid about20% tmg/rru' (2.140)mgMB WA WA FicerglassSepara{or . ' a6out5% WA WA WA WA WA i...yroa,.4,o (Pvrosivrene) I wmm5°t, i uia i .re -i ~aau 11.34 327.49 C (Boiling) None None ....SihrerGrayMetalW~ Laed Sutfate 62 7070° C (Boiling) 40 mg/I (15° C) Mone WhHe Powder Lead ~ioxide 9.4 290° C (Boiling) None None ' grcvm Po~sder SuHunc Acid ' ahout 1.3 about 1140 C (Eoiling) 100% Acidic ~ Clear Colodess ljquid F iherglass SeP WA WA SUGNT TOX1C 4VHITE FIBROUS GLASS 478 Potyslyrane t•VA WA unuc .1., None aeaiea pattanes can amil hydregen only fi over charged ~ ~ne a > z.aa vac Fibarglass Sep. i4/A WA Tobc rapors may 6e released. In rase o( fire: wear sal(-conteined 6reaihirig aoparaius, di$ PoVyslyrane None WA Temperatures over300° C(572° F) may release comhustibla gasas. In case Wfira: xear cositive re~ura saifcoMained hreatryi a ratus. FIR57 Als SL'LFUR1C pGO PftECAUTIONS 53C7N CDP3TAC7; Flush with water, sea phys1c:an'r( contact aree is large w R blisters fomr. EYE CONTACT: Call physician immedia[ely and flush vtith water urrtil physician artivrs, IPoGESTION: WII physician, if patien} is corrxious, f7uah rtrouth with w¢(ar, have }he patient dnnk milk or scdium 6icartonate cnhrti- . - - t: : 5iaole at all femperaWres PSTS'.",i{AkFst"sRTiC?~ ; Will rrot Fotymar¢e IRIGOUIPA"Si$~tii` Reaetivemacals, stron9 bases, most organic camPOUnds ~~7?-UhiPflS~TtF7Al:s^AE~I7C7ffi ~ surcur;c d'ro~ade, h;oside. Mdmsan sumwWe. !rydmsen . 343~ST{'~~YCiR~ . Prchihitsmold~g. spshs, eic.;rom Cattery chgrgi~g ara's. Avoid medngadd with dther ctiamicals. . . . . SPILL OR LEtV( Pf2~~DURES STEP9 TO 7AXE ~W C~SE pp -aq OR SPI - . ff suK~rk acld ~s splllad from a bettery. naiUallze the acid with sodium bicarbonate (ba!drg soda). sodium carCon (soda ~A), or caicium o;tide Qima). Flush the area vii~ v,s{~ ard diacartl to ihe seweGe aysiem. Co not allow unneut I'¢ed id'rrt th qa sJSt WRS7E D13PpS l Nautref¢ad sc.tl rtay tx ry~shod dovyn ths sewer. Spant 6atlenes musi ba treated as hazardpus vsyte and dis{{osed of accorying to local, state, and iederal reautafiorrs. A xaa M ihkR materis3 asieh date ust Se PWied' m scraP d!er dacY !md' smeJrter with Gatien PftOiEGTiCN - +~m I Rubtrer CWws Amm~ Prelec~Na equ~pmerrt must L•evrom d ihe trattery ~s aacSad w ctherwsa damaged Araspirata N~~~ w~.uTl dui ~lv_ raC'3~m mnfa[;ortE n ii19 I Lv S_°_^_' RESAIR§TORY Rssniratcr (fw lae~ . ~E> Safety Goggles, Faca Shield - `C7RICAi 3AFcTY - Due to ihe t~tlerJa !ow intamal rssistaxa aM hi9h yzava* dsnsii~'.. high :eveh o( shcrt circud c~+rard ~an ba devaloped ecroas ihe baiiery tarmimis Co ~i rai imis or q~y. Usa Ireulated imis ony. Pdkm ali Iraisilatlon irsirz~ctton rtd dizqra whan Ir~siallinq mairtal Inq 6attmy sv*lenas. HEAL7H SiAZ.~D flATtl The tobc enecis of !ead are aaumulalive arA alcar to appear. R adects iha k'dr.ays, raprcductive, artd car~tral ne~vous sysi¢m. Tha sympfcrm at jead overa~qosurs ars anemia, vcmrylng, heedsche, stomach pein (lead colSC), dlairrosa, lasa c( apFattte, and mw-ca arW plrrt peln. E<pcsure to lead fian abattery most cflan cccurs during lead 2claim opsations ihraugh ttre breathirg or ingestion of lead dusis and fumes. THIS Os1TA .L9UST 8E PA3SFD TO APdY SCRdp pEAL_R OR ShiE1TER :ald-:E+7 A H4'iTE.RY I8 RE?OI.D. SUL~7IRIC $CID: Sutturic acd is a sircrg mrtcaiea. Cort~; with acid ran causa ssrere hums on thm sldn arM in 3yes. Ingasiion ot sulfurie sci vnll causa GI irect buma. Acid cyR ~ raleased B tha tat(ery casa {g ~mapo or B Ihe ereMs are `amoered wHh . cppyg i Oft Fio(ous glaaa la an irrftnt a ihe uppar respiratwy irsct, s'an, and agsx. For a~ra up ;o tOFlCC usa MSA Cwidoll with ypa H fifler. Above tOFiCC uq to MF/CC lJtt with fypa H fifter. Th' prod •R yrro', ccnsidemd carcnJ222nic b}, yTp wCSyfp use ~ NOTI FI ER r. t ♦ Overview The BB-17 Battery Boxmay be used to house two 17AH batteries. It mounts directly below the FACP cabinet. Parts Qt . Descriotion 1 BB-17 Battery Box Cabinet 1 BB-17 Battery Box Cover f!2'minlmum 4 Self-Threading Screws dearance 1 `Notification Appliance Power Ca61e PM 71093 Installation 1. Remove knockouts in the 6ottom of the FACP cabinet and the top of the 88-17 cabinet. 2. Using conduit, hang the BB-17 cabinet from the FACP cabinet. Make sure there is at least 1/2" of clearance between the BB-17 and the FACP (see itlustraiion at left). 3. Anchor the BB-17 to wall using 1/4" diameter holes in back of cabinet. 4. Install batteries in the 88-17 cabinet by running wiring through conduit. 5. Attach the BB-17 coverto cabinet using sup- ~ plied self-threading screws (see illustration at lower left.) ` Note: Gable P/N 71093 is required when an AVPS-24 is used in an AFP-200. See AFP-200 Instruc- tion Manual, Document #15511. 1 t Fire Alartn ConVol Panel IVOTI FI E R' ~ F/RE SYSTEMS A PITf WAY COMPANY February 24, 2000 L/~ DN-6720 • H-220 FMM and FZM Series Monitor Modules with FlashScan"" Section: IntelligenVAddressable Devices California 30~ 028202 LISTED cssss s3705 MARYLAND F M State Fire Marshal ppproved Permit # 2020 open supervisory devices with special supervisory indica- tion at the control panel. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class D) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is required for su- pervision of ihe Style D circuit. Maximum IDC loop length is 2,500 ft./762 m(20 ohms maximum). FMM-1 Oper'ation - Each FMM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FMM-1 Specifications 1lF_'_ Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. ules in existing systems. Mazimum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). FMM-1 Applica4ions - Use to monitor a zone of four_„>AVerage operating current: 400 uA (LED flashing). wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact alarm EOL resistance: 47K ohms. activation devices. May also be used to monitor normally- Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). GENERAL Three different monitor modules are available for NOTIFIER intelligent controls to suit a variety of applications. Monitor modules are used to supervise a circuit of dry-contact input devices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull sta- tions, or monitor and power a circuit of two-wire smoke de- tectors (FZM-1). FMM-1 -The FMM-1 Monitor Module is a standard-sized module (typically mounts to a 4" [101.6 mm] square box) that supervises either a Class A(Style D) or Class B(Style B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. FMM-101 -TheFMM-101 is a Miniature Monitor Module (a mere 1.3" (33.02 mm) H x 2.75" (69.85 mm) W x 0.5" (12.70 mm) D) used to supervise a Class B(Style B) circuit. Its compact design allows the FMM-101 to otten be mounted in a single-gang box behind the device it's monitoring. FZM-1 -The FZM-1 Interface Module is a standard-sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible two-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Class A(Style D) or Class 8 (Style B) circuit. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication pro- tocol developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances ttie speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed gieater than five times that of other designs. FlashScanT^' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. FNIM-1 MONIiOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the control panel. • Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address 01 - 159 (Ot - 99 on tradi- tional systems). • LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- grammable option), and latches on steady red to indicate alarm. The FMM-1 Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, two-wire systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It pro- vides either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) for normally-operncontact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has apanel-controlled LED indicator. The FMM-1 canbe used to replace MMX-1 mod- This tlocument is not intended to be used tor installation purposes. We [ry to keep our ~SO 9001 product information up-to-date and acwrate. We cannot cover all specific appiicatwns or anticipate all requiremeNS. All specifications are subject lo change without notice. For more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 I N 07'1 FI E W One Fire-Lite Piace, Northrord, Connecticut 06472 EN6INEFAINi 8 MANOFACflRIN6 Made in th0 U.S.A. DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Page 1 of 5 Humidity range: 10% to 93 % noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. FMM-101 MINI MONITOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the AFC-600. • Powered directly by two-wire FACP. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). The FMM-101 Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a single-gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and light weight allow itto be installed without rigid mounting. The FMM-101 is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems where the individual address of each mod- 1415 0 1, ADDRESS 0 j' 13 2 ~ 2 O 4 LOOP O q 70 5 E] 5 9 8 7 6 . 9 8 7 6 s TENS ONES E ~ mm & m ule is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm and security devices. The FMM-101 can be used to replace MMX-101 module in existing systems. FMM-101 Applications- Use to monitor a single de- vice or a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, orother normally-open dry-contact devices. May also be used to monitor normally- open supervisory devices with special supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit/device is wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the circuit. FMM-701 Operation - Each FMM-101 uses one of 159 available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). FMM-101 Specifications<_ Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. *Average operating current: 375 NA maximum. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Wire length: 6" (152.4 mm) minimum. FIM-1 INTERFACE MODULE Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10%to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 1.3" (33.02 mm) high x 2.75" (69.85 mm) wide x 0.5" (12.70 mm) deep. . • Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors. • Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power source. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). • LED flashes during normal operation (this is a program- mable option). • LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command irom control paneL The FZM-1 Interface Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individual address of each modul"e is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module alfoivS intelligent panels to interface and monitortwo- wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional de- tectors back to the control panel. All two-wire detectors be- ing monitored must be UL compatible with the module. The FZM-1 has a panel-controlled LED indicator and can be used to replace MMX-2 modules in'existing systems. FZM-7 Applications - Use the FZM-1 to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detectors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the Style B or D(class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for Style D application. FZM-1 Operation - Each FZM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FZM-1 Specifications Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). Average operating current: 270 NA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms. External supply voltage (between Terminals T3 and T4): OC voltage: 18 to 28 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vams maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity renge: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. INSTALLATION FMM-1 and FZM-1 modules mount directly to a standard 4" (101.6 mm) square, 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep, electrical box. They may also be mounted to the SMB500 surface-mount box. Mounting hardware and installation instructions are pro- vided with each module. All wiring must conform to appli- cable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These mod- ules are intended for power-limited wiring only. The FMM-101 module is intended to be wired and mounted without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. ~ c\ Page 2 of 5- ON-6720 • 02124100 i ARCHITECTS'/ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS Specifications of these and ~ all NOTIFIER products are available from NOTIFIER. T Model Description FMM-1 Monitor Module. FMM-101 Mini Monitor Module. FZM-7 Two-Wire Detector Monitor Module. SMB500 Optional Surface-Mount Backbox. B 6 MOUN7ING DIAGRAMS for standard-sized modu/es af righf 0 n WIRING DIAGRAMS The following wiring diagrams are included: 1) FMM-101, typical two-wire Style B initi- ating device circuit configuration. 2) FMM-t, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. 3) PMM-1, typical four-wire fault-tolerant initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style D. 4) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capability). 5) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. 6) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style D. 7) FRM-1, relaycontrol module used to dis- connect a power supply. g E CAUTION ; pE-ENERGIZEUNITPRIORTO A~,~e.~~a~a~~~ SERVICING ~ ° Face Plate foi FMM-1 and FZM-Y N H UL LISTED Compatible Control Panel PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION 0 TO NEXT DEVICE ► 4 RED FMM-101 45///6/7~~78'\g\1~0' 56789 3~ 12 34 2 13 2 1 0 15 14 ~ ~ VIOLET ► I I AYELLOW Fig. 1 FMM-101: Typical two-wire Sty/e B ` initiatinq device circuif configuration. 47K EOL INCLUDED E 9 6720wirt.wmf' I DN-6720 • 02124/00 - Page 3 of 5 „ , • Connect modules to listed compatible NOTIFIER control panels only. • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited. • Inslall contact closure devices per manufacturers' installation instructions. Any number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be used. • DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same module. 'V Fig. 2 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating device circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. TO Next ~C Device MONITOR FROM Panel or Previous Device Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) NF 0 MODULE O ~ PA Style B, power limited: Communication Line 230 pA max. @ 12 VDC max. ~ g @ 0❑ I 32 VDC maximum. 08(5 ~ ~ - Shielded/twisted-pair 47K EOL 1 7,ENS 20 + . is recommended. Resistor ELR-37K R6 30 4+ ❑ 5 V~ COmmunica110n LOSS o"ES LooP nooaess (optional connection for panels ~ ° O O which support this feature) ~ FUTURE FEATURE e7zuwnz.wim 'V Fig. 3 FMM-1: Typical four-wire fau/t-tolerant initiating circuit confiquration, NFPA Style D. . TO Next Device FROM Panel or Previous MONITOR Device ~ MODULE (~b ~ Communication Line 09, 0 32 VOC maximum. ~ Sh ielded/twisted-pair EOL Resistor 2~ , . i,j 8 is recommended. is internal at '1 6 3~ ~ - terminals 8& 9 ❑ 5 4 - Communication Loss Loov o"`s nooaess (optional connection for panels ° which support this feature) FUTURE FEATURE 6720wir3.wm1 ~V Fig. 4 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (wiih alarm versus short capability). Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) NFPA Style B, power limited: 230 NA max. @ 12 VDC max. 14K Series Resistor 47K EOL Resistor ELR-47K TO Next ~ Device MONITOR O MODULE O ~~7reNS . ~p oNes no[ 0) O o a7zowo-a.wmr FROM Panel or Previous Device ~Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. S h ield ed/twisted-pair is recommended. ~ Communication Loss RESS (optional connection for panels O which support this feature) O FUTURE FEATURE Page 4 of 5- DN-6720 • 02/24/00 • Connect modules to listed compatible control panels only. WIRING • Terminal wiring must be power limi[ed. • DO NOT M/Xfire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same module. ' R' • DO NOT LOOPwire under terminals. Break wire run to provide supervision of connections. • Detectors must be UL listed compatible with module. • Install detectors per manufacturers' installation instructions. lim • Power to the interface module must be externally switched to reset the detectors. An FRM-1 relay control module can be used to switch power from a standard power supply; see Fig. 7 below, 'W Fig. 5 FZM-1: Interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. TO Next FROM Panel Device orPrevious INTERFACE Device O MODULE Communication Line 0 32 VDC maximum. 0 Twisted-pair is 9 ~ ❑ (il recommended. 3.9K EOL ~7 TENs 20 Listed Battery Backup Resistor 6/~ 3~ + switched DC (included) oN~ 4 power supply. A2143-10 ~ooa p aooaess + + O O O Optional8ranch Circuit « TO Next Interface Module s~:owo-s.w~m Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. " 'V Fig. 6 FZM-1: Interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Sty/e D. TO Next Device INTERFACE O ba- MODULE C, 0 3.91K EOL Resistor (included) required at terminals 8 & 9 I. + g ~8 ~ 7 TENS L ~s ~ ? ~O p oNes Ao[ ^ O D ~v 6]20wi5.wmf FROM Panel orPrevious Device Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommended. n ~ Listed Battery Backup ~ + switched DC RE55 power supply. ~ O A~ Optional Branch Circuit TO Next Interface Module Module supervises suppiy voltage and detector loop. 'V Fig. 7 FRM-1: Relay control module used to disconnect a power supp/y. TO Next Device DC POWER SUPPLY Listed for Fire Protection with Battery Backup W + RELAY CONTROL ~ ~ DULE MO [ C\ lJ a + s ~ o ~ B 8 1 m 0 7 2 0 0 6 ~ I 3 0 B S r4 ff_ LOOP O AOD RE55 ^ V O 6) 0 =L4 FROM Panel or Previous ~`li Device \ Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommended. 6]20w1r].wmf L I DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Page 5 of 5 *NOTIFIEW A Pittway Company April 17. 1998 1307 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices GENERAL Califomia g State Fire The Thermotech 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detec- uL F M ~i Marshal tors operate within a controlled range of two to three de- grees of their set points, regardless of the speed or rate of 7270-0021:001 temperature rise. These detectors are available in either S539 J•1.51-13M3.AY E35018A (Except EPM) 135°F or 194°F retings. The 302 Series are normally-open devices designed es- (EPM -inodel only) pecially for fire detection and alarm systems. FEATURES • Immediate response. The 302 Series activate whenever ambient air temperature reaches a detector's setting, eliminating the thermal time lag inherent in conventional heat detectors. • Eliminates fa/se alarms. The 302 Series do not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations below the selected temperature. • Universal application. The 302 Series can be used in all areas for any type of occupancy. • Self-restoring. • Hermefically sealed, shock resistant, corrosion resistant, and tamper-proof. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detectors re- spond and activate the fire alarm immediately whenever the ambient temperature reaches the preset temperature setting. Under rapid heat rise conditions, the rate-anticipation feature enables the detector to respond one to three degrees ahead of the setting. At the same time, however, it does not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations be- low the selected protection level, thus eliminating false alarms. When temperature drops back down below the protection level, the detector automati- cally resets itself. DIMENSIONS (Model 304) Total overall length: 4-1l8" Base diameter: 2" ELEC7RICAL RATINGS Vo/tage Cunent 6-125 VAC 5 amps 6-25 VDC 1 amp 125 VDC 0.5 amp APPLICATION INFORMA710N 302 Series detectors have a smooth-ceiling UL rating of 50' x 50' (15.24 x 1524 meters) and are the only type of heat detectors having such a rating on both fixed tempera- ture and rate anticipation. The 302-H is designed for hori- zontal mounting and UL rated for 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). This document is not intendetl lo be used for installation purposes. We try to kaep our producl inFOrmation up-to-date and accurale. We cannot cover all specific applications or I5O-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications ara subject to change without notice. For Engineering and ManufectUring more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quellty SystBm Ceftifled lo ON OTI FI E W 72 Clintonville Road, NoAhford, Connecticut 06472 lntemational Standard ISO-9001 MaCe in Ihe U.S.A. DN-1271 - Page 1 of 2 PRODUCr LINE INFORMATION Thermotech Model 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REFER TO 302-135 135°F Interior Vertical Mounting. Note 1 below. 302-194 194°F Interior Vertical Mounting. 302-AW-135 135°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. 2 b l N t 302-AW-194 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. e ow. o e 302-ET-135 135°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. N 3 b l t 302-ET-194 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. e ow. o e 302-H-135 135°FInterior Horizontal Mounting. N t 4 b l 302-H-194 194°F Interior Horizontal MouMing. ow. o e e 302-EPM-135 135°F ExplosiorrProof Mounting. N t 5 b l 302-EPM-194 194°F Explosion-Proof Mounting. ow. o e e AP-P Decorative white plastic adaptor plate for mounting 302 and 302-AW to 4" outlet 6ox. FINE SILVER CONTACT POINTS EXPANSION STRUTS HIGH EXPANSION SENSING SHELL 0.040 ANODIZED ALUMINUM HEATANTICIPATION CONTROLSLEEVE SETTING SCREW DEVCON HERMETIC SEAL Cuf-Away View, ACTUAL SIZE Note 1: For interior mounting in any atmosphere that is compatible with terminal screw type connections. UL rating 50' x 50' (15.24 x 15.24 meters). Note 2: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox when the all-weather leads are properly spliced to'THW' or equivalenttype wire. Note 3: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox. Has plastic hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit threads for attachment to threaded hub cover, or any outlet box. Note 4: Same as model 302 except designed for hori- zontal mounting. UL rating 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). Note 5: Explosion-proof for installation in hazardous lo- cations. Has hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit threads for attach- ment to threaded hub cover of Series JL fixture fitting as manufactured by Killark Electric Co., or equaL Page 2 of2 - DN-1271 NOTI FI EW ( 1(0 F/RE SYSTEMS A PITiWAY COMPANY GENERAL The FST-751 Series intelligent thermal detector is used with the intelligent NOTIFIER Fire Alarm Systems to measure ther- mal leveis caused by a fire and report the analog level of the thermal measurement to the control panel. The use of ana- log information provides significant benefits to the end user, installer, and service personnel in ways which are not pos- sible with a conventional type system. Since this detector is addressable, it helps firefighters to more quickly locate a fire in its early stages. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concen- trates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of earlier designs. FEATURES • State-of-the-art thermistor technology for fast response. • Rate-of-rise model (FST-751 R), 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. • Factory preset at 135°F (58°C). • Addressable by device. • Direci 01 - 159 entry of address (01 - 99 on traditional systems). • Two-wire loop connection. • Visible LEDs "blink" every time the unit is addressed. • 360°-field viewing angle of ihe visual alarm indicators (Two bicolor LEDS). LEDs blink green in Normal condition and tum on steady red in Alarm. • Integral communicafions and built-in device-type identifi- cation. • Compact, stylish design. • Remofe test teature from the panel. • Built-in functional test switch activated by external mag- net. • Walk test with address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED 12-(pause)-1). • Low standby current. • Listed to UL 521. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. • Designed for direct-surface or electrical-box mounting. • Sealed against back pressure. • Plugs into separate base for ease of installation and main- tenance. • Separate base allows interchange of photoelectric, ioniza- tion and ihermal sensors. • SEMS screws for wiring of ihe separate base. • 94-5V plastic flammability rating. February 18, 2000 H-210 FST-751 Series intelligent Thermal (Heat) Detectors with FlashScan" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices Califomia ~ State Fire U` .b, Marshal F M ° 7270-0028:196 Approved LISTED MARYCAND (aFC-soo) 5911 State Fire Marshal . RR8281 1.IP9 • Remote LED output connection to optional RA400Z remote LED annunciator. • Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases. • Optional recessed base mounting kit (RMK400). APPLICAiIONS Use thermal detectors for protection of property. For further information call NOTIFIER for manual 156-407- 00, Applications Manual lor System Smoke Detectors, which provides deiailed information on detectorspacing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications. CONSTRUCTION These detectors are constructed o( Bayblend0in an off-white color. The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector is de- signed to commercial standards and offers an attractive ap- pearance. INSTALLATION The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector uses a separate base to simplity installation, service, and mainte- nance. Installation instructions are shipped with each detector. Mount base (all base types) on box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. FlashScanT'" is a trademark of NOTIFIER. Bayblend@ is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation. KOXAP~ This document is not intended to be usetl for installation purposes. We iry to keep our ~SO 9001 product information up-to-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. Ali specificatlons are subject to change without notice. For more information, contacl NO7IFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7767 FAX: (203) 484-7118 lr.Tq my 21rm=. ni N OTI FI E W One Fire-Li[e Place, Northtord, Connecticut 06472 EN6INEERINC 8 MANIIFACRAIIil Made in ihe U.S.A. DN-6776 - Page 1 of 2 • Single-gangbox(exceptre/ayor iso/atorbase). • With B501BH or B5018HT base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With B224R8 or B224B1 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. NOTES: 1) Because of the inherent supervision provided by the SLC loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring'T-taps" or branches are permitted for Style 4(Class "B ) wiring. 2) When using relay or sounder bases, consu/t data sheet DN-2243 (lSO-X) lor device limitations between iso/ator modules and iso- lator bases. OPERATION Each FST Series uses one oi 159 possible addresses on a control panel SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and it reports its type and status, including the analog level of its heat-sensing elements. If it receives a test command from the panel (or a local magnet test), it stimu- lates its electronics and reports an alarm analog level. It blinks its LEDs when polled and turns the LEDs on when commanded by the panel (detector blink is optional). The FST Series offers features and performance that represent the latest in thermal detector technology. SPECIFICATIONS Size: Diameter installed in B710LP: 6.1" (154.94 mm); Diameter installed in 8501: 4.1"(704.14mm). Height: 1.66" (42.16 mm). Weight: 5 oz. (150 gm). . Operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Installation temperature: -4°F to 100°F (-20°C to 38°C). Operating humidity range: 10% to 93% relative humidity, noncondensing. Operating voltage/current range: 15 - 28 V(Peak DC), 5 mA current for visible LEDs latched on. Detector standby current: 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one com- munication every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled). For bases 8224RB or H224B1: < 700 uA @ 24 VDC (includes detector). Sensor: electronic, dual thermistors. Fixed temperature setpoint: 57°C (135°F). Rate-of-rise option: 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. B224RB relay base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2). Relay type: Form-C. Ratings: 2 A@ 30 VDC resis- tive; 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC inductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) diameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. B224BI isolator base: Dimensions: 62" (157.48 mm) di- ameter x 12" (30.48 mm) high. Maximum: 25 devices be- tween isolator bases. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Mode/ Description FST-751 Intelligent thermal sensor. FST-751 R Intelligent thermal sensor with rate-of-rise (ea- ture. @ASES: B710LP Standard U.S. siyle Low-Profile base. B501 Siandard Europeanflangeless base. B5016H Sounder base, includes 8501 base above. 24 VDC, 85.dBA internal horn. 6501 BHT Same as B501 BH but with temporal pattern sounder. B224R8 Intelligent relay base. 6224BI Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. ACCESSORIES: RA400Z" Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with 8501 base only. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. 'Supported by 6501 and B71OLP base only. ARCNI7ECTS' & ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS Specifications are available on these and all NOTIFIER prod- ucts. Please contact NOTIFIER. REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR a- f---l _ WIRING DIAGRAM + / ~ I I I I ~ I 2 2 Control 3 3 3.12 ~ Panel - ~ + STYLE6/70PT/ONALWIRING J_____ I . snewirz.iii r s:; Page 2 of 2- DN-6716 NOTIFIER' F/ E S~YSTEMS ~ The NOTIFIER FSP-751 (photo) and FSI-751 (ion) are ana- log, addressable, low-profle (height measures only 1.66"/ 42.164 mm) smoke detectors designed for the entire line of intelligent systems from NOTIFIER. The FSP-751T photo model includes a built-in thermal (heat) detection device. If either condition (smoke or heat) is detected, the device will alarm. The addressability of the FSP-751 and FSI-751 enables the control panel to provide frefighters with a pinpoint descrip- tion of where the fire is located. The FSP-751 and FSI-751 are also analog devices. The control panel is capable of not only knowing the detector's location but exactly how much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the en- vironment of its location. Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the control panel. These values may be gathered so as to allow the control panel to determine if a detector has accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A"maintenance" re- quired indication allows the installer to clean the smoke de- tector before an unwanted false alarm occurs. The FSI-751 Intelligent lonization Sensor incorporates a unique single-source chamberdesign to respond quickly and dependably to a broad range of fires. ( The FSP-751 Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor's unique opti- cal sensing chamber is designed with superior signal to noise ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the pres- ence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion sources. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- coi developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices and certain NOTIFIER systems. Intelligent de- vices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the de- vices within the group has new information, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of earlier designs. FeAruRes • Sleek, low-profile design (height only 1.66"/42.164 mm). • Common base for both photo and ion detectors. • Addressable-analog communication. • Stable communication technique with noise immunity. ~.;...'.':.i - • Low standby current. • Rotary Ot to 159 address switches (01 to 99 on traditional systems). • Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory (RA400Z). • Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. September 15, 2000 li' DN-6714 • H-200 FSI-751 and FSP-751 /751 T Low-Profile Intelligent Plug-in Smoke Detectors with FlashScan'" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices California U~ ,•~•4 StateFire ~ Marshal 7272-1209:192 LISTED cssoa 7271 0028 201 51115 (FSI-751) MARYLAND M EA State Fire Marshal F M 2020 (FSI-751) 277-99-E _ (FSP-751/ 2013 (FSP-7511-751T) ppproved -751r onty) • Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm. • Walk testwith address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED: 12-(pause)-1) (F/ashScan systems on/y). • Built-in functional test switch activated by external mag- net. • Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases. • Listed to UL 268. FlashScanTM is a trademark of NOTIFIER. This document is not intended to be used for inslallation purposes. We try to keep our producl information up-lo-date and accurele. We cannol cover ali specifc applications or o Y o ■ anlicipale all requirements. All specifications are subjecl lo change without notice. For more information, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FPJ(: (203) 484-7718 ~ N 07'1 FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 fN61NEERIN6 8 MANOFACNRIN6 DN-6714 • 09/15/00 - Page 1 of 4 FSP-751T wifh B710LP base FSP-751 with RMK400 recessed mounting kit SPECIRCATIONS Size: 1.66" (42.16 mm) high x 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. Shipping weight: 3.6 oz. (104 g). Operating temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). UL listed veiocity range: /ON: 0- 1500 fpm (0 - 7.62 m/ sec). PHOTO: 0- 4000 fpm (0 - 20.32 m/sec). Relative humidity: 10%- 93% noncondensing. ELECTRfCAL SPECIFICATIONS: Voitage range: 15 - 32 volts DC peak. Standby current - ION: 200 NA @ 24 VDC (without com- munication); 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one communication every 5 seconds with LED enabled). Standby current - PHOTO: 250 NA @ 24 VDC (without communication); 360 NA @ 24 VD one communication every 5 seconds w~ ena ed). LED current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC ("ON"). Air velocity ratings: FSP-751 & FSP-751T.• to 4,000 ft./min. (12192 m/min.). FSI-751: to 1,500 ft./min. (4572 m/min.). BASES AVqILABLE: 6710LP: 6.1" (154.94 mm) diameter. 6501: 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. . B501BH or 6501BHT: Sounder base assembly. Includes 6501 base. 6224RB Relay Base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0 mm'). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC resistive; 0.3 A@ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC in- ductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) x 12" (30.48 mm). B52461 Isolator Base: Dimensions: 62" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases. INSTALLATION The FSP-751 and FSI-751 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows maintenance personnel to plug in and re- move detectors without using a ladder. Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. • Single-gang box (exceptrelayoriso/atorbase). • With 85018H base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With 6224R6 or 622481 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) octagonai or square box. SMOKE GUARD Cover: 16 gauge perforatedsteeb(3/16" [4.7625 mm] dia. perforations on 1/4" [6.35 mm] staggered centers). 51%open. SDG-773 is 3" (762 mm) deep by 7" (177.8 mm) wide. Frame: 3/4" x 3/4" (19.05 x 19.05 mm) angle, 14 gauge solid steel. All guards are supplied with the following: 1) Guards fasten to mounting frame with No. 10/24 x 3/8" (9.525 mm) long Allen-head screws (10/24 spanner-he screws and too/ opfion at extra cost). 2) Standard finish: "Cool Tan" baked enamel. MOUNTING DIAGRAM SDG-773 Smoke Guard 1 4)fi2stlg PRODUCT LINE INFOIdMAT10N Model Oescription FSI-751 Low-profile intelligent ionization sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below. FSP-751 Low-profile intelligent photoe/ectronic sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed be- low. FSP-751T Same as FSP-751 but includes a built-in 135°F (57°C) fxed-temperature fhermal device. BASES: B710LPBP Standard U.S. low-profle base, pkg. of 10. B501BP Standard European flangeless base, pkg. of 10. B5016H; Sounder base, includes B501 base above. 65016HT Same as 6501BH, but includes temporal sounder. B224RB Intelligent relay base. B224BI Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. I A CCESSORIES: SDG-773 Smoke Detector Guard. This guard is me- chanically compatible with both FSI-751 and FSP-751detectors. ltisUL-compatibilitylisted with the FSP-751 (file UL S5515). It is NOT UL-compatibility listed with the FSI-751. F710 Retrofit replacement flange for BX-501 base. Converts BX-501 base for use with FlashScan detectors. RA400Z` Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit For use with 6501 base only. RMK400 Recessed mounting kit. Foruse with B501 base only. SMB600 Surface mounting kit for use with B710LP. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. XR-2 Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/ or removal of FlashScan Series detector heads from base in high ceiling installations. XP-4 Extension pole for XR-2. Comes in three five- foot sectioi *Supported by 8710LP and B501 bases only. OPTIONAL SDG-773 Smoke ( MODELNO. SDG-773 Ceiling orwall \ {k/ ;M Page 2 of 4- DN-6714 • 09/15100 ad 3"; (7.62 cm); m.wmr -_,(tsos~m) 7" (1778 cm) ; 3W DETECTORS, EXPLADED VIEW SENSOR COVER L COVER O ~ REMOVAL TABS SENSOR SCREEN ~I~ ~`IIII r~I CHAMIBR I u U U L L COVER ~ SENSING CHAMBER 6]14expt.wmf Ak FSP-751 and FSP-757T Photo SENSOR COVER COVER REMOVALTABS SENSOR , SCREEN 1 SENSOR CONTACTS SENSING CHAMBER ~ SENSING CHAMBER 6]iJexp2wmf A& FSI-751 lon TEST MAGNET POSITIONING a PAINTED \ SURFACE ~ MAGNET TEST MARKER LED STATUS INDICATORS ~ m TEST MAGNET PAINTED SURFACE 6I14magiwmt _FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo LED 2 PAINTED ' SURFACE ~ LED 1 MAGNET TEST MARKER EJ m TEST MAG PAINTED 6714"'93"' SURFACE e FSI-751 lon DN-6714 • 09/15100 - Page 3 of 4 WIRING DIAGRAMS REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR + i i i i Listed i ~ i Compatible CONTROL . 3 2 3 ? i PANEL i ~ ij i i i i i i i i i i i i i - - OP710NAL RETURN LOOP i ; - . + Ak FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR + - 'f- / Control 3 2 3 3 Panel I ~ FSI-751 lon G / I Ic - - - - / - - - - - J ~ s STYLE6/70PTIONALWIRING I~ O CAUT/ON~ DO NOT LOOP wire under terminals 1 or 2. Break wire run to provide supervision of connections. I I I I I I ~ I ~ , 1 I ~ I Page 4 of 4- DN-6714 • 09/15/00 OT'F'EW F/RE 5YSTE/015 GENERAL The NOTIFIER NBG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-ac- tion (i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface for any NOTIFIER intelligent control panel. Because the NBG- 12LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. FEATURES • Maintenance personnel can open station withoutcausing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alarm. • Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTI- VATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm' wire). • Semi-flush, mounts to a standard single-gang (2.125" [5.3975 cm] minimum depth), double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual-action design. • Wittiin ADA 5 Ib. pull force. • Highly visible. • Attractive shape and textured finish. • Key reset. • Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BG-TR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. • Up to 99 NBG-12LX stations per loop on classic protocol systems (non-FlashScan). • Up to 159 NBG-12LX stations per loop on FlashScan protocol systems. • Dual-color LED blinks green for FlashScan systems. CONSTRUCTION Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable LEXANO (or polycarbonate equivalent) with a textured finish. OPERATION Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word "ACTIVATED" (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; closing the door automati- cally resets the switch. June 9, 2000 V, DN-6726 • H-240 NBG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station with FlashScanT" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices U.S. PATENTS PENDING California State Fire C u~ us •~r Marshal 7150-0028:199 LISTED 5692 FM Approved Addressable Manual Pull Station Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address set- tings (1-159 on FlashScan Systems, 1-99 on CLIP sys- tems). FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. LEXANO is a regis- tered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company. This document is not intended to be used for installalion purposes. We try to keep our ISO 9001 product information up-lo-date and acwrate. We cannot cover all specifc appliwtions or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subjec[ to change without notice. For more inFOrmation, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7718 ON OTI PI E W One Pire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticu[ 06472 FDI6INEFRINC 8 MANOFACIIBIhB Maaeinthe u.s.n. DN-6726 • 06/09100 - Page t of 2 Fhe NBG-12LX PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description NBG-12LX Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. SB-10 Surface backbox. BG•TR Optional trim ring. INSTALLATION / Terminal Connecfions 1 SLC 2 SLC The NBG-12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the Model SB-10 sur- face backbox. If the NBG-12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG-TR) may be used. The BG-TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes). 3 ELECiRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SLC loop current: 230 NA. aRCHirECruwu/ BNGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key- operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be cohstructed of red-colored LEXANO (or polycar- bonate equivalent) with clearly visible operating instruc- tions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (25.4 mm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB-10; orsemi-flush mount- ing on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual sta- tions shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. The loop poll LED shall be clearly visible through the front of the station. The LED shall flash while in the normal condition, and stay steadily illuminated when in alarm. 1400 Detail of BREAKAWAYTAB* ~ 14 15 0 1 lDDW SS ~ 0 1 13 2 i 2 a 11 e 4 s'4 0 P 1~ e. 6 y ~ 5 ; 9 B P'.:, 6 ' 9 B 1~•6 (D I LED I~a~w~ ~2o u~ KWOU JJU9 ~ i ~ ROTARY DECIMAL SWITCHES r7_12.117011 `Remove tab to select addresses above 99 (FlashScan systems only). ~ ~ O sV fy."_°'.6'a`d o ; 0 Cover open fo show easy access to miniature monifor module, rotary switch, and UL label. Page 2 of 2- DN-6726 • 06/09/00 Back of station without door. OT' ■ ' FER (ri) F/RE 5'r$TEM5 A PITfWAY COMPANY GENERA6 The System Sensor DHt00ACDC four-wire duct smoke de- tectors are available as either an ionization or a photoelec- tronic model. This new design allows for simplified clean- ing and maintenance, or a change in application without removing the duct housing. The DH100ACDC samples air currents passing through a duct and gives dependable per- formance for management of fans, blowers, and air-condi- tioning systems, preventing the spread of toxic smoke and fire gases through the protected area. QuvARn►in►Gt1 Duct smoke detectors have specific limitations. DUCT DETECTORS ARE: • NOT a substitute for an open-area smoke detector. • NOT a substitute for early warning detection. • NOT a substitufe for a building's regular fire detec- tion system. REFER TO NFPA 72 and 90A for additional duct smoke detecfor application information. FEa4uRes • Outside mounting tabs. • Telescoping sampling tube (patent pending). • Built-in reset button. • Interconnectability (patent pending) for multi-fan shut- down (up to ten air handlers). • Cover tamper trouble signal (patent pending). • Easy to clean. • 24 VAC/DC or 120/240 VAC operation. • High-Low voltage barrier. • lon or photo models available. • Remote test station option. • Remote sounder option. • Air velocity rating from 500 to 4,000 ft/min (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). • Equipped with two DPDT Form-C relay contacts. • Easy and quick mounting to round or rectangular ducts from 1 to 12 feet (2.54 to 30.48 cm) wide. • Textured cover for convenient visual inspection. • UL 268A listed. SPECIFICA710NS Dimensions: 14.375" (36.513 cm) wide x 5.500" (13.970 cm) high x 2.750" (6.985 cm) deep. Shipping weight: 3.75 Ibs. (1.7 kg). Operating temperature range: 32° to 131 °F (0° to 55°C). Operating humidity range: 10%to 93% relative humidity. October 22, 1999 Mj I-355 DC7 1 Oo/yCDC Four-Wire, Low-Profile, lon & Photo Duct Smoke Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California u F ~ X Ma~shalre D 3240-1209:155 Approved S911 °MARYLAND State Fire Marshal RR8281 ARCHI4ECTURAL/ENGINEERING SPECIFICA410NS The air-duct smoke detector shall be a System Sensor model DH100ACDC Series Duct Smoke Detector. The de- tector housing shall be UL listed per UL 268A specifically for use in air-handling systems. The detector shall oper- ate at air velocities of 500 to 4,000 feet per minute (152.4 to 12192 meters per minute). The unit shall be capable of controlling up to ten (10) air-handling systems when inter- connected with other detectors. The detector shall be ca- pable of providing a trouble signal in the event that the front cover is removed. It shall be capable of local testing via magnetic switch or remote testing using the RTS451 KEY Remote Test Station. The unit shall be reset by local reset button or remote test station. The duct smoke detector housing shall incorporate an airtight smoke chamber in com- pliance with UL 268A, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. The housing shall be capable of mount- ing to either rectangular or round ducts without adapter brackets. An integral filter system shall be included to re- duce dust and residue effects on detector and housing, thereby reducing maintenance and servicing. Sampling tubes shall either be telescoping or be easily installed by passing through the duct housing after the housing is mounted to the duct. Th„ unit shall provide a spacial sepa- This document is not intentletl to be used tor instailation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and acwraie. We cannot cover all specific applications or I$O-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject [o change without notice. For Engineefing and ManufacWring more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quality System Certified to a NOgIF~ EW One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 INefnationai Standaftl ISO-9001 Matle in the U.S.A. DN-6753 - Page i of 4 Air duct velocity range: 500 to 4,000 fUmin (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). ration of no less than 1/4" and/or a physical barrier be- tween the high- and low-voltage terminals. The enclosure shall meet all applicable NEC and NFPA standard regard- ing electrical junction boxes. Terminal connections shall be of the strip-and-clamp method suitable for 12 to 18 AWG (325 to 0.75 mm2) wiring: PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION DH100ACDCI Four-wire ionization duct smoke detector. DH100ACDCP Four-wire photoelectronic duct detector. A5052-00 Replacement ionization detector board. A5069-00 Replacement photoelectronic detector board. A5064-00 Replacement four-wire power board. ACCESSOR/ES: ST-1.5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 1' to 2'. ST-3 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 2' to 4'. ~-~ST-5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 4' to 8': ST-10 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 8' to 12'. ~ ELECTRICAL RATINGS for DH700ACDC (including detec4or) T80-71-00 Replacement telescoping sampling tube. P48-55-00 Replacement end cap for T80-71-00. RTS451 Remote test station. RTS451 KEY Remote test station with key lock. RA400Z Remote annunciator alarm LED. APA451 Remote annunciator with piezo alarm. MOD400R Sensitivity test module. F36-09-00 Replacement air filters (two per package). M02-04-00 Test magnet. P48-21-00 End cap for metal sampling tubes. S08-39-01 Photo replacement screen. PA4008, , Mini-Alert sounder. PS24L06 " Mini-Alert add-on strobe. PS12124LENSC Ceiling-mount "SMOKE" lens. PS12124LENSW Wall-mount "SMOKE" lens. Power supply voltage: 20 - 29 VDC 24 VAC, 50160 Hz 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input capacitance: 270 uF inabmum 270 uF inabmum WA N/A Reset voltage: 3.0 VDC minimum 2.0 VAC minimum 10 VAC minimum 20 VAC minimum Reset time (with RTS451): 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds Reset time (by power-down): 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. Power-up time: 34 seconds max. 34 seconds max 34 seconds max. 34 seconds max Alarm response time: 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds Sensitivity test: See detectorlabeL See detector label. See detector label. See detector /abe/. CURRENT LIMITATIONS (using no accessories): Maximum standby current: 15 mA 35 mA RMS 25 mA RMS* 15 mA RMS' Maximum alarm current: 70 mA 725 mA RMS 35 mA RMS' 25 mA RMS' ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS at 24 VDC DEVICE STANDBY ALARM APA451 12.5 mA mabmum 30 mA mapmum PA400 0 mA 15 mA mawmum RA400Z 0 mA 10 mA mawmum RTS451 12 mA` 7.5 mA mabmum RTS451 KEY 12 mA* 7.5 mA mabmum e753elee.lbl 'NOTE: When a unit is powered at the 120 VqC or 2201 240 VAC input, any combination of accessories may be used such that the given accessory loads are: • 60 mA or less in the STANDBY state. • 110 mA or less in the ALARM state. 6753eces.161 Contact Ratings Alarm initiation contacts (SPST): 2.0 A @ 30 VAC/DC (0.6 power factor). Alarm auxiliary contacts (DPDT): 70 A @ 30 VDC; 10 A@ 250 VDC. Trouble contacts (SPDT): 2.0 A@ 30 VDC (resistive). r~~ NOTE: Alarm auxiliary contacts musf switch 100 mA minimum at 5 VDC. Alarm auxiliary contacts shall not 6e connected to initiating circuits of control panels. Use the alarm initiation contact for this purpose. ~ Page 2 of 4- DN-6753 C W ~ ~.cemd U (p C U o ~ O U y t) O E N .S ¢n U M O. ~ J ~ V Q h _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ oy~~>, k~c Q~~ ~ - ~ ~ y~a~i~a JE y€nC) 3LL aLL WNO I I O.~ ` N m 0 d t, 7 co IV ~ s _ d~ O vdi O N N~c Q Q ,C O q Z W 2~~0c CcW o~ I-Sf-2• Z 69 y O 5 V ~ w W a~ ~ t Uom6m LLO- E 2 °c°Lio i - m~ y . c W i I U I Z . I' y U 0}O 1 ~ U/ ~'g ~ ❑ ~'OU~ 1 v ¢ F oo U Nr.¢ 3 OWm ~Z~~ i Z~ v°- oo ia z~•- ~c I Z m~~o °v O~ O o~m ~ W ~Q ~ o~oQ I ~ N ~ U C Z L')= m N~ U C U C I . ~ W 3o h N_ 0 I Q~0 N Q ~ T ~9 I 3 - ~ Wm O~ c ~ ia ~Nw ~ ~ ~ v ~ ~ ~u~o t~ x g p y ~ z UZ~ ~ m ~m10 v m O~ myM oa Et-Q ~ N ~_yy F~ KQZ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g~o ~ - , 5 ~~.j i Q a to U U E o a ¢3v ; LLI 'w Z t0 U N' I I - .Z ~ L ~ ~ a 1_____________________________ ~aa ~ U m N W 1 C Z o N ~ ~ N I I (q ~\v I Z~ V p~;0 1 y c~it - ~ ra-g ~ o ym~ i o 'H ~ao~¢3 O~ Nm uZ~~ ~ Z ~ a ~~6ZLi ,3 Z W O Z ~ o V3LJy I W wO y~ T~ ~a 1 ~3a0•- ~Wa o ~ 0 ~ a Xy~ o aNd P (0)2 a Z~n ~ i C. ~ W o ~ 7cp 2 UZ~ w ag OV ~ > Q2`9°c O O , g 0 N w o~~ mN- y M ~e ~ „ g ~ g ~o , ia a aY a ~ i ,N Q v E o m U y ' I L _ _ _ _ _ - Z - " a' - - a ~f. y U d `m > ? zoaE~~ /JI mo`o=o~m Q.t ~q0 ~ U'~ nw.~pQ ~~mOC LLO Q Omm . ~F- 2 z v h¢oi°n o UUQ'W22 U ~s30 ~c ~QEL 2 v E ya Q?~ y> o-o y U> ma pmw E~UO W J U.. 0r- ~ U~~Q2??a m~od~a wM~u~+es~s L W~Qaa°iao Od'NNOa~ §00°0000 ~Qo 2r2~cc i~q 3 a~- wU m o - -2UU LL ~ 0 ~ F U ~rv~- (n ~ C N w _ J'cJ a) 0 0, m w Ma U Oa O W Q y °o J g= Q, U OV a W o W = F a y o wJ LL ~ ~J W 3:z 14 o 9' LL N~ m 1- JZ ~U DN-6753 - Page 3 of 4 OTHER WIRING DIAGRAMS DHIOOACDC I I APA451 Alarm Signal 15 2 Alarm Aux. Power + 19 Sup. N.O. 14 3 Power Sup. COM 3, DHIOOACDC Alarm Signal Aux. Power+ Sup.N.O. r- Sup. COM- Aux. Power- Reset Test Interconnect + Interconnect - DHIOOACDC = Aux. Power- 20 1 Common I ~ ~ Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC td APA451 NOTE: Wiring diagram shown is for DH 100ACDC four-wire duct smoke detector system equipped WITHOUT a contro/ panel. ~ RTS457KEY Alarm (Red LED) ~ ~ i Power (Green LED) Common I Reset Common : Test ~ m Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC to RTS451KEY andlnterconnect Feature NOTE: Wiring diagram shown is for DH100ACDC /our-wire duct smoke detector system equipped WITHOUT a contro/ panel. Page 4 of 4- DN-6753 , June 1, 2000 L' DN-4653 • K-220 CU N OT 1 F 1 E R~ Detector Accessories used with F/RE SYSTEMS S ystem Sensor/Notifier Products Section: Miscellaneous GENERAL System Sensor/NOTIFIER offer a number of accessory items and replacement parts to enhance the use, mainte- nance and testing of the smoke detectors. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Black Detector Cover The BCK-200 is perfect for applications such as theatres, museums, and other areaswhere white detectors would compromise the aesthetics. The BCK-200 includes ten black trim rings and detector housings. NOTE: Only com- patible with low-profile photo, ion, and VfEW@ detectors (both conventional and intelligent). SMK400 Mounting Kits CK-200 a RA400Z CSFM 7300-1209:130 MEA: 427-91-E Vol. II FM:OV8A5.AY UL: S2522, ULC: CS308 UL: S2522, ULC: CS308 RTS451 CSFM 7300-1209:129 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved Remofe Sounder/ LED Annunciafor ~ For stand-alone conventional duct detector applications, the Model APA457 Annunciator consists of a piezo sounderalong with alarm and power LEDs to signal trouble in compliance with NFPA 90A. The device fits conveniently in a single- gang box. APA451 CSFM 7135-1209:143 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved UL: 54011 Test Magnet The M02-04 Test Magnet is used to activate the internal reed switch on 400/500/700 Series detectors and the RTS451 remote test station. M02-04-00 RMK400 This document is not intended to be used For installalion purposes. We lry lo keep our I~O ~oo~ product information up-lo-date and accurate. We cannol cover all specifc applications or anticipale all requiremenis. All specifcations are su6jecl to change withoul notice. For more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ N OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, NoAhford, Connecticut 06472 FN6INEFRINC 8 MANIIFACIIRIN6 Made in the U.S.A. Remote LED Annunciator The RA400Z Remote LED is an op- tional visual annunciator designed to provide remote status indication for all of our system smoke detec- tors, duct detectors and beam de- tectors. It uses an active current regulator to maintain 7 mA of cur- rent within the specified 3.1 to 32 VDC operating range. The 2" (50.8 mm) x 4" (101.6 mm) beige annun- ciator mounts in a standard, single- gang backbox. Remote Test Station ~ The 400/500 Series Duct Detectors and 6424 Beam Detectors can be tested using the RTS451 Remote Test Station. A magnet is used to activate the test. The RTS451 KEY, model, for testing 2-wire or 4-wire detectors, includes a key reset switch instead of the magnet tool. The RTS-451KEY(A) is an auto- matic remote test station. DN-4653 • 06101/00 - Page 1 of 2 Removal Too/s The CRT-400 Cover Removal Tool simplifies removal of the tamper-proof covers on 400/ 551 Series lonization Detectors. It simulta- neously depresses the three lock prongs on the top of the unit so the cover can be rotated counterclockwise and removed. It can also remove the cover of photo units. The XRS and XR2 Detector Removal Tools can be used with any 400/551 Series Plug-In Detector. The XR5 is used with the System Sensor 400 Series and the NOTIFIER CPX-551, SDX- 551 and FDX-551. The XR2 is used with the NOTIFIER SD-651, CP-651, SDX-751, and CPX-751. When used with the XP-4 Extension Poles, detectors can be in- stalled and removed up to 18 feet overhead without ladders or scaffolding. XP-4 Relay Modules End-of-line supervisory applications in 12- or 24-volt systems can be handled with the A77-7166 Relay Module. It is CRT-400 specifically designed for use in four- wire systems. wot) A77-7168 '7 S ~ ~ Page 2 of 2- DN-4653 • 06/01/00 ONOTIFIER" A Pittway Company GENERAL The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is ideal to meet the unique fire protection challenge of atriums and other open areas with high ceilings. The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is de- signed for four-wire, 24 VDC applications. This stylish, two-component infrared detector consists of a separate transmitter and receiver. Together they can protect a Iinear distance from 30' to 330'. Multiple units spaced.between 30 and 60 feet apart can be used to cover larger areas. If 95% or more of the beam is blocked, a trouble condition is signaled. This blockage must be removed before the unit can reset itself and return to normal. FEAruREs • Unique LED alignment technique makes setup fast and easy. • Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide positive visual indication of maximum signal strength. • No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. • Receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together. Detects a broad range of fires. Ceiling and wall mount brackets included. • Calibrated test filters included. Form A(Alarm) and B(Trouble) contacts. • Remote test station option. • Made in USA. • Three-year warranty. APPLICATIONS The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is par- ticularly well suited for use in atriums, ballrooms, churches, warehouses, museums, factories, and other large or high-ceiling areas where conventional smoke detectors cannot be easity installed. CONSTRUCTION & OPERAr10N The two-component System Sensor Model 6424 detector consists of a separate infrared transmitter and receiver. The units mount on opposite walls or on the ceiling across from each other and are designed to detect any smoke in a linear distance from 30' to 330'. Since both absorption and scattering of the beam's infrared light is detected as a reduction in signal, the System Sensor Model 6424 works well on both smoldering and fast-flaming fires. June 4, 1997 v- 1-400 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California s UIC ~ Marsha~le L 7260-1209:141 S911 CS308 •MEA FM 427-91-E OV6A1.AY System Sensor's unique LED alignment technique as- sures the fast and easy setup. No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide all the help needed to lock transmitter and receiver together for maximum signal strength and protection. A built-in automatic gain control compensates for the gradual deterioration of signal strength from dust accu- mulation, component aging and temperature fluctuations. The receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together for maximum flexibility in installation. Sensitiv- ity selectable at 30% or 55% Total Obscuration. There is also a choice of test filters to allow convenient checking of detector sensitivity under varying conditions. Operating temperature range is -22°F to 131 °F (-30°C to 55°C). For further information, see "Guide for Proper Use of Beam Smoke Detectors," document I56-506-00. PRODUCT LINE INPORMAr10N Model Description 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector. RTS451 Remote Test Station. RA400Z Remote Annunciator. A77-7166 End-of-Line Relay, 24 VDC. This document is not inlended [o be used (or installation purposes. We try lo keep our product informalion up-to-dale and acwrele. We cannot cover all specific applications or I$O-9001 anticipate ail reqvirements. AII specifcations are subject to change witfiout notice. Por Engineefing and ManufeCtUdng more information, contact NOTIPIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7718 Quality System Cedifed to (~J N OTI FI E R~ 12 Clinlonville Road, Nodhford, Conneclicut 06472 International Standard I50-9007 ~ MaOe in Ihe U.S.A. DN-3374 - Page 1 of 4 The 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector SPECIFICATIONS Operational Range: 30'to 330' (length). Smoke detector spacing: On smooth ceilings, 60' be- tween projected beams and not more than one-half that spacing belween a projected beam and a sidewall. Other spacing may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow characteristics, and response requirements. See NFPA 72 A-53.5.52. Sensitivity: 30% t 5% total obscuration OR 55% ± 5% total obscuration. Fault condition (Trouble): 95% or more 'obscuration; automatic gain control Iimit; improper initial alignment. TestlReset features: Obscuration f lter; local reset switch; remote test and reset switch capability (compatible with RTS451 test station). Indicators: ALARM - Localred LED TROUBLE - Local amber LED NORMAL - Local flashing green LED Alignment aid: Integral signal strength indication (4 red LEDs). Relays: Alarm, Trouble. EOL relay is required to super- vise powec . Environmental Tempereture: -30°C to 55°C (-22°F to 131 °F). Humidity: 95% RH non-condensing. Mechanieal Dimensions: With no bracket, 2.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With ceiling mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With wall mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 10"D. Weight: Receiver, 1.5 Ib. (663 g). Transmitter, 1.3 Ib. (598 g). Mounting: Separate ceiling and wall braekets. Wiring: Plug with attached cable. Elecfrieal (Receiver) Voltage: 20 to 32 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peak to peak). Current (24 VDC): Standby: 10.0 mA maximum. Alarm: 28.4 mA maximum. Trouble: 27.1 mA maximum. Start•up surge: 19.0 mA maximum. Relay contacts: 0.5 A at 30 VAC/DC. Reset time: 0.6 seconds maximum. Start-up time: 1 minute maximum (after5 minute reset). Power loss: Retain memory for 5 minute minimum. Eleafrical (Transmifter) Voltage: 18.8 to 32.0 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peakto peak). Current (24 VDC): 10.0 mA maximum. ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a 4- wire 24 VDC device to be used with UL listed separately supplied four-wire control panels only. Unit shall be listed to UL 268 and shall consist of a separate transmit- ter and receiver capable of being powered separately or together. The detector shall operate in either a shoR range (30' - 100') or long range (100' - 330') mode. The temperature range of the beam shall be -22°F to 131°F. The detector shall feature a bank of four alignment LEDs on both the receiver and transmitter that are used to ensure proper alignment of unit without special tools. Beam detector shall feature automatic gain control which will com,pensate for gradual signal deterioration from dirt accumulation on lenses. Unit shall include both ceiling and wall mounting brackets. Testing shall be carried out using calibrated test filters or magnet activated remote tesYstation: ' WIRING DIAGRAMS POW POWI ,Ah, 6424 Remote Outputs ALARM I WHI7EBRO~NNSTRIPE SIGNAL AUX I ^UHANtlt 102 ~4 I ILLLVYY I ^ r: F-/) 3 RESET I owc ~ 5 TEST rv- 6424 RT5451 REMOTE TEST STATION /I/,' AdIAL Remote Test Station Connection (D ( Page 2 of 4- DN3314 6424 Remote Outputs . WIRING DIAGRAMS, continued ~ j ' Class A - - ' Return Loop - - ~ ; - EOL Power ~ Supervision WHITE WHITE- WHITE WHIiE- Flel3y Module YELLOW RED YELLOW RED TRIPE - (Shown BnBl9lZedJ i STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE S WHITEBLACK WHITE-BLACK , STAIPE GRAY STRIPE GRAY . Initiating ; LOOp WHITE VIOLET WHITE VIOLET ! qEO-WHITE WHITEVIOLET RED-WHIT WHITE-VIOLET EOL R85istof + SiRIPE STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE Power to D0t0CtOB BLACK ROCelvOr BROWN BLACK Receiver BROWN ~ OflANGE GREEN ORANGE CREEN BWE GREEN BLUE GFEEN I UL Listed Panel Transmitter & Receiver ~ , Powered Together i Class A - Return Loop - - ; EOL Power - - - Supervision WHITE WHITE WMTE WHITE Relfly MOdule YELLOW RED YELLOW flE0 (shown ener9ized ) STflIPE STflIPE STRIPE STAIPE WHITEBLACK WHITEBLACK STqIPE GRAV STflIPE GAAY Initiating LOOP WHITE VIOLET WHI7E VIOLET RED-WHITE WHITEVIOLET RED-WHIT WHITEVIOLET EOL flesistor + SiAIPE STRIPE SiRIPE STRIPE Power to Detectors BLnCK Receiver BAOWN BtaCK Receiver eROwN v OAANGE GREEN OflANGE GREEN Optional Temporary Wiring forTransmitter Alignment Aid . BLACK ~ ~ RED BLAGK RED UL Listed Panel . GREEN WHITE GREEN Transmitter & Receiver Remote Power Powered Separately SOUfCB BLUE BROWN BLUE ~ T ransmitter . Transmilte r Power Inputs [o Transmitter are Nonpo/ar . DN-3374 - Page 3 of 4 MOUNi1NG DIAGRAMS• HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL - ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT SCREW SCREW (#10-24 x 2-1/4") METAL WASHER (It10-24x1\3/8") METAL WASHER /PLASTIC WASHER PLASTIC WASHER CEILINGMOUNTING t%rs n ~l BRACKET MOUNTING HUB ALIGNMENT LEDs STATUS~A LEDs (RECEIVER ONLY) / MOUNTI NG HOLE ~ WALL MOUNTING MOUNTING II BR4CKET \ ~ I ALIGNMENT 1 "U"BRACKET LEDS li VERTICAL oo°o ADJUSTMENT I SCREWS(2) CABIE EGRESS ~ HOLEPLUG STATUS ° Used to plug LEDs BEAM HOLE PLUG (RECENER ONLY) -,h, Wall Mounting Ah, Ceiling Mounting REAR VIEWS SHOWING SWITCHES AND CABLES ACCESS DOOR HOLE PLUG SENSITIVITY SELECT SWITCH Shown in " 35% position. ~ ' o II unusedhole. (RECENER ~ qLIGNMENTADJUST BEAM LENS ~ ALIGNMENTADJUST ONLY) i POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER HOLE PLUG 14 (RECEIVER ONLY) ALIGNMENT / MODE SWITCH Shown in Normal Mode position. o ~ MOUN'TING HOLES "U"BRACKET ii VERTICAL ~ I ADJUSTMENT \ SCREWS (2) \ CABLE EGRESS HOLE PLUG ' Usetl lo plug ~ unused hole. ' Rear View, Receiver 16 CONDUCTOR CABLE Can egress either side. RESET SWITCH CABLE CONNECTOR EXIT PLUG ACCESS DOOR \ / ~ - HOLE PLUG ° ~ - Rear View, 16 Transmitter Page 4 of 4- DN-3314 ALIGNMENT MODE SWITCH Shown in Align Mode position. CONNECTOR RANGE SELECT SWITCH Shown in Long Range position. 6CONDUCTOR CABLE CABLE EXIT PLUG ~ ( r l a NOTI FI E R~ F/RE SYSTEMS A PITfWAY COMPANY March 30, 2000 J-89 SpectrAlertT"' Series Horns, Strobes, and Horn/Strobes Section: AudioNisual Devices 6ENERAL System Sensor SpectrAlert Series strobes, horns, and combina- tion horn/strobes are UL listed for primary signaling in life safety systems and meet ADA pubiic mode visible signaling requirements. SpectrAlert products can be connected to the alarm indicating cir- cuit ot a fire alarm controi panel and are compatible with DC line supervision. The SpectrAlert product line mounts to standard backboxes using a universal mounting plate included with each unit. An optionai small footprint mounting plate fits to a single-gang box. An accessory 6ackbox skirt gives a cosmetic finish to a 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" or a 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" surface-mounted backbox. All strobe and horn/strobe mounting options require only one screw atiach- ment of produci [o plate. These products are designed for 12 and 24 VDC and full-wave rec- tified unfiltered power. Full-wave rectified operation requires more current than DC operation. For detailed current draw information, consWt ihe Current Draw Tables (page 2). The horn/strobe com- bination products are factory-assembled with jumper wires for in- tandem operation. For independent wiring of horn and strobe, re- move jumper wires. When wired for independent operation, the strobe will continue to run while the horn can be silenced. How- ever, the strobe must be running for horn to operate. Horns - The SpeclrAlert Series horns and horn/strobes pro- vide two different field-selectable/reversible tones, a high-low field- selectable/reversible sound output setting (low setting on 24-volt modeis only) and a field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temporal continuous pattern. These field-selectable features are accomplished using pins and jumpers located on the back of each SpectrAlert horn and horn/strobe. An accessory module is not needed to make these field seiections. The horn on horn/strobe models will operate on a coded power supply. Those horn-only models with "HC" in their part numbers will a/so operate on a coded power supply. The horn and horn/strobe series includes weatherproof models. Strobes - The ADA-compliant SpectrAlert strobes are elec-ironic visibie warning signals that flash at 1 Hz over iheir operating voltage range. These products are available in 24-voli models at 15, 15/75, 75 and 710 candela intensities and in 12-voli models at 15 and 15/75 candela intensities. The strobe series includes weath- erproof models. SpectrAlert products feature dramatic reductions in current requirements. Sync•Circuit Module (MDL)-The Sync•Circuit Module is available for synchronization of strobes and horns and can syn- chronize two Style Y.(class B) circuits or one Style Z(class A) circuit. The module can aiso generate a synchronized temp 3 tone for System Sensor's Multi-AIertT'" and PA400 horn products.' The synchronization module allows the SpectrAlert horns on combina- tion horn/strobes to be silenced on two-wire systems. SpectrAlert's Sync•Circuii Module can be daisy-chained for multipie zone syn- chronization. The module does not operate on a coded power sup- PlY O~ S4011 & S5512 (P1215, P121575, P2415, L P241575, P2475, P24110). 55512 (S1215, ~ S727575, S2475, S241575, 52475, 524110). 54071 (HC12124). U 068A4.AY (P7215, P121575, ► F M P2475, P241575, P2475, P24110, S1215, S121575, S2415, S241575, 52475, 524110, H12/24). OD4A7.AY (HC12/24). California State Fire Marshal ~ 7135-1209:173 (P1215, P121575, P2415, P241575, P2475, P24170). 7125-1209:174 (51215, 5121575, 52415, S247575, 52475, S24110). 7135-1209:143 (H12/24, HC72/24). M EA' 379-96-E (P1275, P121575, P2415, P247575, P2475, P24110, 51215, S121575, S2415, 5241575, S2475, 524110, H12124, HC12/24). 'For Multi-Alert and PA400: Strobes must be wired to a continuous SpectrAlertTM, Sync•CircuitTM, and Multi-AlertT'" are trade- source of power (non-coded power supply). marks of System Sensor, a division of Piriway Corporation. This document is not intended m 6e used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specitic applications or ISO-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications are su6ject ro change without notice. For Engineering and Manu(acturing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Qudlily System Certified io ~J N OTI FI E R~ One Fire-Lite Place, NoRhtord, Connecticut 06472 International Standard ISO-9001 ~ CS549 (P2415A, P241575A, P2475A, P24110A, 52415A,S241575A,S2475A,S24110A). CS548 (H12/24A, HC72/24A). - DN-5939 - Page 1 of 6 FEATURES • 24-volt strobe models: 15, 15/75, 75 and 110 candela. • 12-volt strobe models: 75 and 15/75 candela. • Horn models operate on 12 and 24 volts. • Low current draw: reductions as high as 45%. • Two field-selectable/reversible horn tones: - 3000 Hz interrupted - electromechanical • Field-selectable/reversible high-low dBA output on horn (low output on 24-volt models only): - 101 peak dBA @ 10 ft. high output.' - 96 peak dBA @ 10 ft. low output.` • Field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temp 3 con- tinuous pattern on horn. • Horn/strobe can be wired either in tandem orindependently. • Weatherproof strobes, horns, and horn/strobes available. • Horns for use with coded power supply available. • Universal mounting plate included with each unit. • One-screw mounting of strobe and horn/strobe to mounting plate. • SpectrAlert strobe and horn/strobe take up no room in the backbox. • Single-gang mounting without the use of a mounting plate (horn model only). • Selt-contained screw covers. • Aesthetically pleasing design. • Synchronize horn and strobe with Sync•CircuiiT"' module (MDL). • Silence horn on horn/strobe overa single pair of wires using a Sync•Circuit module (MDL). 'Sound output vanes with tone and output options se/ected; sound levels 6ased upon anechoic room measurements. SPECIFICATIONS Input terminals: 12 to 18 AWG (325 mm2 to 0.51 mm2). Dimensions: see diagrams page 3. - Weight, horn only: 7.2 oz. (204 g). Weight, strobe and harn/strobe: 8.8 oz. (250 g). Mounting: see diagrams page 4. Operating temperature: 320F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Operating voltage range:** 72 V: 10.5 - 17 V. 24 V: 20 - 30 V. " These products should be operated within their rated voltage range. UL does, however, test functional integrity to -20% and +10% ofmanufacturer's stated ranges. CURRENT DRAW i'ABLES Strobe Only E-- ~ 1 AVE 2V M I'ft RAGECUqqENT( 2 mA) 4V Matlel a P 12V M l EAKCUF e FENT(mA) 2 V Modal INNl15HCU 2V M ele FIRENT(mA) 24V M d l 10 .SV 12 V 1 N 2 y 2 4V 3 0V t0 .5V 1 2V 1 7V 2 0V 24V 1 30 V 10 .SV 1 2V 19 V 20 V o e 24V e 3 0V C0f1EG18 OL fWq pC FlVP OG FlVq pC ~L FlVq pC Fly11 pL fWq DC ENA OL iWP GG FWA OL 1- FWq OL FlVP aC FlVq pC FlVP CC FlVp GC FWq CC fWq 15 133 159 11q 15] B1 128 59 120 53 90 CB )9 480 C60 d5D 46~ 620 i80 150 2>0 150 90 1C0 290 90 10B 92 126 1d0 190 170 230 220 2B0 2i0 3i0 1~15 IBB iB2 142 171 BB 150 7B 92 86 83 50 132 490 520 450 5201 4601 490 1701 2701 1J0 2]0 169 270 ]8 106 69 126 180 1B5 170 230 210 2]0 270 360 l5 ' NA NA NA NA NA NA tA5 1]II 123 159 102 161 NA NA NA NA NA NA 350 4d0 3A0 460 33~ 480 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1 1B0 1 240 1 230 200 290 3B0 110 NA NA NA NA NA NA 188 220 1d0 191 115 110 NA Nq Nq Np Nq Np 480 560 650 SID 420 820 NA NA NA Nq NA NA 190 230 220 290 28~ 3]0 Horn Only HIghlLaw Temp Tane Volume Man AVEpAGECU 12V Mo els toSV 12V 17V pc Fwn oc rvm x nvn flqENt(mA) 2 V otlels 20V 24V 30V oc avn oc nvn oc Flrn Eledro- High Tem 10 11 io 1a 16 1¢ 19 21 25 18 2s 26 rtiech. Non 10 18 10 18 14 25 P 28 23 34 30 42 L. Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 11 12 13 13 1] 15 NOp NA NA NA NA NR Nq 12 16 16 18 P 24 3000HZ Hlgh Tem tt 13 111 11 ts ie 26 2s 28 2a a~ 3s Inaetrvpl. Nan 11 19 fl 2' M 28 19 34 2] 39 35 q5 law Tem NA NA Nq Nq NA NA 14 14 1] 15 21 19 Non NF NT NA NA NA NA 13 18 16 21 22 25 Horn/Strobe - 75 cd HIgNLOw Temp Tone Volame Mon AVEFiAGE CU 12V Motlela 10.5V 12V i]V oc rxq oc exn oc wm HHENr (mA) 26V M tlela ~ V 24y 30V oc oc . oc mn Electro- Hlqh Tem 1A9 110 126 167 95 142 781 1101 t 78 98 75 161 mech. Non 149 PO 124 1fi7 85 t42 B 88 ]8 IDO ]6 13B Law Tam Nq NA NA NA NA NA ]0 82 BB 93 63 132 NA NA NA NA ]1 92 91 93 03 132 3000HZ 125 168 9) 1K B3 108 t 1p3 B3 1C8 IntermpL ili n t25 1s6 5 1ae >a 1a2 ea 1p8 8t ta2 NA NA Nq NA )3 d >0 5 8] 13 NA NA NA NA ]2 92 69 94 68 132 HornlStrobe - 15175 cd HlgNlow Temp TOII! VpIU111G /N011 AVERAGECURRENi(mA) 12V Motlela 24V Motlela 10.5V 12V 17V 20V 24V 30V OC FlVfl OL fN'q pL FlVq OC fWll OC FWl1 DL FWF EI¢dro- HigM1 Telll 19B 193 152 181 113 184 95 113 91 111 Bi 153 m2U1. N00 1]B 193 152 1B1 113 1fip 931 1101 891 1111 BB 150 Law Tem NA NA NA NA N Z 2 44 Non NA NA NA NA N ~ 1 M 3000 Hz HigM1 Tem P9 95 152 183 1 58 IMefNpl. Nan 1]9 198 152 183 1 M W 5d low Tem NA NA A NA N 46 Non NA NA A NA N 6d Horn/Strobe - 75 cd r~ AVEFiAGE CUHflEM (mA) 12V M elc 20V Motlels H I9NLav Temp 10.5V 12V lrv oV 24V 30V Tone Volume Mon exq pc Flvp oc RvF oc n Dc exq Eecho- High ¢rt1 NA NA NA NA NA NA 164 i91 1C9 19] NOO Nq NA Np NA NA Nq 1B0 16G 1&q LOw TBrtI Nq Nq Nq NA NT Np 156 1B2 138 182 t Non Nq NA NA NA NA NA 14 182 19] 3000 Hi High T2m NA NA Nq NA NA NA 1fi9 198 151 1>2 Non NA NA Nq Np NA Nq t84 192 150 1]5 low Tem NA NA NA NA NA Nq 159 104 160 16C Non NA NA NA NA Nq NA 159 1B8 139 189 HornlStrobe - 770 cd All HigfJLOw Temp Tone Volume Mon AVEPAGECU 12V Motlels 10.5V 12V 17V ac ~vn oc ma oc rwA RpENT(mA) 24V Motlels V 24V 30V oc oc rwn m rvm Elec1m- HIgO Tem NT NA NR Nq Nq Np f 8 241 185 20B 114 200 macll. Non Nq NA NF Nq NA NA 188 290 183 211 10.5 2p2 LOw Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 1B0 232 153 20d iffi 1B9 N011 Nq NA NA Nq NF NT 1Bt 232 154 2p1 132 t9p 3000Hi HigM1 Tem NA NA NA NA NR NA 193 246 Y66 214 152 20] Inwmpt Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 188 2d2 18] 21] 150 210 LOW Tem Nq Nq Nq Nq NA Nq 1B3 234 15] 206 136 193 NOn NA NA NA NA NA NA 182 232 158 205 13] 195 Page 2 of 6- DN-5939 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS General - SpectrAlert horns, strobes and horn/strobes shall be capable of mounting to a standard 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" (10.76 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox or a single-gang 2" x 4" x 1-1/2" (5.08 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox using ihe universal mounting plate inciuded with each SpectrAlert product. Also. SpectrAlert products, when used in conjunction with the ac- cessory Sync•Circuit Module, shall be powered from a non- coded power supply and shall operate on 12 or 24 volts. 12- volt rated devices shall have an operating voltage range of 10.5 - 17 volts. 24-volt rated devices shall have an operating voltage range of 20- 30 volts. SpectrAlert products shall have an operating temperature of 32°F to120°F (0°C to 49°C) and operate from a regulated DC or full-wave rectified, unfiltered power supply. Horn - Horn shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert model capable of operating at 12 and 24 volts. Horn shall be listed to UL 464 for fire protective signaling systems. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibility options (at 24 volts) and the option to switch between a temporal 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous pattern. The horn-only model shall NOT operate on a coded power supply except those models (model num6ers contain "HC") designed to do so. Strobe - Strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert model listed to UL 7971 and be approved for fire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling no[ification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appli- ances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating volt- age range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. DIMENSIONS I 3318" I I~- (85.725 mm) -~I I O I ~ 2-5/16" ~ (58.7375 mm) (7 2-15/1O6" 4.6125 mm) O T7 OUTER: 5-5/8" (142.875 mm) INNER: 5-5176" (134.9375 mm) ~ - 6^ If- 2-5/16" (727 mm) (58.7375 mm) 5-5/8" 75 mm) (142.8 Horn/Strobe Combination - Horn/strobe shall be a SystemSensorSpectrAlert model- IistedtoUL1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. Horn/strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over its entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibility options (at 24 volts) and the option to switch between a tem- poral 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous patiern. Strobes shall be powered independently of the sounder with the re- moval of factory-installed jumper wires. The horn on horn/ s!robe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply, , Module - Module shall be a Sysiem Sensor Sync•Circuit model listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal S. Also, the module shall silence [he horns on horn/strobe models, while operating the strobes, over A single pair of wires. The module shall be capable of mounting to a 4-11/16" (119.0625 mm) square x 2-1/8" (53.975 mm) deep backbox and shall control two Style Y(class B) or one Style Z(class A) circuit. Module shall be capable of muliiple zone synchronization by daisy- chaining multiple modules together and resynchronizing each other along the chain. The Module shall NOT operate on a coded power supply. 2-15116" 15/16" r (74.6125 mm) (23.8125 OO T 5-5/76" (134.9375 mm OO 1-5/ (33.337 UPPER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Small Footprint Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). LOWER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). UPPERRIGHT: Horn only (maybe mounted with eitherSmall Footprint or Universal Mounting Plate). LOWER RIGHT: Sync•Circuit Module (MDL). ~ 5-714" (733.35 mm) ~ T o 0 0 0 5-1I4" 133.35 mm) O O O O ~ Z" (50.8 mm) DN-5939 - Page 3 of 6 MOUN7ING DIAGRAMS 2" x a" x 1-7/9" backbox uorn irect loun4 a^ x a^ x 1-1/2" backbox Horn Surface Mount BBS with accessory . Backbox Skirt ~ ~ ♦ ~ Horn with Universal Mounting Plate (included with each product) ~ • 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" backbox 4"x4"x1-11;2° ~backbox 4" x 4" 1-1/2" backbox Strobe or Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting PI.___ (included with each product) I v 4" x 4" x 1-112" backbox m ~ ~ Sync•Circuif Module Direct Mount Strobe or HornlStrobe Surface Mount with accessory Backbox Skirt SOUND OUTPUT GUIDE (dBA) ~ UL Reverberant Room dBA @ Volts DC Mechoic Room Peak dBA @ 10 ft.NDC 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 LOW Electromechanical NA NA NA 75 75 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 T l TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 75 79 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 empora HIGH Electromechanical 75 75 79 82 82 82 94 95 98 10, 99 0 101 102 ~ TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 75 75 79 82 85 85 94 95 98 100 101 -102 LOW Electromechanical NA NA NA 79 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 N - TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 82 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 on TempOCal HIGH Electromechanical 79 79 85 85 88 88 94 95 s8 100 101 102 TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 79 82 85 88 88 90 93 95 9S 100 101 102 w~. Page 4 of 6- DN-5939 4-11/16" x 4-11/16" x 2-1/8" (119.0625 x 119.0625 x 53.975 mm) backbox Ak S4robe or Horn/Strobe with accessory Small Footprint Mounting Plate iR/IRltdi'a DIAGRAMS NOTE• Do NOT loop wires under terminal screws. Tanaiervo Operation HORN/STROBE COMBO TO NEXT r DEVICE j OR EOL L FACTOf INSTALI JUMPEI FROM FACP, MODULE OR PREVIOUS DEVICE N HORN HORN/STROBE STROBEONLY ~ E 0 L Two-wire system, any mix of models, wired forTANDEM OPERATION. ~ Horns silenced over two-wire circuit. • Any mix of horn/strobes or strobe-only devices is acceptable. • Horn controi connects to interruptible power source. FACP #1 1 > 1~1 MOPN ZONEI ~,~1 ~ CONTflO~ OOT 'I iONESI SpecVAIen DEVICE l J OR EOL NAC 1 oi J oxei ix xOxez our ~q l H NAC`2) 1~~1 NOME3 TPOVBLE ~O PESOF Y R J ~ 0 p oevices: Hom Only I HoWSU.b. 5 LAVE 1 weeoniy OOT ~ FACP %x + ~owr~xaL =aNEour , f~, cax ~a l r 7OHEXT SpechAletl DEVICE OR EOL ( ' EoHe t xorve z J~y I ( Ix oui 11-0 O~ „ONE3 7q0IlBLE jO 21 suve suve fo 1-1~ Ix oui \ Id ~l L TO NEXT SpecVAlen NOqN ONLY ~EVICE OR EOL ~ AIISpecVAlerf homs, hoMStrobes, and sfrobes will operate in sync. DIAGRAM NOTES: 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert horn/strobe, strobe-only, or harn- . only devices is allowable for Zone 1. 2) No devices or horn-oniy are allowed on Zone 2. If no de- vices are installed on Zone 2, terminate EOL resistor at horn control terminal. 9rsdepertden4 Operat6on HORN AND STR08E - FACTORY INSTALLEO HORMS JUMPER WIRES e~ TO NEX( HORN OR EOL < ~ TONF_XT ~ STROBE ~ OR EOL < NOYE.' B(eak wire as shown for supervision of connection. DO NOT allow sMpped wire leads to extend beyond swifch housing. -DO NOT /oop wires. NOTE: Sfrobes must be powered forhorn operatlon. STROBES FROM FACP f MODULEOR PREV/OUS DEVICE H H O O R R N N s s T r R R 0 0 e e E E Four-wire system, comba models, wired for INDEPENDENT OPERATION. (Hom can be tumed off af the panel while strobes continue to operate.) ~ Temp 3 coding of Multi-Alert and PA400 souroders. NOTE: Strobes must be powered from non-coded supply. ~ ` NOpN ZONE 1 Q / CONTqOL OOT FACP J NAC 1 I'1~ TONE 1 EONE R i-~ ~ ix our NAC3 , XOME2 7qOUBLE Og O~ SLAVE 54VE JO i-i in our 1 0 ` TEMP, JUMPEp ON TO NE%T OEVILE OR EOL TO NEXT DE41CE OR EOL Homs will be temporaFCOded and in sync. DN-5939 - Page 5 of 6 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 {6 z M! W Z 3 IM V ~ ~ O 99 IL RED NMITE voliage candela avg. mA' @ nom. VDC avg. mA' ~ nom. FYvH _ P1215 P1215W 12 75 124 167 F3orn/Strobes P127575 P727575W 12 15175 152 181 P2415 P2415W 24 75 78 98 P241575 P247575W 24 15175 91 111 P2475 P2475W 24 75 148 167 P24170 P24110W 24 110 165 209 P241575K (weamerprooQ - 24 15/75 91 111 P2475K (weatherproof) - 24 75 148 167 P24770K (weatheryrooo - 24 110 165 209 P2415A P2415WA ' 24 15 78 98 P241575A P241575WQ , 24 15175 91 117. P2475A P2475WA 24 75 - 148 167 Canadian Models, Harn/Strobes p24110A P24110WA 24 110 165 207 P241575KA (weatherprooQ - 24 15175 91 111 P2475KA (weaNerprooo - 24 75 748 167 P24110KA (weatherproof) - 24 110 165 209 Spanish Labeling, H/S P241575F (FUEGO) 24 1ra/75 91 ifl S1215 S7215W 12 15 114 157 S'tfOfDOS 5121575 5727575W 12 15/75 142 171 . S2415 52415W 24 75 53 80 , 5241575 S241575W 24 15175 66 93 52475 S2475W 24 75 123 749 S24110 S24110W 24 110 140 191 5241575K (weaiherproof) - 24 15/75 66 93 52475K (weatherprooo - 24 75 123 159 S24770K (weatherproof) - 24 110 140 191 S2415A 52415WA 24 15 53 80 5241575A S241575WA 24 75/75 66 93 52475A S2475WA 24 75 123 149 Canadian Models, Strobes 524110A 824110WA 24 - 710 140 197 S241575KA (weaiherprooQ - 24 1575 66 93 S2475KA (weatlheryrooo - 24 75 123 149 S24170KA (weatherprooo - 24 110 140 191 Spanish Labeling,Strobes S247575F (FUEGO) 24 15/75 66 93 H12124 H17J24W 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 Ho rns H12/24K (weatherproof) - 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 HC12/24 (coded power) HC72124W (coded power) 12124 NA 12 / 23 12121 HCt?J24K (weatherproof, for coded power) - ~yZq NA 72 / 23 12127 H17124A H12124WA 12l24 NA 12 / 23 72 / 21 A i H12124KA(weatherpiooo - 17J24 NA 12/23 72/21 ccessor es S HC12/24A (caded power) HC12124WA (coded power) 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 ~ MDL MDLW 12124 NA 16 24 Sync•Circuit Module MDLA MDLWA 72124 NA 16 24 Small Footprint Mounting Plate for Single-Gang ONLY S-MP S-MPW NA NA NA NA Surface-Mount Backbox Skirt BBS BBSW NA NA NA NA Universal Mounting Plate , (replacement) aMP D-MPW NA NA NA NA WeaEherproof Backbox WBB - N.4 NA NA NA NOTES: 1) Canadian model numbers end in "A". 2) Latin American model numbers end in "F". . 3) All weatherproof models musf use weatherproof backbox model WBB. 4) All SpectrAlert products are designed for wall-mount only. 5) Installation of less than 75 - candela strobes may be permissibie under the equivalent facilitation clause of the ADAAG (Sec. 22). However, it is the responsi6ility . of the person or entity designing the fire alarm system to determine the acceptability of less than 75 candela strobes. 6) All 15175 candela strobes or horn/strobes are recommended for 20' x 20' rooms or less. 'FOr a complete listing of SpectrAlert current require- menis, please refer to the Current Draw tables on page 2 of this document, or the Instruction Manual. Hom and horn/s[robe current draws assume the horn is set af Temp 3, electromechanical tone, and high audi6ility. Page 6 oF 6- DN-5939 1 t ~3e SPeuft"".~te;# V-ser;c:s strtnhe anhy t3rctt3ucts aae fuihf ,';Wled iear outdQcr Us~ and the t2ra'f~a#3~r~ rertaae rP-:fieat5 3taas (-40 A? 70 G"raes C.}_ ' ~'he S~ s~yries ~6as aad 3aeri t aniyr have a tenperatirw ranas cd 0 to Efa degre~ aik7 Yd3EYR NEMA 3R #rideauY# Pftg--~ The t:a'~~i~esa~u~ tirnited m:th~--e dearices d4le Ea tIL464 Vasi-,b#e amw)--f:t Saund ou"-# wr~ a* akwa a rd# kasz aue-, the €~-Imp~--rahmre ran~. -speLt-dert $aies =Mb-M atd Ia;ara nrc€y pmdmt* nl~-t iiis b4r H€ni[irsa Vio ofd iempemte#ve tange 2a II dew-g~ G. Test =n-&m 44a# tho cpwe~,t t~~ff5sertc.ra c# -;35 4ea'r=_es C P~--LlLaE'r4 d:e maxatsturn acund kms was a db. . ~ ~3~'flFY'~ r~'{~t7s ~,4 ;?.S1S~h~eF7~(~:Y11ertr E2S~..`CPi~ ffi {t f`~-"~ :~L'33~4'dfFll`e,'~ l:~[1kSIF~ `~Ym hUp&TE'i 19s32Y -~Adt393Y+,'~i quesUaB4S Pl2iASS.''- feel --&ft iC§ r=M~ CPaP-s- DWI at I -NO-736=167> Y O ~ A Piriway Company / Section: AudioNisual Appliances r7ENERAL System Sensor's MDL Sync Module is designed to work with the SpectrAlert series of homs, strobes, and horn/ strobes to provide a means of: synchronizing the tempo- ral-coded horns, synchronizing the one-second flash tim- ing of the strobe, and silencing the horns of the horn/strobe combination over a rivo-wire circuit while leaving the strobes active. MODULE CONF9G48FYAYION Each MDL module has the capability of connecting two Style Y(Class B) circuits or one Style Z(Class A) circuit. The NAC output(s) from the panel are connected to the zone inputs of the MDL module and the zone output(s) from the MDL module are connected to the notification loop(s). Supervision is accomplished in the module by a direct connection between the zone input and the zone output of each of the lwo zone circuits connected to the normal end- of-line device. The FACP "sees" the EOL device through the MDL module. When either or both outputs (zones 1& 2) from the module are wired to the SpectrAlert products, the horns and strobes in both zones will be synchronized. The MDL module can be configured so that more than two zones can be synchronized by the interconnection ofthe slave input and output (see Application Examples). SPECIAL CON5IDER/s710NS A latching Form-C contact is provided in case the synchro- nizing signal to the notification devices is interrupted. The output can be wired so that a trouble signal will be annun- ciated at the panel. If the synchronization pulse fails in the MDL module, the strobes will shut off. NOTE: The MDL Module is factory-set with the frouble confacts in the open state. These contacts may close during shipping. Approximately two seconds after power-up, these contacts will open. ~~ECIF1CATeONS Voltage range: DC or full-wave-rectified; 11 to 30 volts. NOTE: Supply vo/tage range at 12 volts, 11 fo 17 VDC; at 24 volts, 21 to 30 VDC. Maximum load on loop: 3 amps. Current: chart at right. Operating temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). ~ October 'I, 1997 J-89A nIIDL & MDLW Sync Modules for use with the SpectrAlert Series R FM OD4A7 S4011 Average Peak In-Rush Voltage DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR 12 V 10 mA 12 mA 30 mA 31 mA 87 mA 122 mA 24 V 11 m 15 mA 35 mA 37 mA 198 mA 262 mA This documenl is nol inlended to be used for installation purposes. We lry to keep our '$O-9001 product information up-to-date and acwrete. We cannot cover all specific applicaiions or anlicipate all requiremenls. All specifications are subject to change wifhout notice. For Engineefing end ManUfaCfUfing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 QUalily Syslem Cedifled to ON OTi FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 International Standard ISO-9001 Matle in the U.S.A. - ON-6066 - Page 1 of4 The MDL Module l4PPLICATI6N EXAMPLES MODULE 1 Temporal Coding on Muiti-Alert and PA400 0 HORN ZONE1 i ) > (Non-SpectrAlert Horns) FACP a CONTROL OUT ("1 *PA400 ONEXT EVICE • Program module t o provide temporal coding o ZONE ~ ZONE 2 . R E0L y 9 ~ P P 9 P b insertin um er lu er instructions. NAC i IN oUi ~ , ~ • Connect only sounders producing a continu- ous tone to th d l t t e mo e zone ou pu (s). u ~ ZONE 2 o > NAC 2 C - A TROUBLE IN Q AU T/ O Multi-Alerl TONEXT Strobes cannot be used on a module pro- orPA400 HomONLY DEVICE OREOL viding temporal coding to horns! Sfrobes 4. SLAVE SLAVE` must be wired for independent opeiafion. o IN OUT ~Q k:i Homs wlll be [emporal- oded NOTE: Temporal jumper should be inserted across ~ and in sync. both pins only on non-SpectrAlert products that are TEMP. JUMPER ON to be powered for temporal sound output. Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and Strobes ZONE 1 INPUT This input powers the MDL Module. This input must have wl[age present from the FACP befoie anything will work. This also supplies wltage to Zone 1 oulput. ZONE 2 INPUT This input onlysupplies wRage to Zone 2 output. NOTE: If Zone 1 input is not povered, fhe notification devices a8ached to the Zone 2 output H+11 not be al/ouied. HORNCONTROL ThisinputenablesthehomsontheSpectrAlertnotificationappliances.Voltage present means homs are enabled. No wltage present means homs are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Module slave out SLAVE OUT Connects to Slave MDL slave in. MODULE 1 HORN ZONE 1 ~q ~ FACP 0 CONTROL OUT TONEXT DEVICE NAC 1 r i~ ZONE 1 ZONE 2 OR EOL 0IN OUTL > 2 CLASS B NAC 2 ~ ZONE 2 TROUBLE~ ~O > H IN O TO NEXT DEVICE OL o~ SLAVE S { ~ ~ N OUT - ALLSpectrAlerthoms, horNstrobes, and sfrobe-only devices will operete fn sync. ~ TEMP. JUMPER OFF Configured as: ,.,1 HORN ZONE 1 ~ Style UCIassA ''l CONTROL OUT ~ N TO NEXT DEVICE OUT 2ZONE i ZONE 2 ~,j OR EOL NAC 3 OUT } IN OUT 0 1 CLASS A ( ( ONE2 r NAC4 RETURN ~ IN TROUBLE{ O ` ~ V fO 1 n nvo ci nvc OREO MODULE2 Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and Strobes • Each module can power two three-amp circuits wired in Class B, or one three-amp circuit powered as Class A. • Each module will synchronize two zones. • Additional modules can be added and may be synchro- nized to all other modules by interconnecting the "slave" input and output terminals between modules. ' - NOTE: Class A conFguretion TEMP. JUMPER OFF requires a special panel. Consult with panel manufactu2r. Page 2 of 4- DN-6066 Controlling Sounder On/Off Over Two Wires Using Module Horn Control • Connect the current source to the horn control input. If a zone output is used for the source, you must use an EOL on the horn control input terminal. • When multiple modules are used, the horn control circuits can be wired in parallel. If wired in parallel and a zone output is used from panel, use an EOL on the last module for supervision. ZANE 1 INPUT This input powers the MDL Module. This input must have wHage presentGom fhe ' I output. FACP befo2 anything will work. This also supplies wltage to Zone ZANE 2 INPUT This input onlysupplies wttage to Zone 2 output. NOTE: IfZOne 1 input isnot poHered, the notification devices attached to the Zone 2 oufput Klll not be allouied. HORN CONTROL This inputenablesthe homs onthe SpectrAlert notificationappliances. Voltage present means Fwms a2 enabled. No wltage preseM means horns are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Mod'ule slave out. SLAVE OUT Connecis to Slave MDL slave in' Horns Silenced Over Two-Wire Circuit 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert homs/strobes or strobe-only devices is acceptable. 2) Hom Control connects to interruptible power source. lmw MODULE 1 FACP 1 HORN ZONE 1 Py > CONTROL OUT TONEXT SpectrAlert O ZONE 1 ZONE 2I DEVICE OR EOL NAC 1 ~ S'i IN our ~ ~ j > NAC 2 ~.i ~a~ ZONE 2 (2) TROUBLE 0 > SpectrAlert J iN o Types ofDevices: HORN ONIY SLAVE SLAVE HORNISTROBE STR08EONLY IN OUT O 00 MODULE 2 TEMP. JUMPER OFF FACP 2 iql HORN ZONE t j(,) ~ CONTROL OUT NEXT ectrAlert NOTES: + O ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ii A DEVICE EOL 1) Any m ix of SpectrAlert horn/ NAC 1 IN OUT strobe, strobe-only' or ham-only O > devices is allowable for Zone 1. 2) No devices or horn-only are al- N 1ZONE 2 (9) > lowed on Zone 2. If no devices NAC2 TROUBLE IN Q NE T areinsta/ledonZone2,terminate g X ecl~Aletf EOL resistor at horn control ter- O RN-ONLY minal. ~.A SLAVE SLAVE VICE OR EOL p IN OUT 5 > • T JUMPER OFF TEMP ALL SpectrAlert homs, . horn/strobes, and strobes will operete in sync. DN-6066 - Page 3 of 4 CE] ~Y PRODUC7 LINE IPIFORMATION MDL Sync module for use with SpectrAlert Series, red. MDLW Same as above, white. Three-Year Limited Warranty cz~q System Sensor warrants these horns/strobes to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal / use and service for a pe(od of three years from date of 'A manufacture. For complete warranty information, contact System Sensor. ~ ~ MOUN4'NG D1AGRAM 1) Complete feld wiring. 2) Mount unit to 4-11l16" backbox with screws ("A"). Qt~rARti~~vc!V LIMITATIONS OF F10RNS/STROBES The horn and/or sfrobe will not work without power. The horn/strobe gets its power from the fire/security panel monitoring the alarm system. If power is cut off for any reason, the horn/strobe will not provide the desired audio or visual warning. The horn may not 6e heard. The loudness of the horn meets (or exceeds) current Underwriters' Laboratories stan- dards. However, the horn may not alert a sound sleeper or one who has recently used drugs or has been drinking alcoholic beverages. The horn may not be heard if it is placed on a different floor from the person in hazard or if placed too far away to be heard over the ambient noise such as traffic, air conditioners, machinery or music appli- ances that may prevent alert persons from hearing the alarm. The horn may not be heard by persons who are hearing impaired. The signal strobe may not be seen. The electronic vi- sual warning signal uses an extremely reliable xenon flash tube. It flashes at least once every three seconds and ex- ceeds current Underwriters' Laboratories standards for pri- vate mode viewing. The visual warning signal is suitable for direct viewing and must be installed within an area where it can be seen by building occupants. The strobe must not be installed in direct sunlight or areas of high light inten- sity (over 60 footcandles) where the visual flash might be disregarded or not seen. The strobe may not be seen by the visually impaired and is not intended to meet Ameri- can Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. The signal strobe may cause seizures. Individuals who have positive photic response to visual stimuli with seizures, such as persons with epilepsy, should avoid prolonged exposure to environments in which strobe signals, includ- ing this strobe, are activated. The signal stro6e cannot operate from coded power supplies. Coded power supplies produce interrupted power. The strobe must have an uninterrupted source of DC power in order to operate correctly. System Sensor recommends that the horn and signal strobe always be used in combination so that the risks from any of the above limitations are minimized. Page 4 of 4- DN-6066 t Fire & Grijine/!' rre ; lSecurrty ~~oteetion 62-40 ssnitA naQa Denver, Colarado 80216 303-355-0500 fax: 303-35.5-06I5 / / ~STON aRAPtoC YJUP SA1IPIf zortE mtFrcrF zoc~ i: swcwm/ADMwmiuiIOv wraIAL rIXL mnars zaiE 2 suJcmrtrr/wwe+mruiIN Nnownc oETecrcxs zaw sexvnaw_ wc uuu Rnoa NMunnc ot~ zaiE muaUKtiAL m++c totirx x unsi r-Lma wmw. PLIL srniwtn zaNE s SPAW zDNE s: WAK o ZaPE 7: 5P/RF ZCHE d S~/!7E ASSEIABIY: . 1/8' clear anti-glarc a<rylie Blackimage on white mylar paper l'Oll ARE HERE", FAGA, GiA, and TAAIPER symhds arc red Rigid hacking_ Brvnze matnpic frvme - mounfing dips are prodded IJGi-f(S ARE NOT AVAILABIF ON GRAPHIC -XUPS WFATHERPROOFING IS AVAILIOLE S7ANOARO S26 AVPILABLE Outside frome dimenaion in avan incr.smantr vf'' 2 lneh¢s, LE ii', 75. 7fl" in both horimntal and verticcl Typical framc couldbe H78'xW24', N2oxAY30-, H36"zW2;", etc. Afaximum tidth ia 36'. . GRAPHIC CONTENT: Bui(ding outiinq induding add~ and adjacen( atruts All exteriar doorz FACP, Spnnkler eontrol wlres, Utiiity rontrrols, fire department cannec{ian Narkh compaaa dirccfion tyco Fire & Security Grinne// Fire Protection ~ SUBMITTAL DATA NOTIFIER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JEFFCO LIBRARY SERVICE CENTER StJBMITTED TO: McBRIDE ELECTRIC 1860 W. HAMII,TON PL. ENGLEWOOD, CO. 80110 303-761-6176 ATTN:DOUG Grinnell Fire Protection 6240 Smith Road Denver, CO 80216 Tele: 303-355-0500 Fax: 303-355-0594 .TEFFCO LIBRARY FIRE ALARM DETECTION SYSTEM: AFP-200 ANALOG FIRE CONTROL PANEL SBB-4X CABINET UDACT IJNIVERSAL DIGITAL ALARM COMM(JNICATOR/"f'RANSMITTER UBS-1 CABINET FOR UDACT MCBL-7 PHONE CORD APS-6R AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY FOR BEAM DETECTORS FCPS-24 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY PC-1270 BATTERY PS12100BATTERY BB-17 BATTERY BOX FMM MONITOR MODULE 302-194 HEAT DETECTOR AP-P ADAPTOR PLATE FST-751 HEAT DETECTOR FSP-751 PHOTO DETECTOR B710LP LOW PROFILE DETECTOR BASE NBG-12LX ADDRESSABLE PULL STATION DH100ACDCP PHOTO DUCT DETECTOR ST-5 SAMPLE TUBE RTS-451REMOTE TEST STATION FOR DUCT DETECTORS RTS-451K REMOTE TEST STATION W/KEY FOR BEAM DETECTORS A77-716B RELAY MODULE 6424 BEAM DETECTOR 52415, S2475, S24110 STROBE P2415, P2475, P24110 HORN/STROBE P241 I OK EXTERIOR HORN/STROBE WBB WEATHER PROOF BACK BOX MDL SYNC MODULE CUSTOM GRAPHIC MAP A:\24-8527 NOTIFIEW FI E 5Y5TE S GENERAL The AFP-200 is a compact, cost-effective, intelligent fire alarm control with a capacity of 301 individually identifed and controlled points and an extensive list of powerful fea- tures. The AFP-200 provides capabilities that exceed most large intelligent systems, at a cost comparable to conven- tional control panels. FEATURES • 198intelligentdevicecapacity(99anatogdetectorsand99 monitor/control modules). Style 4, 6, or 7. • Overall 301 point capability (198 intelligent points, 4 pro- grammable NAC circuits, 99 programmable relays). • Networkready(referenceP10T1•FIRE•NE'7'"andNAM- 232 catalog sheets for more information). • Intelligentfeatures: ✓ Manual sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Day/Night automatic sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Drift compensation (U.S. Patent Pending) meets UL requirements as a calibrated test instrument. ✓ Auto detector test (meets NFPA 72). ✓ Maintenance alert (two separate algorithms). ✓ Pre-alarm (A WACST"" U. S. Patent Pending). ✓ Acfivate local sounder base on pre-alarm. ✓ LED blink control for sleeping areas. s/ Automatic device type check. • Releasing features: ✓ Four independent hazards. ✓ Sophisticated cross-zone (three options) ✓ Delay timer and Discharge timers (adjustable). ✓ Abort (four options). • Optional DACT, with AC fail delay. • LCD-80 remote display/control. • ACS annunciators (EIA-485), including LDM custom. • Printer interface (80-column and 40-column printers). • 5.0 A usable regulated output power, plus 6.0 A expander (maximum 8.0 A to panel circuits). • 80-character LCD display, backlit. • Real-time clock, with European format option. • History file with 650-event capacity in nonvolatile memory. Includes non-erasable shadow history. • Waterflow or supervisory selection per point. • Alarm Verification selection per point, with tally. • Walk Test reports two devices set to same address. • Positive Alarm Sequence (PAS) Presignal per NFPA 72. • Silence inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. • March time/temporal/California code for bell circuits. • Field-programmable on panel or on PC, with user-defined passwords, plus Autoprogram feature. • UL listed modem interface allows remote/off-site system integration. July 12, 2000 os AFP-200 Analog Fire Panel Section: Intelligent Fire Alarm CoMrol Panels California 7165- OP8:164 LISTED cs',s S635 F ~ U.S. Coast Guard 16Y.002/23/1 9460004 (E1) Approved • MMX-2 two-wire detector interface provides compatibility with many non-NOTI FI ER detectors for retrofit applications (consult factory for latest compatibility listings). • Dual-rate charger for up to 90 hours of standby power. • Two-Stage option for notification circuits (Canada). • Tornado Warning activates different notification circuit code. • Non-alarm points for lower priority functions. • Remote ACK/Silence/ReseUDrill via MMX modules. • Automatic time control functions, with holiday exceptions. • Rapid poll algorithm for manual stations. Responds in < 2 seconds. • Operates with untwisted, unshielded wire (up to 1,000 ft./ 304.8 m) for retrofit applications (U. S. Patent 5, 210, 523). • UL listed for Fire Signaling per Standard 864 & NFPA 72. • UL listed for Burglary applications per Standard 1076. • UL listed for Releasing per NFPA 12, 12A, 12B, 13, 15, 16. • UL listed for Critical Process Monitoring. • FM approved for Agent Release and Preaction/Deluge. • ApprovedformarineapplicationsbyU.S.CoastGuardand Lloyd's Register of shipping. NOTI•FIRE•NETT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER, 1994. This documenl is nol inlended to be used for installalion purposes. We iry lo keep our ~ ' 0 9001 product informalion up-lo-dale and acwrale. We cannot cover all specifc applications or - anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subjec[ to change without notice. For more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203)484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ (C$1m OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, NoM1h(ord, Connecticut 06472 FN6INEERINC & MANIIFACiIIRIN6 Made in fhe U.S.A. DN3783 • 07112/00 - Paga 1 0(4 Fhe AFP-200 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM SLC Intelligent Loop 6 ~ NOTI•FIRE•NET Optional Network Interface via the NAM-232 AFP-200 y y y y RS-232 4 Notification or Release Circuits ACM-SR Relay Control CRT-2 . : : . . ACM/AEM-16AT LED` Annunciator LDM-32 Custom Graphics ~ PRN Series Printer 37e3eiaq.wmt Fourstandard Notification oi Releasing circuits. Full Aipha keyboardfor menu-driven programming. 5 ampere regulatec supply. Voltmete p- Option. Page 2 of 4- DN3783 • 07/12/00 EIA-232 interfacefor CRT, printer, or PC computer. C loop. to 198 devices a single pair wires. Slotfor optional module. 12 AH batteries. 80-charecter backlit Up to 90 hours standby power. LCD display. EIA-085 loop for LCD or LED annunciators. /01WQCSTM Advance Warning Addressable Combustion Sensing (u.s. Patent Pending) t~ ~ SMOKE OBSCURATION % per foot 3% ALERT Waming at panel of possible fre ACTION Shut off power to equipment monitored by this detectar ALARM Evacuate building and call fire department P2EAlM SMOKE(PHOTO~ ALA2M: SMOKE(PHOiO) PL002 3 EQUIP RACK 5 K 5 = FLOOR 3 E@I11P 2ACK 5 ALE2T; 0.22% 1.40% 0,51% % FlRE DEPi CALLED z% 11;25 P 12/25/93 D66 b 11:59P 12125193 D66 Menu trees permit easy cnange or any parameLer without referral to the programming manual. Recall, increment and edit function speeds entry of alphanu- meric labels. New program check routine catches common errors. 3. OFF•LINE PC: VeriFire-200 The complete AFP-200 program may be created in an off-line PC-compatible computerwith a WindowsCR} based utility, then loaded into the AFP-200 EIA-232 port. The program may also be off-loaded to a PC at any time. High-speed data transfer completes upload or download in less than one minute. The PC pro- gram may also be used to access remote AFP-200 systems over dial-up phone lines, providing detaif status information and history file search/sort. 3. DN-3783 • 07/12100 - Page 3 of 4 AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS See page 1 for listing agencies and fle numbers. These listings and approvals apply to the basic AFP-200 control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con- sult factory for latest listing status. SPECIFICATIONS • Primary input power, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.0 Amps. • Total Internal 24 VDC Power - 5.0 A(total shared power). ✓ High-rippleregulatedpower:l.5A(suitableforElA-485 devices, except ACM-8R); 1.0 A maximum standby. ✓ Non-resettable power: 500 mA. ✓ Four-wire smoke detector power: 500 mA. ✓ Four built-in notifcation circuits: • NAC Circuit 1: 2.25 A. • NAC Circuits 2-4: 2.25 A(shared total). NOTE: with optional APS-6R Power Supp/y NAC circuits 3 8 4 are expanded to 3.0 A(8.0 A tota/ power). • Battery charger range: 7 AH - 18 AH. • Charge high rate: 29.1 V. Float rate: 27.0 V. • Relay contact rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC. • Cabinet dimensions: 16.125" (40.9575 cm) high x 14.5" (36.83 cm) wide x 5.5" (13.97 cm) deep. SYSTEM CAPACITY • Total programmable inpuUoutput points: 301 • Intelligent detectors: 99 • Addressable monitor/control modules: 99 • Programmable NAC circuits in panel: 4 • Programmable software zones: 99 • Programmable remote relay/annunciator points: 99 • LCD-80 annunciators per system: 4 • ACS annunciators per system: 10 CONTROLS AND INDICA70RS 6 LED indicators: AC Power; Fire Alarm; Pre-Alarm; Super- visory/Security; Alarm Silenced; System Trouble. 1__~ 21 Membrane Switch Controls: Acknowledge/Step; Silence; Evacuate; System Reset; 12-key Alpha pad; 4 cursor keys; Enter. LCD Display: 80 characters (4 x 20) with long-life LED backlight. COMPATIBLE INTELLIGENT DEVICES CPX-757: Low-profile ionization detector. SDX-751: Low-profle photoelectric detector. SDX-551TH: Photoelectric with thermal element. HPX-751: HARSHTM' Hostile Area photoelectric detector. FDX-551: Fixed thermal (heat) sensor. FDX-551R: Fixed and rate-of-rise thermal sensor. CPX-551 DUCT: lonization smoke detector (forduct use only). SDX-551 DUCT: Photoelectric smoke detecfor (duct use on/y). 6710LP: Detector base, low profile._ B224RB: Intelligent relay base, low profile (low-profile only). B224BI: Intelligent isolator base, low profile (low-profile only). 6710HD: HARSHT"' detector base (HARSHT^' on/y). BX501: Detector base, classic (SDX-551TH, FOX-551/R only). B501BH: Sounder base (classic or low-profile). BH5078HT: Sounder base with temporal sounder (classic or low-profile). 6524R6: Intelligent relay base (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 652461: Intelligent isolator base (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 13501: Detedor base, Flangeless (classic or low-profile). DHX-501: Duct housing with alarm relay. DHX-502: Duct housing without alarm relay. MMX-1: Monitor module. MMX-2: Two-wire detector monitor module. MMX-101: Miniature monitor module. CMX-2: Control module. NBG-12LX: Advanced manual fire alartn station, addressable. BGX-701L: Classic manual fire alarm station, addressable. ISO-X: Isolator module. XPS Series: Transponders (see data sheet DN-6625). COMPATIBLE DEVICES, EIA-232 Port (see data sheets) PRN Series: 80-column printer. VS4095152: Printer, 40 column, 24 volts. Mounted in exter- nal backbox,(order from Ke/tron, Inc.). CRT-2: Video display terminal. NAM-232: Network Interface Module to NOTI•FIRE•NET wire or fiber models. COMPATIBLE DEVICES, RS-485 Porf (see data sheets) ACS Series: Remote Serial Annunciator/Control systems. LCD-80: Remote LCD display. LDM Series: Remote custom graphic driver modules. ACM-8R: Remote relay module. Eight Form-C relays. NIB-96: Network Interface Board. RPT-485: Series Repeater, isolator and/or fiber-optic modem. UDACT: Universal Digital Communicator. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION BEAFP-200G: Basic AFP-200 equipment kit. Includes main board with display and keypad, door, hatdware and manual. Backbox (SBB-4X or S66-4XR) ordered separately. BEAFP-200R: Same as BEAFP-200G, but with red door. BEAFP-200GE: Same as BEAFP-200G but 230 VAC. BEAFP-200RE: Same as BEAFP-200R but 230 VAC. ~SBB-4X: AFP-200 backbox (no door), gray. S6B-4XR: AFP-200 backbox (no door), red. CAB-AM: Heavy-duTy outer enclosure. Required for marine agency approved applications. 4XTM: Plug-in Transmitter Module. Provides municipal box and remote station connection. RTM-S: Plug-in Relay Transmitter Module. Provides eight Form-C relays, plus transmitter. 4XMM: AmmeterNoltmeter. TR-4XG: Gray Trim Ring for semi-flush mounting (TR-4XR for red). DP-APP200: Full-length dead-front panel (required for Cana- dian applications). PS-1270: Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH, (two required). PS-12120: Battery, 12 volt, 12.0 AH, (two required). PS-12180: Battery, 12 volt, 18.0 AH (two required). APS•6R: 6.0 A expansion supply (requires BB-17). BB-17: Battery box, required for PS-12180, or if APS-6R is used. 411 Series: Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter. VeriFire-200: Programming kit for PC. Includes diskette, cable, and instructions. - ROM-AFP200SP: Spanish language kit. Includes software IC, manual, and labels. ARCHI7ECTURAL/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Specifications are available on CD-ROM with NOTIFIER's Speci•FireT"' soflware. Contact NOTIFIER for details. B "t9 continued next column... Page 4 of 4- DN-3783 • 07/12l00 OTIFIE ° . 12 Clintonville Road, Norfhford, CT 06472 (203) 484-7161 Fax: (203) 484-7178 AFP-200 Door, Backbox, and AFP=200 Dress Panel Assembiy Door, Back6ox, & Dress Panel Assembly Coc.men(50424RevA01/31/BB PM50422:A EGNBFWI Assembly Carefuily unpack the door, backbox, and dress panel and check for shipping damage. The AFP-200 door, backbox, and dress panel should be assembled zs shown in the drawing below. When mounting the AFP-200 door to the backbox, a lockwasher must be used in the bottom position between the door and the backbox to maintain proper grounding. The use of a lockwasher is not necessary in the top mounting position. Refer to the following page for backbox dimensions. p , i ~ ~ Door i I; _ I in Backbox i; ~j 0 ~ Dress Panel S Lockwasher ~ o Tapping Screw The cabinet should be mounted in a clean, dry, vi6ration-free area where extreme temperatures are not encountered. The azea should be readily accessible with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the panel. Locate the top of the cabinet approximately five feet above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left. For more information on installation of the AFP- 200, refer to the AFP-200 Analag Fire Pane! Instruction Manual, Notifier pocument 15511. n.,,.-o„r Fnnoo o,,,, n n. in. i- AFP-200 Backbox Mounting Dimensions 025 I ~ ~ ~ - ~ - 0.500 _ 0.50~ ---f 1.00 9.00 >iameter Hole 9 \e:i,= ONOTIFIER" A Pittway Company GENERAL The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (UDACT) is designed for use on the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000 and System 500 Fire Alarm control panels. In addition, it is also designed for use on the Intelligent Network Annuncia- tor (INA), software release 2.8 or higher. When used in conjunction with the INA, the UDACT can report the status of all control panels on NOTI •FIRE• NETT"". The UDACT transmits system status to UL listed Central Station Re- ceivers via the public switched telephone network. The UDACT is compact in size and may be mounted exter- nally in a separate cabinet. EIA-485 annunciator commu- nications bus and regulated 24 volt connections are re- quired. October 24, 1997 D-160 U DACT Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter Section: Annunciator Control Systems INDUSTRY CaliforniFire e a CANADA u~ 9 ~J Stat Marshal 2132 6030 A s 7300-0028:174 S635 CS100 FCC v°'. v" IWGUSA- 20723-AL-E M EA 328-94-E FM 1 ZOA4.AY o~ Ilii 11a OO c ~uPxI Pw jo nO ~m QNN/EP 0CCMN.[AIL The UDACT is capable of transmitting the status of soft- (with ndemco 685 only) ware zones (Alarm and Trouble), System Trouble, Panel ^ Off-Normal, Supervisory, Bell Trouble, Low Battery, and AC Fail. When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT trans- q8S-8R mits up to 89 zones; with the System 500, all 16 zones; for and with the System 5000, all 120 zones. When used with remote the AFP-400, the UDACT is capable of reporting up to 567 ~ mounting points; with the AFP-300, up to 375 points. Reporting may (9,94" H x be in the form of software zones (99 plus 16 special), panel , 4.63" W x circuits 1-4, panel output modules 1-64, and 192 points o 2,5" p) per SLC loop (the first 96 detector and 96 module ad- dresses). . When the UDACT is used with the AM2020 or AFP1010, it is capable of reporting up to 2,040 points. Reporting may be in the form of soflware zones (up to 240) or 60 zones plus up to 1980 intelligent points. The frst 568 points trans- mitted may be programmed for a variety of types, including fire, waterflow, supervisory, etc. Remaining points trans- mitted are for fire alarm only. NOTE: Descriptions regarding point capacity, listed above, are forreceivers which receive in Ademco Contact ID for- mat. See chart on page 2 for compatib/e receivers. FEATURES Dual phone lines. Dual telephone line voltage detect. Surface Mount Technology. Compact in size: 6.75" x 425". Built-in programmec Built-in 4-character red 7-segment LED display. Manual Test Report function. Manual Transmission Glear function. Mounts in a separate enclosure (ABS-8R or UBS-1). Communicates vital system status inclutling: - Independent zone fire alarm. - Independent zone non-fire alarm. - - - Independent zone trouble. UDACT - Independent zone supervisory. - AC (mains) Power Loss (programmable). - Low Battery and Earth Fault. - System Off-Normal. - 12 or 24 hour test signal. - Abnormal Test Signal per new UL requirements. - EIA-485 Communication Bus Failure. • Annunciation of UDACTTroubles including: loss of phone lines, communication failure with either Central Station, total communications failure. • Troubleshoot Mode converts keypad to DTMF touchpad. • Individual LEDs for: Power, EIA-485 Loss, Manual Test, Kissoff, Comm Fail, Primary Line Seize, Secondary Line Seize and Modem Communications. = Open Collector relay driver for Total Communications Fail- ure or UDACT trouble. • Real-time cloek. • Extensive transient protection. • Simple EIA-485 interface to host paneL AGENCY LI51'INGS AND APPROVALS See above forlisting agencies and file numbers. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by cerfain approval agencies, orlisting may beinprocess. Consultfactory forlatestlistingstatus. This document is not intended Io he used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-dale and accurete. We cannot cover ail specifc applications or I$O-9001 anticipate all requiremenls. All specifcalions are subjecl to change without notice. For Engineering and ManufacWring more information, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Qtlalily System CBdifBd 10 *N OTI FI E W 12 Clintonvilie Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 INernalional Standard ISO-9001 Mede m the U.S.n. DN-4867 - Page 1 of6 INSTALLA710N When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT mounts in the ABS-SR or UBS-1 backbox. When used with the System 500, the UDACT can mount in the CAB-500 far back (nor- mally NIB-96) position. ORDERING INFORMATION UDACT Universal Digital Alarm CommunicatorTrans- ~ mitter. Includes operating instructions, pro- gramming instructions and mounting hard- ware. When used with the System 5000, the UDACT can mount MCBL-7 in any far back (front module with expander allowed) posi- 71 tion of the CHS-4 chassis. ~ ABS-8R When used with the AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, orAFP- 300, the UDACT mounts in a CHS-4 or CHS-41- module UBS-1 position. In all cases, the UDACT can mount remotely (up to 6,000 MR-101/C ft.) in an ABS-8R or UBS-1 backbox. NOTE: Due to space considerations, the far back of the CAB- 500 position is NOT recommended. CONIMUNICA710N FORMATS • 3+1 Standard • 4+1 Standard • 4+2 Standard 4+1 and 4+2 Ademco Express • Ademco Contact ID NOTE: Ademco Contact /D must be used for independent zone reporting. REQUIRED SOFTWARE AFP-200 English EPROM* = 73609 (or higher) AFP-200 Spanish EPROM* = 73618 (or higher) AFP-200 French EPROM" = 73617 (or higher) AFP-400 EPROM" _ #AFP4R20 (or higher) System 500 EPROM* = 73611 (or higher) System 5000 EPROM* = 73610 (or higher) AM2020/AFP1010* = Release 6.6 (or higher) AFP-300/AFP-400 = ALL `Presently, the UDACT is not capabfe of A.C. Fail delay (per 1993 NFPA standards) when used with the AA Series Amplifier, AVPS Power Supply, or the XP Transponder. TYPE MODE FEATURE (Ademco Contact /D (ormat only) Use Type Mode to identify reports to Central Station as: • Fire Alarm • Supervisory • Pull Station • Heat Detector • Waterflow • Duct Detector • Flame Sensor • Smoke Zone Burglary 24 hour Non-Burglary High Temperature Low Temperature Low Water Pressure Low Water Level Pump Failure UDACT `own in UBS-1 MR-201/C FBD-1 DACT phone cord, seven feet long (two re- quired). Metal enclosure for externally mounting UDACT up to 6,000 ft. from host FACP. Metal enclosure. Includes viewing window and optional relay mounting capability. SPDT Form-C relay. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open collector re- Jay driver. DPDT Two Form-C relays. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open col- lector relay driver. Ferrite bead kit. Use for remote mounting only. ` ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Standby current: 40 mA. Current while communicating: 75 mA. Maximum current while communicating and with open collector output activated: 100 mA. Voltage: Regulated 24 volts. Range: 21.2 to 28.2 volts. Os6ame Radionics Format# Silent ITI Hofiman 60001 Se:coa Sur{;ard Ademca Knlght CS4000 FBI Models 6600 3000R MLR-2 (Addfe55e5 16 & 42) 685(1) 9000 (7) CP120FB 181 (5) (7) 19) 0 4+1 qdemco E>press ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 4+2 qdemco EKoress ✓ ✓ ✓ (8) ✓ 2 3+11Sfandard/1800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓(5,6) ✓ ✓ 3 (NOT USED) 4 3+1/Shardard/190011400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 (NOT USED) 6 4+1/S7aMard/180012300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ 7 (NOT USED) 8 4+1/SfaMard/190011400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 9 (NOT USED) A 4+2/Sfandard/180012300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ B (NOT USED) C 4+2/ShandaM/190011400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ D (NOT USED) E Ademco Contad ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ F (NOT USED) (1) With 685-8 Line Card with Rev 4.4d software. (2) With 9002 Line Card Rev 9035 software or 9032 Line Card with 9326A software. (3) Rev. 4.0 software. (4) FBI CP220FB Rec-'I t Line Card with Rev 2.6 software and a memory card with Rev 3.6 software. (5) Model 6500 with Rev 600 software. (6) Model 6000 with Rev 204 sof(ware. (7) With Rev B control card at Rev 1.4 soRware and Rev C line card at Rev 1.5 software. (8) Model 2 only. - (9) Version 1.62 software. ~ Page 2 oF6 - DN-0867 What is "Confact I.D.?" Most digital receiving formats transmit simple information about the status of the site, i.e., alarm, trouble, supervisory, battery fail, etc. Contact I.D. is a transmission format enabling transmission of alarm and trouble conditions on a bi-point basis. Three groups of information are transmitted to the central station: a four-digit account code, a group number (00 to 99), and the device or zone number (000-999). Each of these three information groups is programmable. Because of the virtually unlimited number of combinations, the number of systems, points and/or zones transmitted is boundless. LOCAL AREA NEiWORK APPLICATION The NOTIFIER UDACT (Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter) provides the means to create a powerful, low cost, local area network solution for any application involving multiple facilities spread over a small geographic area, such as a college campus. Compatible NOTIFIER fire control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP-300, AFP-400, AFP1010, AM2020), NOTIFIER UDACTs, standard public switched telephone network, and a low-cost digital receiver combine to solve what has in the past been impossible to do without incurring high costs. " The UDACT, when used in the contact I.D. format, transmits detaileii system status via the standard public switched telephone network to a digital receiver. The telephone network becomes the "network gateway" from the FACP to the digital receiver and to an optional UniNet monitor. In the example shown on the attached page, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Digit Acct Code Group No. Device2one Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 0001 01 Ot 000 to 01 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 B AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 05 01001 to 05 120 E System 500 0005 06 06 001 lo O6 Ot 6 In this type of configuration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000. Applications include: hospitals, college campuses, shopping malls, prisons, airports, grouped governmentfacilities, power plants, large commercial facilities and much more. = In addition, the control panels may be networked using NOTI•FIRE•NETT"" (see DN-4644). In this configuration, a single UDACT can be used to report uup to 2040 separate points and panel statuses. WIDE AREA NETWORK APPLICATION Imagine an application which requires the status of a fire system to be clearly visible for appropriate responselaction, yet the monitored facility is located thousands of miles away from the monitoring center. These applications have in the past been out of reach using existing technology, but today are possible with the NOTIFIER WAN. The NOTIFIER UDACT provides the means to create a unique, flexible,.low cost, wide area network solution for any application involving multiple facilities distance by a large geographic area, such as facilities located in various states spread across the continental United States. NOTIFIER WANs are created by using compatible NOTIFIER fire control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP300, AFP-400, AFP1010 and AM2020), a NOTIFIER UDACT, the standard public switched telephone nehvork and a low-cost digital receiver. Reporting the general system status orthe specific status of any monitored point in any facility to one central location is made simple. Controlling the system in this configuration is also made simple by utilizing the NOTIFIER UniNet, which is network compatible. In the example shown, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Digit Acct Code Group No. Device2one Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 0001 01 01 000 to Ot 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 B AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 05 01101 to OS 120 E. System 500 0005 O6 06 001 to 06 016 . In this type of configuration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000 and the number of moni- tored facilities is 99. Both the number of points and the number of facilities to be monitored increase when a four-digit account number is applied (as with conventional Central Station facility assignments) as well to expand the network! Multiple response centers are possible, one may be the local monitoring central station facility required by local codes/ ordinances. The other monitoring station, as an option, may be located wherever compatible telephone nelworks exist. DN-4867 - Page 3 of 6 LOCAL AREA NETWORK ~ , fD 0~.p r ~ rt pn ~ r O -o ~ O n~ 3 01 O-~i Rf ,Hy, ~ fD C1 ' N~ O~ N g a m H sndwe~ }1p ~ sndweo up 1 ~ I 2 I 0 Z i m ~ i m Q- i N ~ cc ~ v I MM I _ -b. ~ ~ ■ ~ D m n I C D -i ~ Z N ~ m 'D ~ W I ~ I ' ~ Q. W fA tn C CD tn 3 ~ Q C o ~ ~ o 1 ~ ~'I7 I t3 l< I i - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c i i 0 D n - ~ - - - - - - - - - 1 1 W ~ ~ a ~ N Q- . a o ~ Di i v o ~ D ~ ~ ~ 3 I ~ I D , T ~ ~ IV a C] o ~ ~ ~ o , W , C ~ ~ D - ~ ~ I I D I o I Q- o 0 ~ / n I ~ I ' - - - - - - - - - - - - k Paqe 4 of 6- DN-4867 LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING NOTI•FIRE•NETr"' ~ I I ~ FJ Q Z Z F I ~ ¢ I I Q a1 W ~ ~ cn 1 ~ N N o ~ ~ : Ili Z I a ~ J I W ~ z , Z ~ I ~ U a I I I I _ _ i - d Cf O ~ E C~ a O a~~.~ J•y;, O.F+ GD Q Of ~aum~ FU z DN-4867 - Page 5 of 6 x^_ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O T M ^ ~ I / Page 6 of 6- DN-4867 0 NOTI FI E R' F/RE SYSTEMS A PITf WAY COMPANY GENERAL The APS-6R is a state-of-the-aR, 150 watt, switching aux- iliary power supply providing 24 VDC of filtered DC power. The APS-6R provides two 24 VDC output circuits, each rated for 3 Amps in alarm and 2 Amps continuous. It is used for the operation of peripheral audible/visual devices (alarm signaling appliances) for the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. FEAruREs • Lightweight, compacY design. • "Off-line" switchingtechnology. • Fonvard topology. • Uniquedesign - magnetic flux-sensed converter elimi- nates need for opto-couplerfeedback. • 120 or 240 VAC (@ 50/60 Hz) field-selectable. Wide input voltage range: 90 -132 VAC, 180 , 264 VAC. • High efficiency. • Output circuits with overload protection. • Built-in "brown-ouP" circuitry. • Diagnostic trouble LED. • Plug-in connector for in cabinet applications and screw terminals for remote device applications. • Shares battery and charger circuit with control panel. • Power-limited design, per 1995 UL requirements. • Surface-mount technology conserves panel space. • AC Fail supervision with field-selectable delay per UL 864. • Heavy-duty clamp-type terminals accept up to 12 AWG (325 mm') wire. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERA7'ION When used with the CAB3 Series (CAB-A3, -83, -C3, or - D3), the APS-6R mounts to a CHS-4 or CHS-4L mounting chassis. If more than one APS-6R is necessary to satisfy Audible/Visual (DC) power requirements, connect addi- tional APS-6R power supplies together as described in the Installation Instruction Manual. When used with the AFP-200, the APS-6R mounts in the lower portion of the cabinet where batteries would normally mount (BB-17 re- quired). When used with the System 500, only one APS- 6R may be mounted in the right-most position in the cabi- net. Underwriters Laboratories requires that all Signaling Ap- pliances be approved for use with the selected control sys- tem due to voltage operating range criteria. Use only those appliances listed for use with the associatetl control sys- tem. Refer to Device Compatibility Document #15378. November'11, 1998 E-121 APS-6R 6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply Section: Power Supplies Us ( 0 9 9 S624 CS118/CS733/ CBP696 M EA high wide Compatible with: AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AC primary input power (T81): 120 VAC: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.5 A. 240 VAC (cut JP1): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.2 A. DC secondary input power (T83): T63-1 T63-2 24 VOC output power (TB2): Total 6 A(4 A continuous). Circuit 1(T82-1, T82-2; orJ1): 3 A@ 24 VDC powervlim- ited. Circuit 2(T62-$ T824; orJ2): 3 A@ 24 VDC power- limited. Fuses: F1(AC supervision): 250 VAC, 4 A, 3 AG. F2 (bat- tery supervision): 32 VAC, 10 A, 3 AG. Trouble supervision bus:. J3 output: Form-A contact (open coliector). J4 input: Form-A contact (open collec- tor). NOTE: J3 and J4 can be interchanged. Loss of AC indication: Immediate indication (default); 8- hour delay (cut JP2); 16-hour delay (cut JP2 and JP3). This documenf is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accura[e. We cannot cover all speci(c applications ISD-9001 or anticipate all requiremenls. All specificalions are subject to change without notice. Engineering and Manufacturing For more information, wnlact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quality Syslem Certifed to ONOTIFIEW 12ClintonvilleRoatl,NOrthford,COnneclicu[ 06472 International - Standard ISO-9001 MadaintheU.S.A. California State Fire Marshal 7315-0028:190 195-97-E Vol. II SPECIFICATIONS on opposite side. MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS. The APS-6R in its enclosure measures approximately 6" x 4". CABtNETS FOR MOUNTING CAB-X3 Series, using CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis, for AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, and System 5000 control panels. System 500 can mount one APS-6R if the face module expansion card (such as an ICE-4) is not installed. CAB-400AA for AFP-300 and AFP-400 control panels. Mount up to one APS-6R. An option module, without ex- pansion card, is allowed. AFP-200 backbox. Mount up to one APS-6R in the lower position of the box (where batteries mount). A BB-17 bat- tery box is required. Mounting the APS-611 to the CHS-4 Chassis / TROUBLE IN (J4) and ~ TROUBLE OUT (J3) "P" style connectors for internal cabinet connections. Two 24 VDC OUTPUT - CIRCUITS PRODUC7 LINE INPORMATION Model Description APS-611 24-volt, filtered power supply (120/220 VAC input). A77-776B 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay. CHS-4 Four-module chassis. CHS-4L Four-module chassis (Iow-profile). F2 FUSE for battery protection JUMPERS JP2 and JP3 for selecting 8-hour or 16-hour delay for AC loss reporting. (Default is immediate.) CHS-4 Chassis~j. E 3 G E JUMPER JP1 - Cut for 240 VAC operation. Standoff (2 places) APS-6R Assembly ' APS-6R Assembly Page 2 of 2- DN-5952 LED STATUS INDICATORS: Green LED - Indicates AC power ON. ~ Yellow LED - Indicates loss of AC or 6attery. ONOTIFIEW A Piriway Company Section: Power Supplies/Accessories . GENERAL The NOTIFIER FCPS-24 (120 VAC model) and FCPS-24E (220/240 VAC model) are compact, cost-effective, 6-amp remote power supplies with built-in battery charger. The FCPS-24(E) may be connected to any 12- or 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or may stand alone. Primary applications include Notification Appliance (bell) Circuit (NAC) expansion (to support ADA requirements) or auxil- iary power to support 24-volt system accessories. The FCPS provides regu/ated and filtered 24 VDC powerto four Notification Appliance Circuits (two Class A[Style Z] and two Class B[Style Y] or four Class B only). Alternately, the four outputs may be configured as any combination of re- settable/non-resettable power outputs (optimal for power- ing 4-wire smoke detectors). The FCPS-24(E) also con- tains a battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 Amp Hour batteries. FEATURES • Requires input trigger voltage of 9.0 - 32 VDC. • Contains rivo, fully-isolated inpuUcontrol circuits (trig- gered from FACP Notification Appliance Circuit [NAC expander mode] or jumpered permanently on [stand- alone mode]). • Two Class A(Style Z) or Class B(Style Y) Notification Appliance Circuits (circuits 1 & 3). • Two additional NACs that may be individually confgured for Class B(Style Y) operation only (circuits 2& 4). • 6 Amp full load output (3 amps max./ckt.) in NAC ex- pander mode (UL 864). • 4 Amp continuous output in stand-alone mode (UL 1481). • In stand-alone mode, output power circuits may be con- figured as resettable (reset line from FACP required) or non-resettable. • Fully regulated and filtered power output (optimal for powering four-wire smoke detectors, annunciators and other system peripherals requiring regulated/filtered power). • Fuseless,power-IimitedtechnologymeetsnewULpower- limiting requirements, effective May 1, 1995. • Normally closed trouble contact. • Fully supervised power supply, battery and Notification Appliance Circuits. • Selectable earth fault detection. • ACtroublereport selectable for immediate, 8-or 16- hour delay. • Optional ammeter/voltmeter. • Works with virtually any UL 864 fire alarm control which utilizes an industry-standard reverse-polarity notification circuit. July 14, 1998 {G E-130 FCPS-24(E) 24 Volt, 6 Amp Remote Power Supply California L ~ State Fire u U C Marshal 7315-0028:178 5635 CS869 (FCPS-24 only) „ (FCPS-24 only) ~ nn M _9 (FCPS-24 only) OY3AO.AY (FCPS-24(E)) Self-contained in compact, lockable cabinet (15" [381 mm] high x 14.5" [368 mm] wide x 2.75" [70 mm] deep). Includes integral battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 AH batteries. Fixed, clamp-type terminal blocks accommodate up to 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) wire. STANDARDS and CODES The FCPS-24 complies with the following standards: NFPA 72-1996 National Fire Alarm Code. • UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (NAC expander mode). • UL 7481 Power Supplies for Fire Alarm Systems (stand-alone mode). This document is not inlended lo be used for installation purposes. We iry to keep our product information up-to-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 KIM= anticipate ail requiremenls. All specifcalions are subjecl to change witBout notice. Fot Engineeling and ManU(aClUfing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quali(y System Certifled lo a N OTI FI E W 12 Clinlonvllle Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 International Standard I50-90u1 Made in Ihe U.S.A. DN-5132 - Page 1 of3 SPECIFICATIONS Primary (AC) Power • FCPS-24: 120 VAC 50/60 Hz, 2.0 A max. • FCPS-24E: 220/240 VAC 50160 Hz, 1.0 A max. • Wire size: minimum #14 AWG with 600V insulation. Control Input Circuit • Trigger Input Voltage: 9.0 to 32 VDC. • Trigger Current: 2.0 mA (16 - 32 V). (per input) 1.0 mA (9 -'16 V). Trouble Contact Rafing • 5 amps at 24 VDC. Auxiliary Power Output • Specific Application Power - 45 mA Short Circuit. TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS ~ v' 'o z x TO TRANSFORMER #2 TO TRANSFORMER #1 "T M-TB1 T84 Output Circuits • +24 VDC (19.1 - 26.4) filtered, regulated. • 3.0 amps maximum for any one circuit. • 4.0 amps maximum total continuous current for all out- puts (Stand-alone mode). • 6.0 ampsmaximumtotalshort-termcurrentforalloutputs (NAC Expander mode). Secondary Power (Battery) Charging Circuit • Supports lead-acid batteries only. • Float Charge Voltage: 27.6V. • Maximum Charge Current: 250 mA. • Maximum Battery Capacity: 7.0 AH. ~ Notes: 1) Cut JP1 to use a UL listed external battery charger. 2) Cut R134 to delay AC loss report- ing for 8, hours (24-hour standby), or cut R134 and R76 to delay AC loss 'v ; cq reporting 16 hours (60-hour standby). 3) Cut R175 to make output #2 non- resettable in stand-alone mode. 4) Cut R176 to make output #4 non- ' resettable in stand-alone mode. . -1 '2'3"4'5 6 7 8 9 101112 d v dpE'E'd d m5~ ~A M!A N~~ N N N N v~+ I+ I N N T I+ I 1 1 e y 5 9~ 3 4" 5 8 B 8 9 a50 O 005.0000 ~ O O O R175 ~ ~ Q R7R II FCPS-24(E) DJP1 Battery fuse 10A 3AG slow blow 62 H4 i R27 ooo(D ooo v'^ U " p . - m u v u u O~ n a a n n Z' Z'> U ti°. > eeeee FFFF F- ¢ N W ~ (0 Y W N~~CJ V 2 d LL~OOOO U P' ¢ m ORDERING INFORMATION R176 R63 R134 JP2(:t D31 (Control lnput #7 /rom FACP) 2 IN ~ 3 OUT+/Trou6leContect 4 OUT- 5 Trouble Contact ei, ~N + (Confrol lnput p2 (mm FACP) e Auxlliary Output (+24 VDC, 10 mA mez.) 9 Common TB3 MPM-4 FCPS-24 Remote charger power supply (120 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. FCPS-24E Remote charger power supply (220/240 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. A77-7166 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay for monitoring four-wire smoke detector power. PS•1270 Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH (two required). MPM-4 Optional ammeter/voltmeter. Mounts inFCPS backbox. (D I Page 2 of 3- DN-5132 APPLICATION EXAMPLES Example 1.0: Expand notification appliance power an additional 6.0 amps. Use up to 4 Class B(Style Y) outputs or 2 Class A(Style Z) and 2 Class B(Style Y) outputs. Silenceable Horns Non-Silenceable Strobes HOSTFACP FCPS In this example, the FACP notification appliance circuits will activate the FCPS when reverse polarity activation occurs. Trouble conditions on the FCPS are sensed by the FACP through Notification Appliance Circuit #1. Example 2.0: Use the FCPS to expand auxiliary regulated 24-volt system power up to 4 amps. Both non- resettable and resettable power options are available. SLC 8 e~ AllOutputs Regulated +p4 VOC + p e~,a ~ OUfpUf 1' P WERABLE 24V Resetteble Power Input 1 Fm g~6°ua . '`P~On~S~~~° OUfp4l2- pOWERSETTABLE - ee~~~aiz~ ee N~110i1Output 3- POwERnaLE Shown fn ered 'nP 99 sv ~R17fiu~t OI1tpUf4' POWERSETTABLE HOSTFACP ~ranmputf ' FCPS Addressab/e Resettable outputs are created by connecting the resettable output from the FACP to one or bo4h of the FCPS inputs. Non-resettable outputs are created simply by cutting on board resistors. For addressable panel applications, use a monitor module to sense the trouble status of the FCPS via the trouble relay contacts. Example 3.0: Use addressable control modules to activate the FCPS versus the FACP Notification Appliance Circuits. This typically allows for mounting the FCPS at greater distances away from the FACP while expanding system architecture in various applications. '~r'` s ,r 4or=, SLC Loop uClass B IDC Up to 4 NACs or 2 NACs and ELR 2 Regulafed Power Dufputs Output 1 p~{ryy~ Inputl ~ ~ e Out s~ n put 2 Output 3 ~A~~ Input2 ~ilidt~ ~~'uShownfnggered OU1puf4 HOST FACP FCPS Addressa6le In this example, an addressable control module is used to activate the FCPS and an addressable monitor module is used to sense FCPS trouble conditions. Local auxiliary power output from the FCPS provides power to the addressable control module. DN-5132 - Page 3 of 3 , ~~1TTE.?IAE~ . SiVid',LL SEs1LED LEAD ACl13 BAi TEF31ES i-11Gii VOLUME I3EALER AFi3CES ~ ~ Part Amp Case I Dimensions (inches) Standard Number Hours QuantiEy I. L W Hfterm. TdrminalType PS445 4.5 ~ 20 P 1-93 2.09 3.86 25" FastTab PSG450 5 10 3_54 1.94 2.87 25" FastTab - PC470 7 20 2.52 2.08 3.9 ° .787"FastTab PSG480 8 10 3_54 1.94 4"" 25" Fast Tab PS490 9 20 3.97 7.73 4.02 25" Fast Tab PC4100 10 78 4.02 7.97 3.92 .187"FastTab PS605 0.5 a C 100 224 0.55 7.97 "Molex PS670 1 50 2 1.65 22 -187" FastTab PG672 1.2 40 3.82 0.94 2.13 - .787" FastTab PSG625 2.5 10 4.15 1.63 2.7 .187" Fast Tab PC630 3 20 528 7.34- 2_56 .187" Fast Ta6 PS632 32 20 2.6 1.3 5J2 .187"FastTab PC640L-F 5 20 2.63 2.63 4.05 .187" FastTab Lantern Batte PC640L-S 5 20 2.63 2.63 4.05 S nn Lantern Battery) PC640R-F 4.5 20 276 1.89 425 .187" Fast Tab PC640R-W 4.5 20 276 1.89 425 Mate-n-lok PSG650 5 10 528 1.94 8 25" Fast Tab PC670 7 78 5.96 1.33 3.92. .187"FastTab PSG680 8 70 528 1.95 3.99 25" FastTa6' PC682 8 10 3.86 221 4.65 .187" FastTab PC682W 8 10 3.86 221 4.65 Female 25" Fast Tab PC695 9.5 10 426 275 5.54 Polanzed Fast tab PC695W 9.5 10 ,426 2.75 5.54 Wire Lead w/Auto Plu PC695T 9.5 - 10 426 2.75 5.54 W+re Lead w/To Plu g PC6100 10. 12 . 5.96 1.97 3.92 .~87"or25"FastTab PC6120 12 10 426 2J5 5.54 Polanzed FastTab PC6720W 12 10 4.26 2.75 5.54 Auto Plug PC6720T 12 10 4.26 275 5.54 To Plu PS6200 20 4 6.18 327 4.92 Nut & Bolt PC6360 36 4 625 3.35 - 67 25" FastTab PC6360N0 36 4 625 e 3.35 6.95 Nut & Bolt PS1208 0.8 40 3.78 0.98 2.42 Mate-n-lok . PC1212 12 20 3.8 1.65 2.1 -.]87"FastTab PCj 220 2 20 7.01 1.34 2.6 .187"FastTab - PS1223 2.3 10 7.17 0.94 2.42 Press. Tab PS7229 2.9 70 7.01 1.34 2.6 .187" EastTab PC1230 3 10 523 2.64 . 2.6 .187" Fast Tab PC7240 4.5 10 3.54 2J6 4.13 .187" FastTa6 PC7270 7 10 5.96 2.56 3.92 .187 Fasi Tab - PC1282 8 4 3.86 4.42 4.65 .187" Fast Ta6 PC12100 70 6 5.96 3.94 3.92 .187" FastTab PC12120L 12 5 8.38 2.75 5.5 Polarized Fast tab PS72120 12 4 5.94 3.86 3.94 25" FastTab PC12180F 18 2 7.13 2.99 6.57 25" Fast Tab PC72180NB 18 2 7.13 2.99 6.57 Nut & Bolt PC12260F 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 25" FasiTab PC72260NB 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 Nut & Bolt PS12280 28 1 6.54 4.92 6.89 Nut BBolt PC12400 40 1 , 775 6.69 6.5 Nut 8 Bolt Pd_ _n =..-iri- c- - snhiact fn r.hanna withoul nofice. Some batlenZS are Speciai oiuei. / / N N / FL ~ 06 /W / / / /d0/AO d/ / [ G 1! d7 d/ H/6/ Fd / / / ~ ~O~O~ 8163 SIEAPftE YMA RO?D. 3UTt9 A- F 9AH CIEGO, Ca 92173 (879j sa9-2=' FAX (61e) 837Ei044 IMA1 ERIALS,~~ETY'DATA '~JB"iCET ~ I1wut24 I ISSUEJ87: I 'cNGlNEERING TEi c^i'¢10NEtd0.: Ott-SZ-E8.37-SA-Sq- HAZARCOUS COA9PQPdEa1T5 - Lead (Pb, Pb02' pp$a) ahcut 70% N/A I~ m0/{(e R+ W A WR S~HUric Ac,d about 20% 1 mg/m3 (2.140) mry7CH WA Fiherglass-Separtar . ' abouf 5% WA WA WA WA WA , Styron R 478 (PoNsMenel 11.34 327.4°C (8oiling) None None SiiverGrayA9etal 2 . 1070° C (Boiling) 40, g/I (15° C) None Whita Pw'tler .4 290° C (Boiling) None None ` Bram Pasder C bout 7.3 about 14° C (Eoiling) 100% Acidic Cieer Coldess Cqud pq WA SLIGMT TOXIC PotYSbfl'n' A WA . NONE NO OCOR SOL1D FiAMMA81L17Y DATA . ; - : - : : - : . Tbna idofre . . $uifuncAcid None ~e . Hydregen 4% - 74.Z% Sealad batteries can amit hydregen onty if over chaged n~~ ~rca = z.eo vac Fibarglass Sep. Nlp, WA 7obc vapors may be releasad. In case of fire; rrear seliconteined hreathing appafstus, -078 Poiysiyr¢`re iJone WA Temperatures over 300° C(STL° F) rnay release com6ustible gasas. In case ctfira: »ear ~ SL'l.~tJRiC ACID PRECAUTIONS SK1H GONTACr; Flush wdh water, sae physir;an fi contact aree is Large cr M blisters (orm. EYECDPdTACT; Calj pryysk,ya, imrtrediately aM flush wiih water urriil physician artives. INGESTIOP1; CaII physician_ if pa}ierit is corrscious, fluah mouth with watar, haye (ha paiient drink milk o` scdium 6irartonafe ~nodi- SuiFunc Acid Sfa61e at all temperatures merais, strong bases, masf organic compounds - ~OFAfY]SIl2OPf:PAE7,J(}C,TS..;. Sulfur;c dimdde. iriavdehydro9ensulfide. hydm9e~ Prchibitsmoldfg. sper'a. atc. fran Cattery ch'argirg acea_ Avoid rimirinaac`A with other cnami:a~~ . K sUffurk acid Is 3plfled from a bettery, narUaltra the acid vriih sndlum hicar6onata (6aldng soda), sudjum carCOn (soda ash), or catcium oiMe (lima). 'ea vith watar ard dlacafd b ihe sav,ace a+gtem. Co not allow unneut 1'vxd id'rrt th qe svst ~POSAL L9E778Ca- Nautraf¢ed 2cs7 msy Ca flustad dwm 7rs xewer. S{:ant 6attenes musf ba treated as hazardwus y,¢ste arW d(sposed of accorying to local, state, and la6ais. A coca o( tht2 rtmtena3 asie4Y R&ce muet ba svPdied'o am scrap d !ar dary laad - surafter with bafteryPftoTeCTON - - - RuDber Gioves. rloron Pretec'h+a eqwpmerrt musi be vrom ~f the trattery rs crackad o( dhsnvrsadamagsd A respirata Salety Gogglea, Faca Shield I - I EL.EGTRICAL 3AFEt'P Due to the taNerfs !aw inismal rasistaxs aM hgh gwusr dsfreity.. high :aveh o( shcv{ c;curt arterrt qn ba devabped ar,rvas tha battery termiruls. Ca nct rest tools or cable3 (ha baryery. Use Irtsutaled tco7s on . PGbw all Irslsliaifon Irsiructtons arrd d rams whan Indalll cr malrrtelnl ha}(ery systecrz. 7iEAl7H iiAZAF2D DATA FHAciF~ The Voac ertec:s of lead ars a~umulativs arA afav to app~r. It adecis the kidnwys, repreductive, ar.d cars[ral nervous aystem. The symptcrm M leed s aee anamia, vcmHing, headsci:e, ~ortiach pein (laed co1:c), dlztlrresa, lasa ef appelke, and mwca and'plrtt paln. Ezpcsura to 'sad han a~ttary ccurs durir~ leed relaim o{~2tioms thrcugh Ihe Sreaihirg a` ingest(on of lead dusts and fumes. . TH13 OATA?AUST 9E Ptl3SEO TO AF7Y SCRRP DEAL_R Oft SkiEiTGJt W}{E4 A 347T~7 13 RE3CLD. ACip; SuKUnc acid is a sirong wrtcsiva. Cortts~t wiih acid can causa ssvsra pums on the s'~n a~ in apes. Ingeslion ot aulfuric scl vnil causa a, p~y ~yn ~a ra1 eaged if Iha tatt casa la damume or B Ih¢ veMs ara tampered wRh. . g ScPA~,a,4TOR- Fibmus gleas la an irtitanl a ihe upper respira{ay tract, sSin, and aysa. For a~osura up to tOFlCC usa Y~Sq ro(oll with .4~'Va tOF/CC uo In .fd1A/C^ 1- i lxra_Twin wrlh iv.v H fl»e. ~ Over"view The BB-17 Battery Box may be used to house two 17AH batteries. It mounts directly below the FACP cabinet. Parts ptv- Descriotion 1 BB-17 Battery Box Cabinet 1 BB-17 Battery Box Cover 12'minimum ¢ Self-Threading Screws I c/earanca 1 * Notification Appliance Power Cable PM 71093 Instailation NOTI FI ER r r r r 1. Remove knockouts in the 6ottom of the FACP cabinet and the top of the BB-17 cabinet. 2. Using conduit, hang the BB-17 cabinet from the FACP cabinet. Make sure ihere is at least 1/2" of clearance between the BB-17 and the F/1CP (see illustraiion at left). 3. Anchor the BB-17 to wall using 1/4" diameter holes in back of cabinet. 4. Install batteries in the BB-77 cabinet by running wiring through conduit. 5. Attach the BB-17 coverto cabinet using sup- plied self-threading screws (see illustration at lower left.) ' Note: Gable P/N 71093 is required when an AVPS-24 is used in an AFP-200. See AFP-200 Instruc- tion Manual, Document #15511. FireAlarm ConVol Pane/ IVOTI FI EW ~ F/RE SYSTEMS A PITfWAV COMPANY February 24, 2000 V, DN-6720 • H-220 FMM and FZM Series Monitor Modules with FlashScan'" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices California ~3~~ ~~28:202 LISTED cssss S3705 MARYLAND F ~ State Fire Marshal Approved Permit # 2020 open supervisory devices with special supervisory indica- tion at the control panel. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class D) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is required for su- pervision of the Style D circuit. Maximum IDC loop length is 2,500 ft./762 m(20 ohms maximum). FMM-1 Operation- Each FMM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Iniiiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FMM-1 Specifications I;r-- Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. ules in existing systems. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). FMM-1 Applications - Use to monitor a zone of fouyAverege operating current: 400 NA (LED flashing). wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact alarm EOL resistance: 47K ohms. activation devices. May also be used to monitor normally- Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). GENERAL Three different monitor modules are available for NOTIFIER intelligent controls to suit a variety of applications. Monitor modules are used to supervise a circuit of dry-contact input devices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull sta- tions, or monitor and power a circuit of two-wire smoke de- tectors (FZM-1). FMM-1 -The FMM-1 Monitor Module is a standard-sized module (typically mounts to a 4" [101.6 mm] square box) that supervises either a Class A(Style D) or Class B(Style B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. FMM-101 - The FMM-101 is a Miniature Monitor Module (a mere 1.3" (33.02 mm) H x 2.75" (69.85 mm) W x 0.5" (12.70 mm) D) used to supervise a Class B(Style B) circuit. Its compact design allows the FMM-101 to often be mounted in a single-gang box behind the device it's monitoring. FZM-1 -The FZM-1 Interface Module is a standard-sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible two-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Class A(Style D) or Class B (Style B) circuit. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication pro- tocol developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel CPU stops the group poli and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of other designs. FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. FNIM-1 MONITOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the control panel. • Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address 01 - 159 (Ot - 99 on tradi- tional systems). • LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- grammable option), and latches on steady red to indicate alarm. The FMM-1 Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, two-wire systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It pro- vides either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) for normally-open-wntact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a panel-controlled LED indicator. The FMM-1 can-be used to replace MMX-1 mod- This documen[ is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our ' n o V ■ protluct information up-to~tlate antl accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or ` anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change withoui notice. For r more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ Cj N OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connec[icut 06472 EN6INEFAINi & MANOFACIIRIN6 Matle In ~he U.S.A. DN-6720 • 02/24100 - Page t of 5 Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 125" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. FMM-101 MINI MONITOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the AFC-600. • Powered directly by two-wire FACP. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). The FMM-107 Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a single-gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and light weight allow it to be installed without rigid mounting. The FMM-101 is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems where the individual address of each mod- 1415 0 1, ADDRESS 0 1, 13 2 ~ 2 13 12 O 4 LOOP O 4 10 5 ~ 5 9 8 7 6 9 8 7 s a TENS ONES E I ~ m W S ule is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm and security devices. The FMM-101 can be used to replace MMX-101 module in existing systems. FMM-107 Applications - Use to monitor a single de- vice or a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact devices. May also be used to monitor normally- open supervisory devices with special supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuiUdevice is wired as an NFPA Slyle B(Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the circuit. FMM-101 Opera4ian - Each FMM-101 uses one of 159 available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). FMM-107 Specifications<._ Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Average operating current: 375 NA maximum. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10%to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 7.3" (33.02 mm) high x 2.75" (69.85 mm) wide x 0.5" (12.70 mm) deep. Wire length: 6" (152.4 mm) minimum. FZM-1 INi'ERFACE MODULE • Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors. • Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power source. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). • LED flashes during normal operation (this is a program- mable option). • LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from control panel. The FZM-1 Intertace Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individual address of each modul'e is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module alfoWg intelligent panels to interface and monitortwo- wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional de- tectors back to the control panel. All two-wire detectors be- ing monitored must be UL compatible with the module. The FZM-1 has a panel-controlled LED indicator and can be used to replace MMX-2 modules in existing systems. FZM-7 Applica4ions - Use the FZM-1 to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detectors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the Style B or D(class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for Style D application. FZM-7 Operation - Each FZM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FZM-1 Specifica4ions Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current drew: 5.1 mA (LED on). Average operating current: 270 NA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms. External supply voltage (between Termina/s T3 and T4): DC voltage: 18 to 28 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 VaMS maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10%to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 125" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. INS7'ALLATION FMM-1 and FZM-1 modules mount directly to a standard 4" (101.6 mm) square, 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep, electrical box. They may also be mounted to the SMB500 surface-mount box. Mounting hardware and installation instructions are pro- vided with each module. All wiring must conform to appli- cable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These mod- ules are intended for power-limited wiring only. The FMM-101 module is intended to be wired and mounted without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring must conform to applica6le local codes, ordinances, and regulations. ~ ~ Page 2 of 5- DN-6720 • 02/24100 ARCHITECTS'/ENGINEERS' SPECIFICAiIONS Specifications of these and ~ all NOTIFIER products are available from NOTIFIER. ~ MOUNTING DIAGRAMS for siandard-sized modu/es af righi IR PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description FMM-1 Monitor Module. FMM-701 Mini Monitor Module. FZM-1 Two-Wire Detector Monitor Module. SM6500 Optional Surtace-Mount Backbox. $ E O n WIRING DIAGRAMS The following wiring diagrams are included: 1) FMM-101, typical two-wire Style B initi- ating device circuit configuration. 2) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. 3) FMM-1, typical four-wire fault-tolerant initiating circuit contiguration, NFPA Style D. 4) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capability). 5) FZM-t, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. 6) FZM-t, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style D. 7) FRM-1, relay control module used to dis- connect a power supply. O € v J CAUTION „ DE-ENERGREUNITPRIORTOSERVICING ~rom. ee ~ Face Plate for FMM-1 and FZM-1 N H UL LISTED Compatible Control Panel ) FMM-101 45//~6(78g~1~0, 3 12 456789 3~ / 2 2 ~01514 ~0 VIOLET I 14YELLOW 47K EOL INCLUDED l Fig. 1 FMM-101: Typical iwo-wire Style B initiating device circuit configuration. TO NEXT DEVICE BLACK ► I I ARED 6>zowiriwml DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Page 3 0f 5 • Connect modules to listed compatible NOTIFIER control panels only. • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited. ~ • Install contact closure devices per manufacturers' installation instructions. ~ • Any number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be used. - • DO NOT MlXfire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on ihe same module. 'W Fig. 2 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating device circuit configuration, NFPA Sry/e B. TO Next Device FROM Panel orPrevious MONITOR Device Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) ~ MODULE O ~ NFPA Style B, power limited: Communication Line 230 pA max. @ 12 VDC max. Q 32 VDC maximum 9 0El ; BB (a in . Sh ieldedltwisted-pair 47K EOL ~ 7 wNs 2 is recommended. Resistor ELR-47K 960 3 ~ ~ o s ' ~ A DRESS P ° Es opton I connectl nfo panels ° which support this feature) FUTURE FEATURE s,20w1,:.w0 'V Fig. 3 FMM-1: Typical four-wire fau/t-to/erant initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style D TO Next Device FROM Pane! ious D ~c MONITOR e e O MODULE Communication Line E19 O 0, 32 VDC maximum. 0 8 (o i s - Shielded/twisted-pair EOL Resistor . + 7 TENS 2W'E + is recommended. is internal at g g+ ~ , terminals S& 9 ❑ 5 4 Communication Loss ~ooa o"ES nooaess (optional connection for panels Q 0 ~ o feature) O E FUTUR FEATURE . 6720wir3.wm1 Mr Fig. 4 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capabiliry). Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) TO Next Device FROM Panel NFPA Style B, power limited: MONITOR orPrevious Device 230 NA max. @ 12 VDC max. ~ MODULE (\o 14K Series Resistor p , Communication Line 32 VDC maximum ~ 9 O B 8 ~ im . Shielded/hvisted-pair i d r d 47KEOL i i0 7re„s 20 s ecommen e . ~ Resistor 6 ~ 3 ELR-47K ❑ 5 40 -L Communication Loss °NE5 LooP nooaess (optional connection for panels ~ O O ° O which support this feature) ~ FUTURE FEqTURE e72NVir4.wmi . Page 4 of 5- DN-6720 • 02/24100 • Connect modules to listed compatible control panels only. • Terminal wiring must be power limited. WIRING • DO NOT M/Xfire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same module. DIAGRAMS • DO NOT LOOPwire under terminals. Break wire run to provide supervision of con neciions. THIS •PAGE: Detectors must be UL listed compatible with module. , • Install detectors per manufacturers' installation instructions. • Power to the interface module must be externally switched to reset the detectors. An FRM-1 relay control module can be used to switch power from a standard power supply; see Fig. 7 below. O Fig. 5 FZM-1: lnterface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. TO Next FROM Panel Device orPrevious INTERFACE Device ~ MODULE Communication Line 0 32 VDC maximum. m 9 Q p E] Twisted-pair is recommended. 3.9K EOL 9 7*ENs 2 0j Listed Battery Backup Resistor ~ 3 ~ + switched DC (included) ~ 5 ONES 4 ~ power supply. A2143-10 Loo v aoo ° aess + + O ~ o~ ~ Optional Branch Circuit TO Next Interface Module s,zowws.wmi Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. ' 'W Fig. 6 FZM-1: Mterface two-wire conveniional detectors, NFPA Style D. - TO Next FROM Panel Device or Previous Device ~ < INTERFACE MODULE r~ C i ti Li ~ ~ ommun ca on ne 32 VDC m i 0 ax mum. ~ Twisted-pair is g p recommended. 3.9K EOL Resistor 9 8 (D 9 a + - - (included) required B11 7.ENS 2 RD at terminals 8& 9 6 3 ~ Listed Batte Backu p A2143-10 ❑ 5 `s' 4 B + switched DC _ ioo oN P NDD RESS power supply. ~ ~ ° ~ Optional 8ranch Circuit TO Next Interface Module 6720wir6.wmffff Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. e Fig. 7 FRM-1: Relay contro/ module used to disconnect a power supp/y. TO Next FROM Panel Device W ~~000 or Previous RELAY Device CONTROL DC POWER SUPPLY ~ MODULE ~ R 0 ~ Listed for Fire 0 - Communication Line Protection with o 32 VDC maximum Battery Backup 9 e 1 0 + . Twisted-pair is 0 7 2 0 recommended. LOOP ADDR E55 _ C~ O O O ~ fi)20wir].wml DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Page 5 of 5 ONOTIFIEW A Pittway Company GENERAL The Thermotech 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detec- tors operate within a controlled range of two to three de- grees of their set points, regardless of the speed or rate of temperature rise. These detectors are available in either 135°F or 194°F ratings. The 302 Series are normally-open devices designed es- pecially for fire detection and alarm systems. FEATURES • Immediate response. The 302 Series activate whenever ambient air temperature reaches a detector's setting, eliminating the thermal time lag inherent in conventional heat detectors. • Eliminates fa/se alarms. The 302 Series do not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations below the selected temperature. • Universal application. The 302 Series can be used in all areas for any type of occupancy. • Self-restoring. • Hermetically sea/ed, shock resistant, corrosion resistant, and tamper-proof. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detectors re- spond and activate the fire alarm immediately whenever the ambient temperature reaches the preset temperature setting. Under rapid heat rise conditions, the rate-anticipation feature enables the detector to respond one to three degrees ahead of the setting. At the same time, however, it does not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations be- low the selected protection level, thus eliminating false alarms. When temperature drops back down below the protection level, the detector automati- cally resets itself. April 17, 1998 1307 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California L State Fire U F M g Marshal ~ 7270-0021:001 5539 J•1•5H3M3.AY E35018A (Except EPM) (EPM modpl only) DIMENSIONS (Model 304) Total overall length: 4-1/8" Base diameter: 2" ELECTRICAL RATINGS Voltage Current 6-125 VAC 5 amps 6-25 VDC I amp 125 VDC 0.5 amp APPLICATION INFORMATION 302 Series detectors have'a smooth-ceiling UL rating of 50' x 50' (1524 x 15.24 meters) and are the only type of heat detectors having such a rating on both fixed tempera- ture and rate anticipation. The 302-H is designed for hori- zontal mounting and UL rated for 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). This document is nol intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our ISO-9001 product information up-lo-date and accurale. We cannot cover ail specific appliwlions or anticipate all requiremenis. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineering and ManufacWring more informalion, conlact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 464-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 QU211ty Systetfi Cedified lo N OTI FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connectiwt 06472 International Standard ISO-9001 Matle in ihe U.S.A. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION I Thermotech Model 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REFER TO 302-135 135°F Interior Vertical Mounting. 302-194 194°F Interior Vertical Mounting. Note 1 below. _ . ~ e „ w wm e ,.P a 302-AW-135 135°F All-Weather Vertical Mourding. Note 2 below. 302-AW-194 . 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. ~ , ~ 302-ET-135 135°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. Note 3 below. 302-ET-194 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. 302-H-135 135°F Intenor Horizontal Mounting. Note 4 below.` 302-H-194 . 194°F Interior Horizontal Mounting. m . m ~ , . . 302-EPM-135 135°F ExpIosiorrProof Mounting. Note 5 below. 302-EPM-194 194°F Explosian-Proof Mounting. me m AP_P ~ Decoretive white plastic adaptor plate for mounting 302 and 302-AW to.4" outlet box. ~ p FINE SILVER CONTACT POINTS EXPANSION STRUTS HIGH EXPANSION SENSING SHELL 0.040 ANODIZED ALUMINUM HEAT ANTI CI PATION CONTROLSLEEVE SETTING SCREW DEVCON HERMETIC SEAL Cut-Away View, ACTUAL SIZE Note 1: For interior mounting in any atmosphere that is compatible with terminal screw type connections. UL rating 50' x 50' (15.24 x 15.24 meters). Note 2: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox when the all-weather leads are properly spliced to'THW' or equivalent type wire. Note 3: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox. Has plastic hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit threads for attachment to threaded hub cover, or any outlet box. Note 4: Same as model 302 except designed for hori- zontal mounting. UL rating 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). Note 5: Explosion-proof for installation in hazardous lo- cations. Has hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit threads for attach- ment to threaded hub cover of Series JL fixture ftting as manufactured by Killark Electric Co., or equaL Page 2 of 2- DN-1271 NOTI F'1 E R' F/RE SYSTEMS A PITfWAY COMPANY GENERAL The FST-751 Series intelligent thermal detector is used with the intelligent NOTIFIER Fire Alarm Systems to measure ther- mal levels caused by a fire and report the analog level of the thermal measurement to the control panel. The use of ana- log information provides significant benefits to the end user, installer, and service personnel in ways which are not pos- sible with a conventional type system. Since this detector is addressable, it helps firefighters to more quickly locate a fire in its early stages. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel's CPU stops lhe group poll and concen- trates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than live times that of earlier designs. FEATURES • State-of-the-art thermistor technology for fast response. • Rate-of-rise model (FST-751 R), 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. • Factory preset at 135°F (58°C). • Addressable by device. • Direct 01 - 159 entry of address (Ot - 99 on traditional systems). • Two-wire loop connection. • Visible LEDs "blink" every time the unit is addressed. • 360°-field viewing angle of the visual alarm indicators (Two bicolor LEDs). LEDs blink green in Normal condition and turn on steady red in Alarm. • Integral communications and built-in device-type identifi- cation. • Compact, stylish design. • Remote [est feature from the paneL . • Built-in functional test swiich activated by external mag- net. • Walk test with address display (an address of 721 will blink the detector LED 12-(pause)-1). • Low standby current. • Listed to UL 521. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. • Designed for direct-surface or electrical-box mounting. • Sealed against back pressure. • Plugs into sepafate base for ease of installation and main- tenance. • Separate base allows interchange of photoelectric, ioniza- tion and thermal sensors. • SEMS screws for witing of the separate base. • 94-5V plastic flammability rating. . February 18, 2000 H-210 FST-751 Series Inteliigent Thermal (Heat) Detectors with FlashScan'"' Section: IntelligenVAddressable Devices California ~ State Fire ul Marshal F M ~ 7270-0028:196 LISTED APProved MARYCAND (AFC-soo) 5911 State Fire Marshal , RR8281 Ijpg • Remote LED output connection to optional RA400Z.remote LED annunciator. " • Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases. • Optional recessed base mounting kit (RMK400). APPLICA710NS Use thermal detectors for protection of property. For furiher information call NOTIFIER for manual 156-407- 00, Applications Manual for System Smoke Detectors, which provides detailed information on detectorspacing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications CONSTRUC7'ION These detectors are constructed of BayblendO in an off-white coloc The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector is de- signed to commercial standards and offers an attractive ap- pearance. INSTALLATION The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector uses a separate base to simplify installation, service, and mainte- nance. Installation instructions are shipped with each detector. Mount base (all base. types) on box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (107.6 mm) octagonal box. FlashScanTM is a trademark of NOTIFIER. Bayblend@ is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation. This tlocument is not intentled to be used for installation purposes. We [ry to keep our ~SO 9001 product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover ail specific applications or : anticipate ail requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notlce. Por ; more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7718 {~J N OTI FI E W One Pire-Lite Place, Northbrd, Connecticu[ 06472 fIi61NfERING 8 MANOFACRRIN6 Made in Ihe U.S.A. DN-6716 - Page 1 of 2 • Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base). • With B501BH or 65018HT base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With 8224RB or 6224B16ase, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. NOTES: 1) Because of the inherent supervision provided by the SLC loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring "T-taps" or branches are permitted /or Style 4(C/ass "B'J wiring. 2) When using relay or sounder 6ases, consult data sheet DN-2243 (ISO-X) lor device limi[ations between isolator modules and iso- /ator bases. OPERATION Each FST Series uses one of 159 possible addresses on a control panel SLC loop. It responds to regular polis from the control panel and it reports its type and status, including the analog level of its heat-sensing elements. If it receives a test command from the panel (or a local magnettest), it stimu- lates its electronics and reports an alarm analog level. It blinks its LEDs when polled and turns the LEDs on when commanded by the panel (detector blink is optional). The FST Series offers features and performance that represent the latest in thermal detector technology. SPECIFICATIONS Size: Diameter installed in B71OLP: 6.1" (154.94 mm); Diameter installed in 8501: 4.1" (104.14 mm). Height: 1.66" (42.16 mm). Weight: 5 oz. (150 gm). Opereting temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Installation temperature: -4°F to 100°F (-20°C to 38°C). Opereting humidity range: 10% to 93% relative humidity, noncondensing. Opereting voltage/current range: 15 - 28 V(Peak DC), 5 mA current for visible LEDs latched on. Detector stand6y current: 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one com- munication every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled). For 6ases B224AB or B224B1: < 700 NA @ 24 VDC (inc/udes detector). Sensor: electronic, dual thermistors. Fixed temperature setpoint: 57°C (135°F). Rate-of-rise option: 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. B224R8 relay base: Screw [erminals: up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm'). Relay type: Form-C. Ratings: 2 A@ 30 VDC resis- tive; 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC inductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) diameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. 8224BI isolator base: Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) di- ameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. Maximum: 25 devices be- tween isolator bases. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Descriptlon FST-751 Intelligent thermal sensor. FST-751 R Intelligent thermal sensor with rate-of-rise fea- ture. BASES: 8710LP Standard U.S. style Low-Profile base. B501 Standard Europeanflangeless base. 65016H Sounder base, includes B501 base above. 24 VDC, 85 dBA internal horn. 8501BHT Same as 6501BH but with temporal pattern sounder. B224RB Intelligent relay base. 622461 Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. ACCESSORIES: HA400Z' Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with B501 base only. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. 'Supported by B501 and B71OLP base only. ARCHITECTS' & ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS Specifications are available on these and all NOTIFIER prod- ucts. Please contact NOTIFIER. ~ I I I I I I ~ I 3 3 3 !2 ~ 1 1 1 I I ~ I I I / I I STYLE 617 OPTIONAL WIR/NG ~ . . . . - . . 6714w1rz.tii + ~1 Page 2 of 2- DN-6776 REMOTEANNUNCIATOR WIRING DIA6RAM l t • ~ \ . . 0 F/~~ rSTE S GENERAL The NOTIFIER FSP•751 (photo) and FSI-751 (ion) are ana- log, addressabie, low-profle (height measures only 1.66"/ 42.164 mm) smoke detectors designed for the entire line of intelligent systems from NOTIFIER. The FSP-751T photo model includes a built-in thermal (heat) detection device. If either condition (smoke or heat) is detected, the device wiil alarm. The addressability of the FSP-751 and FSI-751 enables the control panel to provide firefighters with a pinpoint descrip- tion of where the f re is located. The FSP-751 and FSI-751 are also analog devices. The control panel is capable of not only knowing the detector's location but exactly how much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the en- vironment of its location. Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the control panel. These values may be gathered so as to allow the control panel to determine if a detector has accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A"maintenance" re- quired indication allows the installer to clean the smoke de- tector before an unwanted false alarm occurs. The FSI-751 Intelligent lonization Sensor incorporates a uniq ue single-source chamber design to respond quickly and dependably to a broad range of fires. The FSP-751 Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor's unique opti- cal sensing chamber is designed with superior signal to noise ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the pres- ence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion sources. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices and certain NOTIFIER systems. Intelligent de- vices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the de- vices within the group has new information, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greatei than five times that of earlier designs. FEaruees • Sleek, low-profile design (height only 1.66"/42.164 mm). • Common base for both photo and ion detectors. Addressable-analog communication. • Stable communication technique with noise immunity. • Low standby current. • Rotary Ot to 159 address switches (01 to 99 on traditional systems). • Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory (RA400Z). • Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. September 15, 2000 li' DN-6714 • H-200 FSI-751 and FSP-751 /751 T Low-Profile Intelligent Plug-in Smoke Detectors with FlashScan" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices California U g State Fire ~ 1 r~ Marshal L 7272-1209:192 LISTED cssoa ~Z~i oois zoi 51115 (FSI-751) MARYLAND M EA State Fire Marshal F M 277_99-E 2020 (FSI-751) (FSP-7511 2013 (FSP-7511-751T) Approved astr onry) FSP-751 wifh RMK400 recessed mounting kit • Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm. • Walktest with address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED: 12-(pause)-1) (FlashScan systems only). • Built-in functional test switch activated by external mag- net. Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases. • Listed to UL 268. FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. This document is not intended to be used for installalion purposes. We try to keep our IS 0 9001 pmduct information up-to-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change withoul nolice.. Por more information, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7178 r=j-,r; %W31*1111,", (9p} M OTI FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 EN6INFERIN6 fiMANUFACNRIN6 DN-6714 • 09/15/00 - Page 1 of 4 FSP-751 T with 8710LP base SPECIFICATIONS Size: 1.66" (42.16 mm) high x 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. Shipping weight: 3.6 oz. (104 g). Operating temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). UL listed velocity range: ION: 0- 1500 fpm (0 - 7.62 m/ sec). PHOTO: 0- 4000 fpm (0 - 20.32 m/sec). Relative humidity: 10%- 93% noncondensing. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Voltage renge: 15 - 32 volts DC peak. Standby current- ION: 200 NA @ 24 VDC (without com- munication); 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one communication every 5 seconds with LED enabled). Standby current - PHOTO: 250 NA @ 24 VDC (without communication)4 360 NA @ 24 VD one communication every 5 seconds wi ena e). LED current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC ("ON"). Air velocity ratings: FSP-751 8 FSP-751T,• to 4,000 ft./min. (12192 m/min.). FSI-751: to 1,500 ft./min. (457.2 m/min.). BASES AV,4ILABLE: B710LP: 6.1" (154.94 mm) diameter. B501: 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. 6507BH or B5016HT: Sounder base assembly. Includes B5016ase. B224RB Relay Base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0 mm2). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC resistive; 0.3 A@ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC in- ductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) x 12" (30.48 mm). 652461 Isolator Bas¢: Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases. INSTALLATION The FSP-751 and FSI-751 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows maintenance personnel to plug in and re- move detectors without using a ladder. Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. • Single-gangbox(exceptrelayorisolatorbase). • With 65018H base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With 6224R8 or 822481 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal or square box. SMOKE GUARD Cover: 16 gauge pertorated steel (3/16" [4.7625 mm] dia. perforations on 1/4" 16.35 mm] staggered centers). 51 °/a open. SDG-773 is 3" (762 mm) deep by 7" (177.8 mm) wide. Frame: 3/4" x 3/4" (19.05 x 19.05 mm) angle, 14 gauge solid steel. All guards are supplied with the following: 1) Guards fasten to mounting frame with No. 10/24 x 3/8" (9.525 mm) long Allen-head screws (10124 spanner-head screws and foo/ option at extra cost). 2) Standard finish: "Cool Tan" baked enamel. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description FSI-751 Low-profile intelligent ionization sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below. FSP-751 Low-profile intelligent photoelectronic sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed be- low. FSP-751T Same as FSP-751 but includes a built-in 135°F (57°C) fxed-temperature thermal device. BASES: B710LPBP Standard U.S. low-profile base, pkg. of 10. B5016P Standard European Flangeless base, pkg. of 10. B5016H ; ;Sounder base, includes B501 base above. 6501BHT Same as B501BH, but includes temporal sounder. 6224RB Intelligent relay base. 6224BI Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shoits. . ACCESSOR/ES: SDG-773 Smoke Detector Guard. This guard is me- chanically compatible with both FSI-751 and FSP-751 detectors. ltisUL-compatibilitylisted with the FSP-751 (file UL S5515). It is NOT UL-compatibility listed with the FSI-751. F110 Retroft replacement flange for BX-501 base. Converts BX-501 base for use with FlashScan detectors. RA400Z" Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with 8501 base only. RMK400 Recessed mounting kit. Foruse with 8501 base only. SM6600 Surface mounting kit for use with B710LP. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02•09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. XR-2 Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/ or removal of FlashScan Series detector heads from base in high ceiling installations. XP-0 Extension pole for XR-2. Comes in three five- foot sectioi 'Supported by 8710LP & and B501 bases only. A ~ OPT/ONAL SDG-773 Smoke ( 7" (17.78 cm) j ; MOUNT/NG DIAGRAM (7 sz cm): SDG-773 Smoke Guard 1 4762Stlgm.wml MODEL NO. SDG-773 z a (1.905 cm) r- Wa• Ceiling or Wali F _:%A ~ Page 2 ot 4- DN-6714 • 09115/00 DETECTORS, EXPLODED VIEW SENSOR COVER COVER L JI m REMOVALTABS SENSOR SCREEN ~ SENSING CHAMBER u u u L COVER ~ SENSING CHAMBER snaexol.wmi ♦ FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo SENSOR COVER COVER ~0 REMOVAL TABS SENSOR , SCREEN 1 SENSOR CONTACTS SENSING CHAMBER ~ SENSING CHAMBER 6714exp2.wmt AL FSI-751 lon TESi MAGNET POSITIONING LED 2 ❑ PAINTED \ SURFAC\E y MAGNETTEST MARKER LED STATUS INDICATORS TEST MAGNET PAINTED SURFACE 6I1Lma91 wm~ _FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo PAINTED ' SURFACE ~ LED 1 MAGNET TEST MARKER EJ P TEST MAGNET PAINTED 6114mag3.tif SURFACE e FSI-751 lon DN-6714 • 09/15/00 - Page 3 of 4 WIRING DIAGRAMS REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR + - - i i i i i Listed ~ Compatible CONTROL 3 2 3 ? i PANEL i 1 i j i. i i i i i i i i i i i _ i i : - OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP i - - + AkkL FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR + - I I Control 3 2 3 3 Panel ~ -F - - - - - - FSI-751 lon _ _S_TYLE 617 OPTIONAL_WIRING - J I ~ OCAU- T/O DO NOT LOOP wire under terminals 1 or 2. Break wire run fo provide supervision of connections. (D ~ y Page 4 of 4- DN-6714 • 09/15/00 T' FIEW F/RE SY~STE $ GENERAL The NOTIFIER NBG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-ac- tion (i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface for any NOTIFIER intelligent control panel. Because the NBG- 12LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fre personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. FEATURES • Maintenance personnel can open station without causing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alarm. • Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTI- VATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm2 wire). • Semi-flush, mounts to a standard single-gang (2.125" [5.3975 cm] minimum depth), double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual-action design. • Within ADA 5 Ib. pull force. • Highly visible. • Attractive shape and textured finish. • Key reset. • Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BG-TR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. • Up to 99 NBG-12LX stations per loop on classic protocol systems (non-FlashScan). • Up to 159 NBG-12LX stations per loop on FlashScan protocol systems. • Dual-color LED blinks green for FlashScan systems. CONSTRUCiION Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable LEXANO (or polycarbonate equivalent) with a textured finish. June 9, 2000 Y~ DN-6726• H-240 NBG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station with FlashScan'" Section: IntelligenUAddressable Devices U.S. PATENTS PEND/NG C&US California ~ State Fire Marshal 7150-0028:199 LISTED ~ S692 FM Approved OPERATION Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word "ACTIVATED" (in bright yellow) appears a[ the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; closing the door automati- cally resets the switch. Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address set- tings (1-159 on FlashScan Systems, 1-99 on CLIP sys- tems). FlashScanT" is a trademark of NOTIFIER. LEXANV is a regis- tered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company. This document is no[ intended to be used for inslaliation purposes. We try to keep our I n 0 Y 1 producl informalion up-lo-date and acwrate. We cannot cover all specifc appiiwtions or ` anticipate all requirements. All specifcations are subject lo change withwl notice. For y more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-71fi1 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ ONOTIFIEW OneFire-LitePlace,Northford,Connectiwl06472 EN6INEFRINS &MANOFAC11616C MatleiniheU.S.A. DN-6726 • 06109I00 - Page 1 of 2 The NBG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description NBG-12LX Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. SB-10 Surface backbox. BG-TR Optional trim ring. INSi'A6LATION The NBG-12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the Model SB-10 sur- face backbox. If the NBG-12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG-TR) may be used. The BG-TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes). 3 m / Terminal Connections 1 SLC 2 SLC ELECTRICAL SPECIPICATIONS Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SLC loop current: 230 NA. ARCHITECTURAL/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS ManualFire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key- operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be cohstructed of red-colored LEXANO (or polycar- bonate equivalent) with clearly visible operating instruc- tions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (25.4 mm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB-10; orsemi-flush mount- ing on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with lwo wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual sta- tions shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. The loop poll LED shall be clearly visible through the front of the station. The LED shall flash while in the normal condition, and stay steadily illuminated when in alarm. Detail of BREAKAWAYTAB* B b 6 B~ 1415 0 ~ n.LlDF,E55 ~ p ~ 13 ~ 2 2 12 9, 3 i '-'--r i 11 rd Q P i a 4 10 :1 6 ; y e e~':.6 I 9 B,.'a- s o Q . . . L (7) rL ED *Remove tab to select addresses above 99 (FlashScan systems only). E 3 ~ O O- I n- i Cover open to show easy access to miniature monitor module, rofary switch, and UL labe/. Page 2 of 2- DN-6726 • 06/09/00 Back of sfation without door. I O■ IF' G R' F/RE SY5'i7°E/V1$ A PITf WAY COMPANY GENERAL The System Sensor DH100ACDC four-wire duct smoke de- tectors are available as either an ionization or a photoelec- tronic model. This new design allows for simplified clean- ing and maintenance, or a change in application without removing the duct housing. The DH100ACDC samples air currents passing through a duct and gives dependable per- formance for management of fans, blowers, and air-condi- tioning systems, preventing the spread of toxic smoke and fire gases through the protected area. pmvARn►iniGtl Duct smoke detectors have specific limitations. DUCT DETECTORS ARE: • NOT a substitute for an open-area smoke detector. • NOTa substitute for early warning detection. • NOT a su6stitute for a building's regular fire detec- tion system. REFER TO NFPA 72 and 90A for additional duct smoke detector application information. FEATURES • Outside mounting tabs. • Telescoping sampling tube (patent pending). • Built-in reset button. • Interconnectability (patent pending) for multi-fan shut- down (up to ten air handlers). • Cover tamper trouble signal (patent pending). • Easy to clean. • 24 VAC/DC or 120/240 VAC operation. • High-Low voltage barrier. • lon or photo models available. • Remote test station option. • Remote sounder option. • Air velocity rating from 500 to 4,000 fUmin (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). • Equipped with two DPDT Form-C relay contacts. • Easy and quick mounting to round or rectangular ducts from t to 12 feet (2.54 to 30.48 cm) wide. • Textured cover for convenient visual inspection. • UL 268A listed. SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: 14.375" (36.513 cm) wide x 5.500" (13.970 cm) high x 2.750" (6.985 cm) deep. Shipping weight: 3.75 Ibs. (1.7 kg). Operating temperature range: 32° to 131 °F (0° to 55°C). Operating humidity range: 10% to 93% relative humidity. October 22, 1999 V I-355 Df7 1 0oQWDC Four-Wire, Low-Profile, lon & Photo Duct Smoke Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California rs hailre U F ~ S Ma o L 3240-1209:155 Approved S911 "MARYLAND State Fire Marshal RR8281 ARCHITECTURAL/ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The air-duct smoke detector shall be a System Sensor model DH100ACDC Series Duct Smoke Detector. The de- tector housing shall be UL listed per UL 268A specifically for use in air-handling systems. The detector shall oper- ate at air velocities of 500 to 4,000 feet per minute (152.4 to 1219.2 meters per minute). The unit shall be capable of controlling up to ten (10) air-handling systems when inter- connected with other detectors. The detector shall be ca- pable of providing a trouble signal in the event that the front cover is removed. It shall be capable of local testing via magnetic switch or remote testing using the RTS451 KEY Remote Test Station. The unit shall be reset by local rese[ button or remote test station. The duct smoke detector housing shall incorporate an airtight smoke chamber in com- pliance with UL 268A, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. The housing shall be capable of mount- ing to either rectangular or round ducts without adapter brackets. An integral filter system shall be included to re- duce dust and residue effects on detector and housing, thereby reducing maintenance and servicing. Sampling tubes shall either be telescoping or be easily installed by passing through the duct housing after the housing is mounted to the duct. Th„ unit shall provide a spacial sepa- This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our pmduct information up-to-tlate and acwrate. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 anticipate ail requiremenis. Ail specifications are subjeci to change without notice. For Engineefing and ManufactUfing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7118 qualiry System Cedified to 6 RI OTI FI E W One Pire-Lite Place, Notlhtord, Connecticu[ 06472 International Standard ISO-9001 Maae in the U.S.A. DN-6753 - Page 1 of 4 Air duct velocity range: 500 to 4,000 fUmin (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). ration of no less than 1/4" and/or a physical barrier be- tween the high- and low-voltage terminals. The enclosure shall meet all applicable NEC and NFPA standard regard- ing electrical junction boxes. Terminal connections shall be of the strip-and-clamp method suitablefor 12 to 18 AWG (3.25 to 0.75 mm2) wiring. PRODUCT LINE INFARMATION DH100ACDCI Four-wire ionization duct smoke detector. DH100ACDCP Four-wire photoelectronic duct detector. A5052-00 Replacement ionization detector board. A5069-00 Replacement photoelectronic detector board. A5064-00 Replacement four-wire power board. ACCESSOR/ES: ST-1.5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 1' to 2'. ST3 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 2' to 4'. ----~jST-5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 4' to 8'. ST-10 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 8' to 12'. ELECTRICAL RA7'INGS for DH100ACDC (including detector) ~ T80-71-00 Replacement telescoping sampling tube. P48-55-00 Replacement end cap for T80-71-00. RTS451 Remote test station. RTS451 KEY Remote test station with key lock. RA400Z Remote annunciator alarm LED. APA451 Remote annunciator with piezo alarm. MOD400R Sensitivity test module. F36-09-00 Replacement air filters (two per package). M02-04-00 Test magnet. P48-21-00 End cap for metal sampling tubes. S0839-01 Photo replacement screen. PA400B , , Mini-Alert sounder. PS24L06 Mini-Alert add-on strobe. PS12/24LENSC Ceiling-mount "SMOKE" lens. PS12/24LENSW Wall-mount "SMOKE" lens. Power supply voltage: 20 - 29 VDC 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input capacitance: 270 uF inawmum 270 uF inaximum WA N/A Reset voltage: 3.0 VDC minimum 2.0 VAC minimum 10 VAC minimum 20 VAC minimum Reset time (with RTS451): 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds Reset time (by power-down): 0.6 seconds max 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. Power-up time: 34 seconds max 34 seconds max 34 seconds max 34 seconds max Alarm response time: 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds Sensitivity test: See detector label. See detec[or la6el. See detector label. See detector label. CURRENT LIMITATIONS (using no accessories): Maximum standby current: 15 mA 35 mA RMS 25 mA RMS' 15 mA RMS' Maximum alarm current: 70 mA 125 mA RMS 35 mA RMS' 25 mA RMS' ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS at 24 VDC DEVICE STANDBY ALARM APA457 12.5 mA maximum 30 mA maximum PA400 0 mA 15 mA maximum RA400Z 0 mA 10 mA maximum RTS451 12 mA' 7.5 mA maximum RTS451 KEY 12 mA' 7.5 mA maximum 6753elee.lbl `NOTE: When a unit is powered at the 120 VqC or 2201 240 VAC input, any combination of accessories may be used such that the given accessory loads are: • 60 mA or less in the STANDBY state. • 110 mA or less in the ALARM sta[e. 6753eces.ibi Contact Ratings Alarm initiation contacts (SPST): 2.0 A@ 30 VAC/DC (0.6 power factor). Alarm auxiliary contacts (DPDT): 10 A @ 30 VDC; 10 A @ 250 VDC. NOTE: Alarm auxiliary contacts must switch 100 mA minimum at 5 VOC. Alarm auxiliary contacts shall not 6e connected to initiating circuits of control panels. Use the alarminitiation contact lor this purpose. Trouble contacts (SPDT): 2.0 A @ 30 VDC (resislive). R ° Page 2 of 4- DN-6753 C y ~ d U U C . U -~E ~com~ i ~o B y ~ J~ p U Q h ON~o>, ~lm~:=n jE c .2 ~20 ° I I ~ o W E u ~ m W ¢ ~ ~ I I 3d~n'~m Oa ~ a`LWOo ~ m`o y o m N ~ h ~ O LD ma"i~0 c c~ ra0 2 C')Qm 2avyo W 3U!~w° LLjnJt-.c C- f,a 'c F~• U N>. U9 a~i2 m E 2~atio - I U QN U) LU I I Z ~ y oo Z~ U o}O I ~ `~OU ~ I i'o~~ ¢ a ~ ~a3 Oa 0 Wm ~z~~ i ¢ > z~• ro - 1`~cZ 2 U~ po !.°rQ-:4g ~ I 2 m~~o N Uc oKm W UQ 1 o~qo6 I I 0 W 3tr Z y~t m yt~» U` U` 1 d ~ 'Jm~ ~ ~j~ ~ y ~ ~ LLI ~ ~ o~~M z ~Z9 ~ ag O~ ~ ~ m > ~ ~o m~ .s O =a z ~ o,~t1 ¢ ~ W Q?V ~ ~ Q a a- U E° p' 1 r+ ~ Z y a - I 'S V G l3 r---------------------------- - } fn W I i m ~ z o ~ U 3~~ i U ~ o yo°~ I E ~ I UO.- ~~a I Q U coQ vi Z~ W> w a> zY ~ ~G~ 2 vo° ~~~5 i D O Ol J C C d I~ m 0 ~ N O 3 f~ 6zo-i y~;s m hN U U C 1 ~i 3 i3a` N a O w W ~ ~ ~ p ~ a X~v, ~ p oN ~ F <jx a Zm Q' I J ~~4'l 7~p Z UZ~ N i m > Q^- O ~t=Q ~ ~ g w 41 w~~~~~ >M z i tO ~ ~ o ~ a~ w a?.t 41 ~ i Q Q E o i ra U Q ~ Z U N Q i ~ L Q Y y ci Q E d 2 ° 2> > . > ° E c W ~rg ~ ; Wam +~Z~I ~ V) ~0'ooo2m ¢'n d(~O c7 U'u~i 6.ac0~ O ~ _ ~j~'n`m~0 Q~jEp o~ p¢ O ~ OsayAa ¢F=OO 3 ZN~ad d J a a 2c°hN EWUO -WiyM U~ m'.Ea Q?-.I p>jn°~ ~00°0000 Cj o N 3 aN~wU m o - -2UU 3!'ti O tll LL ~ O ~ F U N v- y a c N ~ N~ w _ J 'U C w y d ~U U° 0 W p c F- o y J g= ~U O c°) W 0 w o° ~ a y0 w J EL-.__ J 2W Z oa Ly, J N~ ~H JZ ~U DN-6753 - Page 3 of 4 OTHER WIRING DIAGRAMS DH100ACDC I I APA451 Alarm Signal 15 2 Alarm Aux. Power+ 19 Sup. N.O. 14 3 Power Sup. COM 3 DH100ACDC Alarm Signal Aux. Power + Sup. N.O. - Sup. COM- Aux. Power- Reset Test Interconnect + Interconnect - DH100ACDC 3 Aux. Power- 20 1 Common ~ ~ Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC to APA451 NOTE: Wiring diagram shown is forDH100ACDC four-wire duct smoke detector system equipped W/THOUT a control panel. ~ RTS451KEY Alarm (Red LED) . € Power (Green LED) Common I Reset Common Test ~ ~ Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC to RTS457KEY andlnterconnect Feature NOTE: Wiring diagram shown is for DH100ACDC /our-wire duct smoke detector system equipped WITHOUT a control panel. Page 4 of 4- DN-6753 ~ NOTI FI E R' F/RE SYSTEMS GENERAL System Sensor/NOTIFIER offer a number of accessory items and replacement parts to enhance the use, mainte- nance and testing of the smoke detectors. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Black Detecfor Cover The BCK-200 is perfect for applications such as theatres, museums, and other areas where white detectors would compromise the aesthetics. The BCK-200 includes ten black trim rings and detector housings. NOTE: Only com- patible with low-profile photo, ion, and VIEWO detecfors (both conventional and intelligenf). SMK400 Mounting Kits RMK400 This document is nol intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our 1S0 ~oo~ product informalion up-to-dale and accurete. We cannot cover all specifc applications or aNicipate ali requirements. All specificalions are subjecl to change wilhout notice. For more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ ON OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, NoAhford, Connectiwt 06472 EH6INFERINC & MANUFACiIAING Made in ihe U.S.A. CK-200 ~ A ~~"~d ~ ~ e ° ; ~ ~ ~~a~e..m June 1, 2000 DN-4653 • K-220 Detector Accessories used with System Sensor/Notifier Products Section: Miscellaneous Remote LED Annunciator The RA400Z Remote LED is an op- tional visual annunciator designed to provide remote status indication for all of our system smoke detec- tors, duct detectors and beam de- tectors. 9t uses an active current regulator to maintain 7 mA of cur- rent within the specified 3.1 to 32 VDC operating range. The 2" (50.8 mm) x 4" (101.6 mm) beige annun- ciator mounts in a standard, single- gang backbox. Remote Test Station {i RA400Z CSFM 7300-1209:130 MEA: 427-91-E Vol. II FM:OVSA5.AY UL: 52522, ULC: CS308 The 400/500 Series Duct Detectors and 6424 Beam Detectors can be tested using the RTS451 Remote Test Station. A magnet is used to activate the test. The RT3451 KEY~' ,e model, for testing 2-wire or 4-wire " detectors, includes a key reset switch instead of the magnet tool. The RTS-451KEY(A) is an auto- RTS451 matic remote test station. CSFM 7300-1209:129 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved U L:.S2522, ULC: CS308 Remote Sounder/ LED Annunciator a For stand-alone conventional duct detector applications, the Model APA451 Annunciator consists of a piezo sounderalong with alarm and _ power LEDs to signal trouble in compliance with NFPA 90A. The a device fts conveniently in a single- gang box. AP.4451 CSFM 7135-1209:143 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved UL: S4011 Test Magnet The M02-04 Test Magnet is used to activate the internal reed switch on 400/500/700 Series detectors and the RTS451 remote test station. M02-04-00 DN-4653 • 06101100 - Page 1 of 2 Removal Tools The CRT-400 Cover Removal Tool simplifies removal of the tamper-proof covers on 400/ 551 Series lonization Detectors. It simulta- neously depresses the three lock prongs on the top of the unit so the cover can be rotated counterclockwise and removed. It can also remove the cover of photo units. The XR5 and XR2 Detector Removal Tools can be used with any 400/551 Series Plug-In Detector. The XRS is used with the System Sensor 400 Series and the NOTIFIER CPX-551, SDX- 551 and FDX-551. The XR2 is used with the NOTIFIER SD-651, CP-651, SDX-751, and CPX-751. When used with the XP-4 Extension Poles, detectors can be in- stalled and removed up to 18 feet overhead without ladders or scaffolding. XP-4 Relay Modules End-of-line supervisory applications in ~ h- 12- or 24-volt systems can be handled with the A77-716B Relay Module. It is CRT-400 specifically designed for use in four- wire systems. q77_796B //71 ( Page 2 of 2- DN4653 • 06/01/00 Q,11_111i \ . June 4, 1997 6424 ✓ I-400 O N OTI FI E W A Pittway Company Projected Beam Smoke Detector Section: Conventional Initiating Devices GENERAL The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is ideal to meet the unique fire protection challenge of atriums and other open areas with high ceilings. The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is de- signed for four-wire, 24 VDC applications. This stylish, two-component infrared detector consists of a separate transmitter and receiver. Together they can protect a linear distance from 30' to 330'. Multiple units spaced,between 30 and 60 feet apart can be used to cover larger areas. If 95% or more of the beam is blocked, a trouble condition is signaled. This blockage must be removed before the unit can reset itself and return to normal. FE►rueEs • Unique LED alignment technique makes setup fast and easy. • Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide positive visual indication of maximum signal strength. • No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. • Receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together. Detects a broad range of fires. • Ceiling and wall mount brackets included. • Calibrated test filters included. • Form A(Alarm) and B(Trouble) contacts. • Remoie test station option. • Made in USA. • Three-year warranty. APPLICATIONS The System. Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is par- ticularly well suited for use in atriums, ballrooms, churches, warehouses, museums, factories, and other large or high-ceiling areas where conventional smoke detectors cannot be easily installed. CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION The two-component System Sensor Model 6424 detector consists of a separate infrared transmitter and receiver. Theunits mount on opposite walls or on the ceiling across from each other and are designed to detect any smoke in a linear distance from 30' to 330'. Since both absorption and scattering of the beam's infrared light is detected as a reduction in signal, the System Sensor Model 6424 works well on both smoldering and fast-flaming fires. California State s 9 9 Marsha~le 7260-1209:141 5911 CS308 ` ,MEA FM 427-91-E 0V6A1.AY System Sensor's unique LED alignment technique as- sures the fast and easy setup. No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide all the help needed to lock transmitter and receiver together for maximum signal strength and protection. A built-in automatic gain control compensates for the gradual deterioration of signal strength from dust accu- mulation, component aging and temperature fluctuations. The receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together for maximum flexibility in installation. Sensitiv- iEy selectable at 30% or 55% Total Obscuration. There is also a choice of test filters to allow convenient checking of detector sensitivity under varying conditions. Operating temperature range is -22°F to 131 °F (-30°C to 55°C). For further information, see "Guide for Proper Use of Beam Smoke Detectors," document 156-506-00. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector. RTS451 Remote Test Station. RA400Z Remote Annunciator. A77-716B End-of-Line Relay, 24 VDC. This documenl is not inlended l0 6e used for installalion purposes. We lry lo keep our product information up-lo-dale and accurete. We cannol cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 anlicipate all requirements. All specifications are subjecl lo change wilhoul notice. For Engineeriny and ManufaClUfing more informa[ion, conWct NOTIPIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7778 Qualiry Syslem Cedified to ON OTI FI E W 72 Clinlonville Road, Northford, Connectiwt 06472 International Slandard ISO-9001 , Made in 11e U.S.A. DN-3374 - Page 1 of 4 The 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector SPECIFICATIONS Operational Range: 30' to 330' (length). Smoke detector spacing: On smooth ceilings, 60' be- tween projected beams and not more than one-half that spacing belween a projected beam and a sidewall. Other spacing may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow characteristics, and response requirements. See NFPA 72 A-53.5.5.2. Sensitivity: 30% ± 5% total obscuration OR 55% ± 5% total obscuration. Fault condition (Trouble): 95% or more bbscuration; automatic gain control limit; improper initial alignment. TesUReset features: Obscuration filter; local reset switch; remote test and reset switch capability (compatible with RTS451 test station). Indicators: ALARM - Local red LED TROUBLE - Local amber LED NORMAL - Local flashing green LED Alignment aid: Integral signal strength indication (4 red LEDs). Relays: Alarm, Trouble. EOL relay is required to super- vise power. , . . Environmenfal Temperature: -30°C to 55°C (-22°F to 131°F). Humidity: 95% RH non-condensing. Meahanieal Dimensions: With no bracket, 2.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With ceiling mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With wall mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 10"D. Weight: Receiver, 1.5 Ib. (663 g). Transmitter, 1.3 Ib. (598 g). Mounting: Separate ceiling and wall brackets. Wiring: Plug with attached cable. Eleefriaal (Reaeiver) Voltage: 20 to 32 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peak to peak). Current (24 VDC): Standby: 10.0 mA maximum. Alarm: 28.4 mA maximum. Trouble: 27.1 mA maximum. Start-up surge: 19.0 mA maximum. Relay contacts: 0.5 A at 30 VAC/DC. Reset time: 0.6 seconds maximum. Start-up time: 1 minute maximum (after5 minute reset). Power loss: Retain memory for 5 minute minimum. Eleatrical (Transmifter) Voltage: 18.8 to 32.0 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peak to peak). Current (24 VDC): 10.0 mA maximum. ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a 4- wire 24 VDC device to be used with UL listed separately supplied four-wire control panels only. Unit shall be listed to UL 268 and shall consist of a separate transmit- ter and receiver capable of being powered separately or together. The detector shall operate in either a short range (30' - 100') or long range (100' - 330') mode. The temperature range of the beam shall be -22°F to 131 °F. The detector shall feature a bank of four alignment LEDs on both the receiver and transmitter that are used to ensure proper alignment of unit without special tools. Beam detector shall feature automatic gain control which will compBnsate for gradual signal deterioration from dirt accumulation on lenses. Unit shall include both ceiling and wall mounting brackets. Testing shall be carried out using calibrated test filters or magnet activated remote teststation: ' WIRING DIAGRAMS POWI POWE S 6424 Remote Outputs ALAFM wnne-enuwrvainire 1 SIGNAL AUX OflANGE Z 4 rc~wvv ' ^ RESET -0 H 3 TESTL o~uc I ^ l~l 5 v^. 6424 RTS451 REMOTE TEST STATION /V' AAL Remote Test Station Connection ~ F Pa9e 2 of 4- DN3314 6424 Remote Outputs IRING DIAGRAMS, confinued i i ~ ~ Class A - - ~ I , Retum Loop ' EOL Power ------I . . 'Supervision I WHITE- WHITE- WHITE- WHITE- RelayModUle ' YELLOW RED YELLOW REO STRIPE STAIPE STRIPE STRIPE (ShoWllBllelgiZed) j WHITEBLACK WHITE-BLACK STFiIPE GRAY STflIPE GRAY ' . ' Initiating LOOp WHITE VIOLET WHITE VIOLET : AEO-WHITE WHITE-VIOLET RED-WHIT WHITEVIOLET + STFIPE SiRIPE STRIPE STRIPE EOL ReSistOf Power to - DOtBCi0~5 BLACK Receiver BROWN 6 IROWN ORANE GREEN BLUE GR EEN T UL Lisled Panel nsmitter & Receiver wered Together Class A - - - - - Return Loop j EOL Power _ _ Supervision WHITE WHITE- WHITE WHITE RelBy MOd1110 YELLOW RED YELLOW FED I STflIPE STflIPE STflIPE STflIPE (shown energized) WHITEBLACK WHITEBLACK STRIPE GRAY STRIPE GRAY , Iniiiating Loop WHITE VIOLET WHIiE VIOLET RED-WHITE WHITEVIOLET RED-WHIT WHITE-VIOLET STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE EOL ReSIStOf Power to DBtBCtOlS v BLACK Receiver BROWN BLACK Receiver BROWN OAANGE GREEN ORANGE GREEN ~ Optional Temporary Wiring for Transmitter Alignment Aid BLACK AED BLACK AED UL Listed Panel Remote GREEN WHITE GREEN Transmitter & Receiver Power Powered Separately SOUfC@ 9WE BflOWN BWE T ransmitter Transmilter PowerInputs ro Transm/tter are Nonpo/ar DN-3314 - Page 3 0( 4 MOUNTING DIAGRAMS. HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW (#10-24 x 1-3/8") METAL WASHER MOUNTING HUB ALIGNMEN7 LEDs ,y STATUS/ ~ LEDs (RECEIVER ONLY) HOLE PLUG AdIL, Wall Mounting "U"BRACKET HORIZONTAI ADJUSTMENT SCREW (p70-24x2-1/4") METALWASHER PLASTIC WASHER ~ CEILING MOUNTING BRACKET MOUNTING ALIGNMENT LEDs p L VERTICAL ~ I ADJUSTMENT I SCREWS (2) CABLE EGRESS o\, HOLEPLUG STA7US ° Used to plug LEDS gEAM MOUK'TING HOLES , "U" BR4CKET VERTICAL II ADJUSTMENT SCREWS (2) CABLE EGRE55 HOLE PLUG llsed to piug unusedhole. (RECEIVER , i uwsedhole. ALIGNMENT ADJUST ONLY) AUGNMENTADJUST .i POTENTIOMETER ~ POTENTIOMETER HOLE PLLIG (RECEIVER ONLY) (RECEIVER ONLY) BEAM LENS ,AL Ceiling Mounting REAR YIEWS SliOWING SWITCHES AND CABLES ACCESS DOOR HOLE PLUG SENSITIVITY SELECT SWITCH Shown in " 35% position. ALIGNMENT / MODE SWITCH Shown in Normal Mode position. ~ ' o 0 RESET \ SWITCH CONNECTOR ACCESS DOOR HOLE PLUG Rear View, 16 Transmitter Page4o(4 - DN3374 ~ PLASTIC WASHER / MOUNTING HOLE ~ WALL MOUNTING Ilr BRACKET ALIGNMENT MODE SWITCH Shown in Align Mode position. CONNECTOR i ' Rear View, Receiver 16CONDUCTOR CABLE Can egress either side. CABLE EXIT PLUG ~ \ ~ 0 RANGE ~ \ SELECT SWITCH Shown in Long Range position. 6CONDUCTOR CABLE CABLE EXIT PLUG ~ n a NOTIFIEW F/RE SYSTEMS A PITfWAY COMPANY GENERAL March 30, 2000 J-89 SpectrAlertTM Series Horns, Strobes, and Horn/Strobes Section: AudioNisual Devices ~ S4011 & S5512 (P1215, P121575, P2475, P241575, P2475, P24110). 55512 (57215, OU L 5121575, S2415, S241575, S2475, S24110). 54077 (HC12/24). CS549 (P2415A, P241575A, P2475A, P24110A, 52415A, S241575A, S2475A, 524110A). CS548 (Hi2/24A, HC12124A). 068A4.AY (P1215, P721575, ► F M P2415, P241575, P2475, P24110, S 1215, S 121575, 52415, 5241575, 52475, S24110, H12/24). 0D4A7.AY (HC72/24). System Sensor SpectrAlert Series strobes, horns, and combina- tion horn/strobes are UL listed for primary signaling in life safety systems and meet ADA public mode visible signaling requirements. SpectrAlert products can be connected to the alarm indicating cir- cuit of a fire alarm control panel and are compatible with DC line supervision. The SpectrAlert product line mounts to standard backboxes using a universal mounting plate included wiih each unit. An optionai small footprint mounting plate fits to a single-gang box. An accessory backbox skirt gives a cosmetic Pinish to a 4" x 4" x 7-1/2" or a 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" surface-mounted backbox. All sirobe and horn/strobe mounting options require only one screw attach- ment of product to plate. These products are designed for 12 and 24 VDC and full-wave rec- tified unfiitered power. Full-wave rectified operation requires more current than DC operation. For detailed current draw information, consutt the Current Draw Tables (page 2). The horn/strobe com- bination products are factory-assembled with jumper wires for in- tandem operation. For independent wiring of horn and strobe, re- move jumper wires. When wired for independent operation, the strobe will con[inue to run while the horn can be silenced. How- ever, the strobe must be running for horn to operate. Horns - The SpectrAlert Series horns and horn/strobes pro- vide two different field-selectabie/reversible tones, a high-low field- selectable/reversible sound output setting (low setting on 24-volt models only) and a field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temporal continuous pattern. These field-selectable features are accomplished using pins and jumpers located on the back of each SpectrAlert horn and horn/strobe. An accessory module is not needed to make these field selections. The horn on horn/strobe models will operate on a coded power supply. Those horn-only models with "HC" in their part num6ers will also operete on a coded power supply. The horn and horn/stro6e series includes weatherproof models. Strobes - The ADA-compliant SpectrAlert strobes are elec- tronic visible warning signals that flash at 1 Hz over their operating voltage range. These products are available in 24-voit models at 15, 75/75, 75 and 110 candela intensities and in 12-volt models at 15 and 15/75 candela intensities. The strobe series includes weaih- erproof models. SpectrAlert products feature dramatic reductions in current requirements. Sync•Circuit Module (MDL)-The Sync•Circuit Module is available for synchronization of strobes and horns and can syn- chronize two Styie Y(class B) circuits or one Style Z(class A) circuit. The module can also generate a synchronized temp 3 tone for System Sensor'sMulti-AIertT"' and PA400 horn products.* The synchronization module allows the SpectrAlert horns on combina- tion horn/strobes to be silenced on two-wire systems. SpectrAlert's Sync•Circuit Module can be daisy-chained for multiple zone syn- chronization. The module does not operate on a coded powersup- PlY. ~ 7135-7209:773 (P1215, P121575, P2415, 0 P247575, P2475, P24110). 7125-7209:174 (S1215, S121575, 52415, S241575, 52475, S24110). California 7735-1209:143 (1-112124, HC12/24). State Fire Marshal ~ 319-96-E (P1215, P121575, P2415,P241575,P2475, P24110, S7215, 5121575, S2415, S241575, S2475, S24110, H12/24, HC12/24). 'For Multi-Alert and PA400: Strobes must be wired [o a continuous SpectrAlertT"', Sync•CircuitTM, and Multi-AlertT'^ are trade- source of power (non-coded power supply). marks of System Sensor, a division of Pittway Corporation. This document is not intended to be used (or installation purposes. We try ro keep our product information up-to-tlare and accurete. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 aNicipate ail requirements. All specifications are subjed ro change without notice. For Engineering and ManufacWring more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 Fnx: (zos) aeaaiia Quality System Cetlified to ON OTI FI E Rm One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connec[icut 06472 Intemationai Standard ISO-9001 DN-5939 - Page 1 of 6. FEATURES • 24-volt strobe models: 15, 1585, 75 and 710 candela. • 12-volt strobe models: 15 and 15/75 candela. • Horn models operate on 12 and 24 volts. • Low current draw: reductions as high as 45%. • Two field-selectable/reversible horn tones: - 3000 Hz interrupted - electromechanical • Field-selectable/reversible high-low dBA output on horn (low output on 24-volt models only): - 101 peak dBA @ 10 ft. high output." - 96 peak dBA @ 10 ft. low output.' • Field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temp 3 con- tinuous pattem on horn. • Horn/strobe can be wired either in tandem or independently. • Weatherproof strobes, horns, and horn/strobes available. • Horns for use with coded power supply available. • Universal mounting plate included with each unit. • One-screw mounting of strobe and horn/strobe to mounting plate. • SpectrAlert strobe and horn/strobe take up no room in the backbox. • Single-gang mounting without the use of a mounting plate (horn model only). • Self-contained screw covers. • Aesthetically pleasing design. • Synchronize horn and strobe with Sync•CircuitT'" module (MDL). • Silence horn on horn/strobe over a single pair of wires using a Sync•Circuii module (MDL). 'Sound output varies with tone and outputoptions selected: sound levels based upon anechoic room measurements. SPECIFICATIONS Input terminals: 12 to 18 AWG (325 mm2 to 0.51 mm2). Dimensions: see diagrams page 3. Weight, horn only: 7.2 oz. (204 g). Weight, strobe and horn/stro6e: 8.8 oz. (250 g). Mounting: see diagrams page 4. Opereting tempereture: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Operating voltage renge:" 12 V: 10.5 - 17 V. 24 V: 20 - 30 V. These products should be operated within [heir rated voltage range. UL does, ftowever, test functional integrity to -20% and +10% of manufacturer's stated ranges. CURRENT DRAW 4ABLES Strobe Only ~ ~ 1 AVEPAGECUFHENT( 2V M mA) V a p V l EAKCUF a flENT(m 2 A) 4V MoEel a INPl15HCU 12V Motlels FFENT(mA) V elc 10 .SV 12 V 1 ]V 2V 2 4V 30 V 10. 5V 12 V 1 iV 2 0V 2 4V 3 0V 10 .5V 12 V t] V 2 0V 24V 3 pV CBlIfIB19 pL FWq pL FWq pC FWP DL P OC FlYP ~G FlYfl OG MP OC FlYP QE iWP GG FWA pG fW11 OL fWfl ~C FlYP OC FW11 CL RWP OC FlVq CC FNP ~L iWP 15 N 1 159 flC 15] 81 12011 59 120 53 BO 48 7111 4001 460 150 460 420 480 150 270 150 90 140 290 60 10B 92 126 1d0 190 1]0 230 220 2B0 2]0 370 15/IS 1 . 192 142 1]1 99 1 150 >e B2 68 93 581 1321 490 520 4901 520 49a C80 PO 90 Vp 9p 10 2i0 76 106 8B 128 180 195 1]0 230 210 2ia 2]0 360 15 NN NA Nq Nq NA NA 10.5 1]0 123 159 102 ltl NA NA NA NN NA NA 350 4A0 3C0 lEp 330 480 NA NA Nq NA NA NA 180 240 230 260 290 300 110 NN NA NA Nq NA NA 169 220 14 191 11 5 176 NA NA NA NA NA Nq 480 580 450 570 420 820 NA NA NA NA NA NA 180 230 220 290 2B0 3]0 Horn Only _ HlghM1Ow Temp TOII! YOIIIIII< MOl1 AVEpqGECU 12VMOdeln 10SV 12V 17V pL FWP aC FlVq DL M'P HflENT(mA) 2 VMatlels 2pVq OC FlYq 24V 30V OL ft4 CC FWq Eleciro- Hieh iem 1o fl 10 10 1a M t9 zt 2s te zs ze mBCh. No0 10 16 10 19 16 25 P 29 23 34 30 62 Low Tem Nq NA NA NA NA NA H 12 13 13 17 15 Non Nq NA NA NA NA NA 12 16 14 19 19 24 3000 H2 High T2lil 11 13 H 11 18 18 24 28 28 23 3i 33 InlenupL Non fl 17 11 21 iC 29 19 36 2] 39 35 0.5 Law Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 16 14 1] 15 21 19 NOO NA NA NA NA NA NA 13 18 18 21 22 25 HornlStrobe - 15 cd . HIgNLOw Temp Tone Volume Mon AVEqAGECO 12VMOtlela 10.5V 12V 17V oc exq oc rwn oc nvn flHENT(mA) 24VMOtlele Z4V 30V oc oc rwn x Fxa ElecVO- Hiqh Tem tG3 PO 126 1sl 95 162 781 1101 ]e 9e 75 tei mech. Nan 149 190 124 16] H5 142 9 99 16 IDD 79 138 L. Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 70 92 86 B~ 83 132 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 71 82 87 A9 B3 192 3000Hz High Tem 194 42 125 180 97 t60 89 106 81 103 03 166 Inte'mpt Non 1" 173 125 160 85 166 78 102 fi0 146 Bt 142 L. Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA ]3 84 70 B5 6] 19 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA ]2 82 99 94 BB 1ffi Horn/Strobe - 15175 cd HIgNLOw Temp Tone Volume INOn AVERAGECU 12V Motlelc 10SV 12Y i]V oc mA oc nvA oc nva ftRENT(mA) 24V Motlels 20V 24Y 30V oc Fvm oc nvn oc rwn Eledm- High Tam 1]B 193 152 181 113 189 95 113 911 1111 871 153 mecM1. Non 1I8 193 152 181 t13 169 931 1101 891 1131 BB 150 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA B] 101 i8 106 ]5 1LC Non NA NA NA NA NA NA BB 104 BO 108 ]5 144 3000Hi High Tem P9 195 152 1B3 115 ID9 100 118 96 fl8 85 158 IntBnupt. Non P9 1B6 152 1B3 113 i69 95 ilq 63 flB 83 151 L. Tem NA NA Nq NA NA NA 90 108 03 108 )9 148 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA B9 1W B2 10] 80 16C HornlStrobe - 75 cd r- AVEPIIGE CU pqEFR (mA) 12V Motlala 24V Motlels HIgNLOw Temp 10.511 12V IIV 20V 24V 30V TO~I! VOlIl111G /NOl1 pG FWp DL AVP EL FWq GC q pC Mq pL FWli EI¢qro- HIgM1 Tem Np NA NA NA NA NA 186 191 140 18> 131 18l mecM1. N0n NA NA NA NA NA NA 18B 168 169 192 189 Low Tam NA NA NA NA Nq NN 156 182 138 162 118 156 Non NA NA Np NA NR NA t5) 182 13> 182 fl9 M] 3000 H2 High T2m NA Np NA NA Nq NA 1B9 19B 151 li2 139 1]4 InlermpL NOn NA NA NA NA NA NA 169 182 150 175 197 1]] Low Tem Nq NA NA NA NA NA 159 1B4 140 t6d 12i 180 No0 NA Nq NA NA NA NA 158 188 139 1&9 124 182 Horn/Strobe - 110 cd -Z~--- HIgNLOw Tamp Tane Volume Mon AVERAGECU 12VMO Bls 105V 12V t]Y oc wn oc rvm oc nvn RFENT(mA) 24VMOtlels V 24V JpV oc n oc rwn oc rwA Eled.- High Tem NA NA Nq NA NA NA 1 0 241 185 209 1d4 200 mech. Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 166 238 1663 211 10.5 202 LOw T2T Np N NA Nq 1B0 232 204 1ffi 188 N011 Nq A NA iB1 232 2D4 1ffi 190 3000 Hx HigM1 Tem NA NA NA NA 193 2f6 d 214 152 20) InlermpL Non A NA 8 242 21> 150 210 Low Tem NA A N NA B3 234 208 13B 193 Non NN A N 205 13] 195 z~ Page 2 of 6- DN-5939 i ENGINEE6tING SPECIFICATIONS General - SpectrAlert horns, strobes and horn/sirobes shall be capable o£ mounting to a standard 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" (10.16 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox or a single-gang 2" x 4" x 1-1/2" (5.08 x 10.16 x 3.87 cm) backbox using the universal mounting plate included with each SpectrAlert product. Also, SpectrAlert products, when used in conjunction with the ac- cessory Sync•Circuit Module, shall be powered from a non- coded power supply and shall operate on 12 or 24 volts. 12- volt rated devices shall have an operating voltage range of 10.5 - 17 volts. 24-voli rated devices shall have an operating voltage range of 20 - 30 volts. SpectrAlert products shall have an operating temperature of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C) and operate from a regulated DC or full-wave rectified, unfiltered power supply. Horn - Horn shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert model capable of operating at 12 and 24 volts. Horn shall be listed to UL 464 for fire protective signaling systems. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibility options (at 24 volts) and the option to switch between a temporal 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous pattern. The horn-only model shall NOT operate on a coded power supply except those models (model numbers contain "HC") designed to do so. Strobe - Strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert model listed to UL 1971 and be approved for fire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appli- ances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating volF age range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated iens/reflector system. DIMENSIONS 3-3/8" (85.725 n T 5-5/8" (142.975 mm) N- Z6" (58.7375 mm) r 2-15/16" 4.6725 mm) OUTER: 5-5/8" (142.875 mm) INNER: 5-5/16" (734.9375 mm) Horn/Strobe Combination- Horn/strobe shall be a Sysiem Sensor SpectrAlert modellisted to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. Horn/strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, fiashing at t Hz over its entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibility options (at 24 volts) and the option to switch between a tem- poral 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous pattern. Strobes shall be powered independently of the sounder with the re- moval of factory-installed jumper wires. The horn on horn/ s?robe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply, , Module - Module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit model listed to Ul. 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpeclrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal 3. Also, the module shali silence the horns on horn/strobe models, while operating the strobes, over a single pair of wires. The module shall be capable of mounting to a 4-11/16" (119.0625 mm) square x 2-118" (53.975 mm) deep backbox and shall control two Style Y(class B) or one Style Z(class A) circuit. Module shall be capable of multiple zone synchronization by daisy- chaining muliiple modules together and resynchronizing each other along the chain. The Module shall NOT operate on a coded power supply. 2-15116" 15/16" r (74.6725 mm) (23.8125 mm) ~ OO ~ 5-5116" ~ (134.9375 mm) ~ 1-5/76" (33.3375 mm UPPER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Small Footprint Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). LOWER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). UPPER RIGHT: Horn only (maybe mounted with either Small Footprint or Universal Mounting Plate). LOWER RIGHT: Sync•Circuit Module (MDL). ~ 5-114" (133.35 mm) _4_~ ~ O o 0 0 5-1/4" 133.35 mm) O O O O ~ 2" (50.8 mm) DN-5939 - Page 3 of 6 5" (127 mm) MOUNTIN.G DIAGRAMS 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" backbox uOrn IfOGt ount 4" x 4" x 1-7/2" backbox Strobe or Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Pla___ (included with each produc4) I v A Sync•Circuit Module Direct Mount SOUND OUTPUi' GUIDE (dBA) $trooe Of norfl/JLfODO SURaG@ IVIOUI7L with accessory Backbox Skirt UL Reverberant Room dBA @ Volts DC Mechoic Room Peak dBA @ 10 ft.NDC 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 LOW Elecfiomechanical NA NA NA 75 75 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 T l TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 75 79 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 empora HIGH Electromechanical 75 75 79 82 82 82 94 95 98 70 100 101 102 ~ TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 75 75 79 82 85 85 94 95 98 100 101 102 LOW Electromechanical NA NA NA 79 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 N TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 82 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 011- Temporal HIGH Electromechanical 79 79 85 85 88 88 94 95 98 100 101 102 TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 79 82 85 88 88 90 93 95 98 100- 101 102 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" backbox ~ Horn Surface Mount BBS with accessory Backbox Skirt _ v Horn with Universal Mounting Plate (included with each product) ~ • 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" backbox Page 4 of 6- DN-5939 4" x 4" 1-1/2" backbox 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" backbox Ak Strobe or HornlStrobe with accessory Small Footprint Mounting Plate 4-11/16" x 4-11/16" x 2-1/8" (119.0625 x 119.0625 x 53.975 mm) backbox 3Ai10t9A1C DIAGit/AMS NOTE: Do NOT loop wires under terminal screws. °Tanclerve Operatiors HORN/S7ROBE COMBO TO NEXT r DEVICE { OR EOL l FACTOf INSTALI JUMPEI FROM FACP, MODULE OR PREVIOUS DEVICE HORN HORWSTR09E STROBEONLY ~ E O L Two-wire system, any miz of models, wired forTANDEM OPERATION. v Fiorns silenced over two-wire circuit. • Any mix of horn/strobes or strobe-only devices is . acceptable. ' • Horn control connects to interruptible power source. moouLei FACP 41 NOflH IONE 1~11 ~ caxlnoi ovr l-I TO NE%T pectrAlert oevIce 0NE1 ix ZONE3 our -i OREOL > 9 N E2 TPOVBLE S PES OF IN O ~ 4A8tl VICE Hom Only ofN$tlobe N 5 ~I onty -trobe 011T rnoouLes FACP k2 l OflN SONEIII.1 (~IIN . > FI ( LONTPOL OIIT LFI cl- ~ TO NEXT O~ SpecttAlert ~ ~ DEVICE OREOL N p~ ~ ~r ~EOxei zOx[a p~ I1 IN OIIT -I 11 O ( O > ~ 1-1 XONE3 TPOIIBLE / ` I~1 TO NEXT O LO SpecVAletl HOFN ONLY J DEVICE O~ suv[ suve ~o OR EOL ~-i ix our TEMpJVMPEpOFF All Spectrqlert homs, hoMstrabes, and strobes wi// operate in sync. DIAGRAM NOTES: 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert horn/strobe, strobe-only, or horn- only devices is allowable for Zone 7. 2) No devices or horn-only are allowed on Zone 2. if no de- vices are installed on Zone 2, terminate EOL resistor at horn control terminai. Orade@sendent Operation HORN AND STROBE FACTORY /NSTALLEO NORNS JUMPER WIRES REMOVED TO NEXT ~ ' HORN { OREOL lG ~ NO7E: Strobesmuslbe (*1 poweretl(orhamope2tlon. TO NEXT r STROBES STROBE FROM FACP, OREOL MODULEOR PREVIOUS NOYE: BJeak wire as shown DEVICE forsupervision ofconnection. DO NOT allow sfnpped wire JL /eads to extend be}rond switch housing. 00 NOT loop wiras. H H H O O R R N N a 0 s s T T - R R O O s E Ea ot-) Four-wire system, combo models, wired for INDEPENDENT OPERATION. (Horn can be tumed off at the panel while strobes continue to operate.) ~ Ternp 3 coding of Multi-Alert and PA400 sounders. NOTE: Strobes must be powered from non-caded supply. ~ XOPN ZQNE1 pl 7 FACP 0 COMTPOL OUi 1-0 ONE%T oevice J HORN OPEOL NAC 1 I•1 f-1 20NEt SONE3 lx OuT \ ~y t-~ j I " NAG 3 TPOIIBL E EVICE , O p ( OFEOL I•I SIAVE SIAVE 1 ~ ~ lO-1 IN ' OIIT lQ-1 ~ Homs will be TEMP,JUMPEpON t¢lllpolaFcoded and in sync. DN-5939 - Page 5 of 6 z O ! F ~ 0 IL Z IM W z ~ m~ m ~ V ~ ~ O ~w iL m RED YVHITE voliage candela avg. mA` g nom.VDC avg. mA' @ nom.FWR P1215 P1275W 12 15 124 167 HOP77/St0•0beS P121575 P121575W 12 .15/75 152 181 P2415 P2415W 24 15 78 98 P241575 P241575W 24 15/75 91 111 P2475 P2475W 24 75 148 767 P24110 P24170W 24 110 165 209 P241575K (weatherproof) - 24 15/75 91 111 P2475K (weaiherprooQ - 24 75 148 167 P24110K (weatherproof) - 24 110 165 209 P2415A P2415WA " 24 75 78 98 P241575A P241575Wk , 24 75/75 91 171. P2475A P2475WA ' 24 75 148 167 Canadian Models, Horn/Strobes p2¢110A P24710WA 24 110 165 207 P247575KA (weatlherproof) - 24 15/75 91 171 P2475KA (weatherprooo - 24 75 148 167 P24170KA (weatherprooQ - 24 710 165 209 Spanish La6eling, H(S - P241575P (fUEGO) 24 15/75 91 111 51215 S7215W 12 15 114 157 tl"ObE°S S S121575 5721575W 12 15I75 142 171 . , 52475 52415W 24 75 53 80 . S247575 S241575W 24 15I75 66 93 52475 52475W 24 75 123 149 S24110 524110W 24 110 140 191 S241575K (weatherprooo - 24 75/75 66 93 S2475K (weatlheiproof) - 24 75 123 159 524110K (weatherproof) - 24 110 140 197 52415A S2415WA 24 15 53 80 S241575A S241575WA 24 75/75 66 93 S2475A 52475WA 24 75 723 149 Canadian Models, Strobes S24110A 524170WA 24 - 170 140 191 5241575KA (weatherprooo - 24 15I75 66 93 S2475KA (weatheryrooo - 24 75 123 149 524110KA (weatherproof) - 24 110 140 191 Spanish Labeling,.Sirobes 8241575F (FUEGO) 24 1975 66 93 H12124 H12124W 12/24 NA 12 / 23 12121 HorB'HS H12/24K(wealherprooo - 1?J24 NA 12123 12121 HC12/24 (coded power) HC12124W (coded pawer) 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 HC12I24K (weatheryroof, for caded power) - 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 27 H12124A H77124WA 12/24 NA 72 / 23 12121 A ' H1?J24KA(weatherprooQ - 12124 NA 72/23 12121 ccessor ses 7 HC12124A (coded pawer) HC12124WA (coded power) 12124 NA 12 / 23 12121 - • MDL MDLW 12124 NA 16 24 Sync Circuit Module . MDIA MDLWA 12(24 NA 16 24 Small FootprinS MounSing Piate for Single-Gang ONLY S-MP S-MPW NA NA NA NA Surtace-Mount Backbox Skirt 8BS BBSW NA NA NA NA Universal Mounting Plate , (replacement) 0.MP 0.MPW NA NA NA NA Weafherproof Backbox WBB - N,4 NA NA NA NOTES: 1) Canadian model numbers end in "A". 2) Latin American model numbers end in "P'. . 3) All weaiherproof models most use weatherprwf backbox model WBB, 4) All SpecirAlert products are designed for wall-mount only. 5) Installation of less than 75 candela strobes may be permissible under the equivalent facilitation clause of the ADAAG (Sec. 22). However, it is the responsibility . . of the person or entity designing the fire alarm system to determine the accepta6ility of less than 75 candela strobes. 6) All 15/75 candela stmbes or horn/strobes are recommended for 20' x 20' rooms or less. 'Fora comp/ete listing of SpectrAleR current require- ments, please refer ro the Current Draw tables on page 2 of this document, or the Instruction Manual. Hom and horn/strobe wrrent draws assume the hom is set at Temp 3, elechomechanical tone, and high audibility. . Page 6 of 6- DN-5939 he 5pe!~:Wert '}C set;is stwhe ant'I Prcluc:s am hiiiY lWle3 far cutd€;ws us~ and Ehs iamperal4'da rr},c~ IL- {-40 1ia 70 d"t~5 C,.J_ ` l'be S~OecUzj~tE "V Series cura-vt=5 afw tl6rra eni{ hau~ a temparaturn rmaue at 0 o 66 degr~ aim raa~ NOAA -3R rAdosvr~ MfMgr, r-sn$e is lirnlted en ;t}~--~ devices due 10 UL464 Va€fp-bte aMWW--t Suttad Gtut~ui T~s~ n* affi~ Q ?db i:ass aver Mluck"i--et t& by IimsF"tna !he wid tempemb4m g~,Ve tra o dkv€-.~ G. l`est=rsFRrzt'cha# t3-ie cQtdete, t~.erbam- c# -35 degr4= z, getr UC4E4 the malomu.m ,crund k~ss was gd#a_ s~d OL4pF1t rss tc wner resaw~ ta tae Mted tempe:aEure ,.t~ operA~ tj~ beIasM 0 dawees G ws7{ ,ict dmuege I3c tmt3s. - . , If ym bavo any a"tma3 quezons g1easo fe~1 10 GcHfa<.--t -Cr~ ~F21 -at ia900-73~,~ 7672 sJ-'T~."3..ru -4n32-anb October 1. 1997 J-89A O I : MDL & MDLW Sync Modules NFIER A Pittway Company for use with the SpectrAlert Series Section: AudioNisual Appliances GENERAL System Sensor's MDL Sync Module is designed to work with the SpectrAlert series of horns, strobes, and horn/ strobes to provide a means of: synchronizing the tempo- ral-coded horns, synchronizing the one-second flash tim- ing of the strobe, and silencing the horns of the horn/strobe combination over a two-wire circuit while leaving the strobes active. RAODULE CANFiGtJRAT1AN Each MDL module has the capability of connecting two Style Y(Class B) circuits or one Style Z(Class A) circuit. The NAC output(s) from the panel are connected to the zone inputs of the MDL module and the zone output(s) from the MDL module are connected to the notifcation loop(s). Supervision is accomplished in the module by a direct connection between the zone input and the zone output of each of the two zone circuits connected to the normal end- of-line device. The FACP "sees" the EOL device through the MDL module. When either or both outputs (zones 1& 2) from the module are wired to the SpectrAlert products, the horns and strobes in both zones will be synchronized. The MDL module can be configured so that more than two zones can be synchronized by the interconnection ofthe slave input and output (see Application Examples). SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A latching Form-C contact is provided in case the synchro- nizing signal to the notification devices is interrupted. The output can be wired so that a trouble signal will be annun- ciated at the panel. If the synchronization pulse fails in the MDL module, the strobes will shut off. NOTE: The MDL Module is factory-set with the trouble contacts in the open state. These contacts may close during shipping. Approximately two seconds after power-up, these confacts will open. $PECIFICLiYlONS Voltage range: DC or full-wave-rectified; 11 to 30 volts. NOTE: Supply voltage range at 12 volts, 11 to 17 VDC; at 24 vo/ts, 21 to 30 VDC. Maximum load on loop: 3 amps. Current: chart at right. Operating tempereture: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). ~ uL F nn ~ OD4A7 S40'11 V lt Average Peak In-Rush o age DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR 12V 10mA 12mA 30mA 31mA 87mA 172mA 24 V 11 m 15 mA 35 mA 37 mA 198 mA 262 mA This document is not intanded to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product informalion up-to-date and accurate. We cannot wver all specifc applications or I$0-9001 anlicipate all requiremenls. All specifcations are subject to change without notice. For Englneefing and Manufactufing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7718 quality System CeAified to & N oaI Fe E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connectiat 06472 Intemational Slandard ISO-9001 Made in Ihe U.S.A. DN-6066 - Page 1 of 4 The MDL Module APPLICATION EXAMPLES MODULE 1 Temporal Coding on Multi-Alert and PA400 ~ 0 HORN ZONEi } { > FACP (Non-SpectrAlert Horns) 0 CONTROL our ONEXf *orPA400 EVICE • P l di C a e0L rogram modu le to provide tempora co ng . ZONE 1 ZONE 2 . ( ) by inserting jumper plug per instructions. NAC 1 ~ ~ ~ IN OUT > • Connect only sounders producing a continu- ous ton t th t t d l e o e mo e zone ou pu (s). u ZONE 2 o ) > NAC 2 7ROUBLE IN QCAU O Multi-Alerl TO NEXT Stro6es cannof be used on a module pro- 0 I p or PA400 HomONLY DEVICE OREOL viding femporal coding to hornsl Stro6es ~SLAVE SLAVE must 6e wired for independenf operation. p IN OUT l 0 Horns wi116e temporal-coded NOTE: Temporal jumper should be inserted across and in sync. both pins only on non-SpectrAlert products that are TEMP. JUMPER ON to be powered for temporal sound output. Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and Strobes ZONE 1 INP UT Thi s input powers the MDL Module. This input must have wkage present from tlie FACP before anything will wvrk. This also supplies wltage to Zone 1 oulput. ZANE 2 INPUT This input onlysupplies wltage to Zone 2 oulput. NOTE: I/Zone l input is not povered, fhe notificaUon devices attached to the Zone 2 output Kill not be alloHed. HORN CONTROL This input enables the homs onthe SpectrAlert notificationappliances. Voltage p2sent means homs a2 enabled. No wltage present means homs are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Module slave out. SLAVE OUT Connects to Slave MDL slave In. 'wr MODULE 1 HORN ZONE 1 - ~ FACP CONTROL OUT NEXT aDEVICE EOL NAC 1 ZONE 1 ZONE 2 IN OUi > 2 CLASS B NAC2 N~ NONE2 TROUBLE ~ { O TO NEXT DEVICE 0 0- OR EOL . SLAVE SIAVE (1 1 IN OUT ~ Q > • 0 ALLSpectrAledhoms, horNstro6es, and strobeonly devices will operate in sync. TEMP. JUMPER OFF Configured as: ,.,t HORN ZONE 1) StyIeUClassA coNrROI our TONEXT DEVICE OUT(+) ~ ZONE1 ZONE2 O OREOL NAC 3 OUT o IN Ou7 4~~ 1 CLASSA + RETURN ) ( O ONE2 NAC4 RETU N i~_i N TROUBLE R O TO NEXT DEVICE OREO WryLAVE SOUT / !-1 MODULE2 Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and S4robes • Each module can power hvo three-amp circuits wired in Class B, or one three-amp circuit powered as Class A. • Each module will synchronize two zones. • Additional modules can be added and may be synchro- nized to all other modules by interconnecting the "slave" input and output terminals between modules. I - "I J NOTE: Class9configuration TEMP. JUMPER OFF requlres a special panel. Consu/t with panel manufacturer. Page 2 of 4- DN-6066 Controlling Sounder On/Off Over Two Wires Using Module Horn Control • Connect the current source to the horn control input. If a zone output is used for the source, you must use an EOL on the horn control input terminal. • When multiple modules are used, the horn control circuits can be wired in parallel. If wired in parallel and a zone output is used from panel, use an EOL on the last module for supervision. ZANE 1 INPUT This input powers the MDL Module. This input musthave wltage present from the FACP befo2 anything will work. This also supplies wltage to Zone 1 output. ZANE 2 INPUT This input oniysupplies wttage to Zone 2 output. NOTE: If Zone 1 input is not povered, the notification devices aftached to the Zone 2 output nrll not be allomd. HORN CONTROL This inputenablesthe homs onthe SpectrAlert notificationappliances. Voltage present means Froms a2 enabled. No witage present means Fams are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Mod'ule slave out. SLAVE OUT Connects to Slave MDL slave in: Horns Silenced Over Two-Wire Circuit 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert horns/strobes or strobe-only devices is acceptable. 2) Horn Control connects to interruptible power source. MODULE 1 FACP 1 HORN ZONEt CONTROL OUT TO NEXT SpectrAlert DEVICE OR EOL NAC 1~) o1 ZONE 1 ZONE 2I0 IN OUTL NAC 2(+) ci~ ZONE2 TROUBLE( O IN LO SLAVE SLAVE } IN OUT ~ o Qo MODULE 2 FACP 2 2)1 HORN ZONE 1 J~.~ CONTROL OUT O ZONE 1 ZONE 2 NAC 1 o IN OUT ~ ~ NAC 2 ((~~j NONE 2 TROUBLE~~ ~ O O SLAVE SLAVE ~ IN OUT TEMP. JUMPER OFF SpectrAlert Types of Devlces: HORN ONLY HORNISTROBE STROBE ONLY TEMP. JUMPER OFF TO NEXT SpectrAlert NOTES: DEVICE OREOL 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert horn/ strobe, strobe-only, orhorn-only > devices is allowab/e (or Zone 1. 2) No devices or horn-only are al- > lowed on Zone 2. If no devices TO NEXT are instal/ed on Zone 2, terminate SpectrAlelf EOL resistor at horn control ter- HORN-0NLY minal. DEVICE OR EOL ALL SpectrAlert homs, horn/strobes, and strobes wil/ operate in sync. DN-6066 - Page 3 of 4 ~ o 0 0 0 0 PRODUCr LINE IPIFORMA410N MDL Sync module for use with SpectrAlert Series, red. MDLW Same as above, white. Three-Year Limited Warran4y 0 ~ System Sensor warrants these horns/strobes to be free r from defects in materials and workmanship under normal / use and service for a period of three years from date of A manufacture. For complete warranty information, contact System Sensor. + ~ N909DNT[PIG DIAGR9M 1) Complete field wiring. 2) Mount unit to 4-11/16" backbox with screws ("A"). pvvAR~in~ LannIraTaows oF HoRNS/sreoBEs The horn and/or strobe will not work without power. The horn/strobe gets its power from the fire/security panel monitoring the alarm system. If power is cut off for any reason, the horn/strobe will not provide the desired audio or visual warning. The horn may not be heard. The loudness of the horn meets (or exceeds) current Underwriters' Laboratories stan- dards. However, the horn may not alert a sound sleeper or one who has recently used drugs or has been drinking alcoholic beverages. The horn may not be heard if it is placed on a different floor from the person in hazard or if placed too far away to be heard over the ambient noise such as traffic, air conditioners, machinery or music appli- ances that may prevent alert persons from hearing the alarm. The horn may not be heard by persons who are hearing impaired. . The signal strobe may not be seen. The electronic vi- sual warning signal uses an extremely reliable xenon flash tube. It flashes at least once every three seconds and ex- ceeds current Underwriters' Laboratories standards for pri- vate mode viewing. The visual warning signal is suitable for direct viewing and must be installed within an area where it can be seen by building occupants. The strobe must not be installed in direct sunlight or areas of high light inten- sity (over 60 footcandles) where the visual flash might be disregarded or not seen. The strobe may not be seen by the visually impaired and is not intended to meet Ameri- can Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. The signa/sfrobe may cause seizures. Individuals who have positive photic response to visual stimuli with seizures, such as persons with epilepsy, should avoid prolonged exposure to environments in which strobe signals, includ- ing this strobe, ace activated. The signal strobe canno[ operate from coded power supplies. Coded power supplies produce interrupted power. The strobe must have an uninterrupted source of DC power in order to operate correctly. System Sensor recommends that the horn and signal strobe always be used in combination so that the risks from any of the above limitations are minimized. ( r Page 4 of 4- DN-6066 Fre & ~`~,re; lSecurrty IpCifinic7elf rotet~0t~ ' 6240 Smith Road -Denver, CoZoradn 80216 303-355-0500 fux: 303-35.i-0615 - / / Y! CUSTOKq GWAPHC 7iU1P SAMPLE Bt!(LDI(+1G NAME cazY, STaTE; 'EGENn SYMM.DBCRPM M- FlRE-I1MY CONIRq. PNfEl ■ - GHAPMC WP ~ m - 5410W OE7E4TOR m - HEAT OE(ECTOR 0- WNUN. PUtL SA710N ~ - ➢UCf DE7ECfM I ~ - FlRE OEPMf1AEM CONNEL'11(1N m I~ ~ I 0 F-% YOU ARE- HERE u ZfN1F MiFmeF ZONE'i: SJM:IIWM/ACYw~IILil%N! WM1V_ %Rt_ STAipNs ZOHE Z 54~CItW2Y~A0YBlmRAYIPH Alf10YAilC. OEiECiIXS Z(k7E a fDIIGRIGti!1 M'ING IL4NFIDOR NTIUItA1C OEfECM2: ZIXg 4: FI7lK'A7ICtHL 16R7G LGY/F8 k Yh@I RDOR YNi1LLL FlA1 S7A%7t15 ZIXw 5: SPA[iE Z1aVE 6: SPNK ZONE 7: SPME . Z1Y1E e: SP11ZE (0- Fi.00R LtM ASSF1A8LY: . 7/8' clear anti-giare acrylic Block-image on rhite myiar paper 1'Dll ARE HERE", FI~GP, G1A, and TAAIPER sym6Na art rcd ftigid backing, Bronze metnAic irnme - mounting clips are provlded UGNlS ME NOT AVAILABLE ON GRAPIiIC -Y.7AP5 WFATHEftPR00EING IS AVNL49LE STANnAftD 52E5 AVPILABLE Outside fmme dimenaion in esen inc`ements af` yinehea-' I.E 14', 76", 18" in both harimntal and verticvl Typical ffame couldhe H18x1Y24~, H20'xAY30", H36'xW2i", atc. Alnximum width ia 36', . GftAPHIC CONTENL- 8uilding outlinc, including addres and adjoceni y{rcets AJI exteriardoon . FACP, Spnnkler control wires, 17ti1ity controls, Fire deportment cannectian Narth compaa* dirccfion tyco Fire & Security Grinne// Fire Protection SUBMITTAL DATA NOTIFIER FIRE ALARM 5YSTEM JEFFCO LIBR.ARX SERVICE CENTER SUBMITTED TO: McBRIDE ELECTffiC 1860 W. HAMII,TON PL. ENGLEWOOD, CO. 80110 303-761-6176 ATTN:DOUG Grinnell Fire Protection 6240 Smith Road Denver, CO 80216 Tele: 303-355-0500 Fax: 303-355-0594 JEFFCO LIBRARY FIRE AI,ARM DETECTION SYSTEM: AFP-200 ANALOG FIRE CONTROL PANEL SBB-4X CABINET UDACT i.TNIVERSAL DIGITAL ALARM COMMIJNICATOR/TRANSMITTER UBS-1 CABINET FORUDACT MCBL-7 PHONE CORD APS-6R AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY FOR BEAM DETECTORS FCPS-24 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY PC-1270 BATTERY PS12100 BATTERY BB-17 BATTERY BOX FMM MONITOR MODULE 302-194 HEAT DETECTOR Ap-p ADAPTOR PLATE FST-751 HEAT DETECTOR FSP-751 PHOTO DETECTOR B710LP LOW PROFILE DETECTOR BASE NBG-12LX ADDRESSABLE PULL STATION DHI OOACDCP PHOTO DUCT DETECTOR ST-5 SAMPLE T[JBE RTS-451REMOTE TEST STATION FOR DUCT DETECTORS RTS-451K REMOTE TEST STATION W/KEY FOR BEAM DETECTORS A77-716B RELAY MODULE 6424 B$AM DETECTOR 52415, S2475, S24110 STROBE P2415, P2475, P24110 HORN/STROBE P241 I OK EXTERIOR HORN/STROBE WBB WEATHER PROOF BACK BOX MDL SYNC MODULE CUSTOM GRAPHIC MAP A:\24-8527 ' 8 FI E SYSTE S GENERAL The AFP-200 is a compact, cost-effective, intelligent fre alarm control with a capacity of 301 individually identified and controiled points and an extensive list of powerful fea- tures. The AFP-200 provides capabilities lhat exceed most large intelligent systems, at a cost comparable to conven- tional control panels. FE/A4QJRES • 198 intel ligent device capacity (99 analog detectors and 99 monitor/control modules). Style 4, 6, or 7. • Overall 301 point capabilify (198 intelligent points, 4 pro- grammable NAC circuits, 99 programmable relays). • Networkready(referenceNOTI•FIRE•NET'"andNAM- 232 catalog sheets for more information). • Intelligentfeatures: ✓ Manual sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Day/Night automatic sensitivity adjustment. ✓ Drift compensation (U.S. Patent Pending) meets UL requirements as a calibrated test instrument. ✓ Auto detector test (meets NFPA 72). ✓ Maintenance alert (two separate algorithms). ✓ Pre-alarm (AWACST"" U. S. PatentPending). r/ Activate local sounder b8se on pre-alarm. ✓ LED blink control for sleeping areas. ✓ Automatic device type check. • Releasing features: - ✓ Four independent hazards. ✓ Sophisticated cross-zone (three options) ✓ Delay timer and Discharge timers (adjustable). V Abort (four options). • Optional DACT, with AC fail delay. • LCD-80 remote display/control. • ACS annunciators (EIA-485), including LDM custom. • Printer interface (SO-column and 40-column printers). • 5.0 A usable regulated output power, plus 6.0 A expander (maximum 8.0 A to panel circuits). • 80-character LCD display, backlit. • Real-time clock, with European format option. • History file with 650-event capacity in nonvolatile memory. Includes non-erasable shadow history. • Waterflow or supervisory selection per point. • Alarm Verification selection per point, with tally. • Walk Test reports two devices set to same address. • F5ositive Alarm Sequence (PAS) Presignal per NFPA 72. • Silence inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. • March time/temporal/California code for bell circuits. • Field-programmable on panel or on PC, with user-defined passwords, plus Autoprogram feature. • UL listed modem interface allows remote/off-site system integration. July 12, 2000 Nt,, DN-3783 • A-105 AFP-Z0o Analog Fire Panel Section: Intelligent Fire Alarm Control Panels California State 1 arshal UL 716 550028:164 LisTeo cS„8 5635 F ~ U.S. Coast Guard 164.002/23/1 94160004 (E1) Approved • MMX-2 two-wire detector interface provides compatibility with many non-NOTIFI ER detectors for retrofit applications (consult factory for latest compatibility listings). • Dual-rate charger for up to 90 hours of standby power. • Two-Stage option for notification circuits (Canada). • Tornado Warning activates different notiflcation circuit code. • Non-alarm points for lower priority functions. • Remote ACK/Silence/Reset/Drill via MMX modules. • Automatic time control functions, with holiday exceptions. • Rapid poll algorithm for manual stations. Responds in < 2 seconds • Operates with untwisted, unshielded wire (up to 1,000 ft./ 304.8 m) for retrofit applications (U. S. Patent 5, 210, 523). UL listed for Fire Signaling per Standard 864 & NFPA 72. • UL listed For Burglary applications per Standard 1076. • UL listed forReleasing per NFPA 12, 12A,126, 13, 15, 16. • UL listed for Critical Process Monitoring. • FM approved for Agent Release and Preaction/Deluge. • ApprovedformarineappiicationsbyU.S.CoastGuardand Lloyd's Register of shipping. NOTI•FtRE•NETT" is a trademark of NOTIFIER, 1994. This document is nol inlended to ba used for installation purposes. We try to keep our '$0 9001 produc[ information up-to-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specifc applications or anticiDate all requirements. All specificalions are subject lo change withoul notice. Por more information, wntact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FAX: (203) 484-7118 j'' N OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecliwl 06472 EN61NffRINC 8 MANIIFACTYRIN6 Made in me U.S.A. urv-s i aa • u n i uuu - ra9e ~ or v SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM SLC Intelligent Loop ~ 198 devices NOTI•FIRE•NET f1 CPX-751 FDX-551 Optional Nelwork Interface NBG42LX MMX-t CMX-2 via the NAM-232 1 I i IDC IAC EIA-485 99 software zones AFP-200 y y 4 y RS-232 4 Notification or Release Circuits e .m ~ o 0 ~ ACM-8R Relay Control CRT-2 u ~ ~ ~ i ~ • • J ACM/AEM-16AT LED` Annunciator LDM-32 Custom Graphics ~ PRN Serles Printer 3703alag.wmf Fourstandard Notification oi Releasing circuits. Full Alpha keyboardfor menu-driven programming. 5 ampere regulatec supply. Voltmete p- Option. Page 2 of 4- DN3783 • 07112/00 EIA-232 interface for CRT, printer, or PC computer. C loop. to 198 devices a single pair wires. Slotfor optional module. 12 AH batteries. 80-character backlit Up to 90 hours standby power. LCD display. EIA-485 loop for LCD orLED ---u---'ors. AWACSTM Advance Warning Addressable Combustion Sensing (u.s. Patent Pending) SMOKE OBSCURATION a per foot C: . ALERT ACTION ALARM 3ao Warning at panel Shut off power Evacuate building of possible fire to equipment monitored and call fire department by this detector PREALM SMOKEIPHOiOI PREALM SMOKE(PH010) ALA2M: SMOKE(PHOTOj FLOOR 3 EHUIP RACK 5 PLOOR 3 E9UIP 2ACK 5 FLOOR 3 E@IIIP 2ACK 5 ALE2i: 0.22% 1.40% ACiION: 0.51°h 1.40% FIRE DEPT CALLED 2% 11;25 P 12125193 D66 11:36 P 12125193 D66 11:59 P 12/25193 D66 1% TIME ALERT and AC710N levels are completely adjustable in the field to suit the cleanliness and stability of the environment. ALARM levels are field adjustable to one of three levels within the UL permitted range. ACTION levels latch and may be used to perform control functions. ALERT levels self-restore and may be used to activate a local sounder base before ~.general ALARM evacuation. FIELD PROGRAMMING - 3 WAYS AuroPROGRnnn PLEASE WAIT 1. AUTO-PROGRAM The AFP-200 identifies all devices that are connect- ed, determines the type of device, and loads default values (general alarm) into nonvolatile memory. This is completed in less than 30 seconds. [5 CLR 1= AUTO 2= POINT 2' PASSWD 4=MESSAGE 2. ON-LINE EDIT ZoNes 6= SPL ZoNes While still providing fre protection, the AFP-200 pro- SYS 8= CHECK gram may be completely edited from the front keypad. Menu trees permit easy change of any parameter without referral to the programming manual. Recall, increment and edit function speeds entry of alphanu- meric labels. New program check routine catches common errors. 3. OFF-LINE PC: VeriFire-200 The complete AFP-200 program may be created in an off-line PC-compatible computerwith a WindowsCa} based utility, then loaded into the AFP-200 EIA-232 port. The program may also be off-loaded to a PC at any time: High-speed data transfer completes upload or download in less than one minute. The PC pro- gram may also be used to access remote AFP-200 systems over dial-up phone lines, providing detail status information and history file search/sort. 3. DN-3783 • 07112100 - Page 3 of 4 AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS See page 1 for listing agencies and file numbers. These listings and approvals apply to the basic AFP-200 control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con- sult factory for latest listing status. SPECIFICATIONS Primary input power, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.0 Amps. Total Internal 24 VDC Power- 5.0 A(total shared power). ✓ High-rippleregulatedpower:l.5A(suitableforElA-485 devices, except ACM-SR); 1.0 A maximum standby. ✓ Non-resettable power: 500 mA. ✓ Four-wire smoke detector power: 500 mA. ✓ Four built-in notification circuits: • NAC Circuit 1: 225 A. • NAC Circuits 2-4: 225 A(shared total). NOTE: with optional APS-6R Power Supp/y NAC circuits 3 & 4 are expanded to 3.0 A(8.0 A tota/ power). Battery charger range: 7 AH - 18 AH. Charge high rate: 29.1 V. Float rate: 27.0 V. Relay contact rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC. Cabinet dimensions: 16.125" (40.9575 cm) high x 14.5" (36.83 cm) wide x 5.5" (13.97 cm) deep. SY57EM CAPACITY •Total programmable inpuUoutput points: 301 • Intelligent detectors: 99 • Addressable monitor/control modules: 99 • Programmable NAC circuits in panel: 4 • Programmable software zones: 99 • Programmable remote relay/annunciator points: 99 • LCD-80 annunciators per system: 4 • ACS annunciators per system: 10 CONTROLS AND INDICAi'ORS 6 LED indicators: AC Power; Fire Alarm; Pre-Alarm; Super- visory/Security; Alarm Silenced; System Trouble. ~ 21 Membrene Switch Controls: Acknowledge/Step; Silence; Evacuate; System Reset; 12-key Alpha pad; 4 cursor keys; Enter. LCD Display: 80 characters (4 x 20) with long-life LED backlight. COMPATIBLE INTELLIGENT DEVICES CPX-751: Low-profile ionization detector. SDX-751: Low-profile photoelectric detector. SDX-551TH: Photoelectric with thermal element. HPX-751: HARSHT'^ Hostile Area photoelectric detector. FDX-551: Fixed thermal (heat) sensor. FDX-551R: Fixed and rate-of-rise thermal sensor. CPX-551 DUCT: lonization smoke detector (for duct use on/y). SDX-551 DUCT: Photoelectric smoke detector (duct use only). B710LP: Detector base, low profile.. 6224R6: Intelligent relay base, low profile (low-profile only). B224BI: Intelligent isolator base, low profile (low-profile only). B710HD: HARSHT"' detector base (HARSHTM' on/y). BX501: Detector base, classic (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 8501 BH: Sounder base (c/assic or low-profile). BH501 BHT: Sounder base with temporal sounder (classic or low-profile). B524R6: Intelligent relay base (SDX-551TH. FDX-551/R only). B52461: Intelligent isolator base (SDX-551TH, FDX-551/R only). 8501: Detector base, flangeless (classic or low-prof le). DHX-501: Duct housing with alarm relay. DHX-502: Duct housing without alarm relay. MMX-1: Monitor module. MMX-2: Two-wire detector monitor module. MMX-107: Miniature monitor module. CMX-2: Control module. NBG-12LX: Advanced manual fire alartn station, addressable. BGX-101L: Classic manual fire alarm station, addressable. ISO-X: Isolator module. XPS Series: Transponders (see data sheet DN-6625). COMPATIBLE DEVICES, EIA-232 Porf (see data sheefs) PRN Series: 80-column printer. VS4095/S2: Printer, 40 column, 24 volts. Mounted in exter- nal backbox,(order from Keltron, Inc.). CRT-2: Video display terminal. NAM-232: Network Interface Module to NOTI•FIRE•NET wire or fber models. COMPATIBLE DEVICES, RS-485 Porf (see data sheets) ACS Series: Remote Serial Annunciator/Control systems. LCD-80: Remote LCD display. LDM Series: Remote custom graphic driver modules. ACM-811: Remote relay module. Eight Form-C relays. NIB-96: Network Intertace Board. RPT-485: Series Repeater, isolator and/or fber-optic modem. UDACT: Universal Digital Communicator. - PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION BEAFP-200G: Basic AFP-200 equipment kit. Includes main board with display and keypad, door, hardware and manual. Backbox (SBB-4X or SBB-4XR) ordered separately. BEAFP-200R: Same as BEAFP-200G, but with red door. BEAFP-200GE: Same as BEAFP-200G but 230 VAC. BEAFP-200RE: Same as BEAFP-200R but 230 VAC. SBB-4X: AFP-200 backbox (no door), gray. SBB-4XR: AFP-200 backbox (no door), red. CAB-AM: Heavy-duty outer enclosure. Required for marine agency approved applications. 4XTM: Plug-in Transmitter Module. Provides municipal box and remote station connection. RTM•6: Plug-in Relay Transmitter Module. Provides eight Form-C relays, plus transmitter. 4XMM: AmmeterNoltmeter. TR-4XG: Gray Trim Ring for semi-flush mounting (TR-4XR for red). DP-AFP200: Full-length dead-front panel (required forCana- dian applications). PS-1270: Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH, (two required). PS-12120: Battery, 12 volt, 12.0 AH, (two 2quired). PS-12780: Battery, 12 volt, 18.0 AH (two required). APS-6R: 6.0 A expansion supply (requires BB-17). BB-17: Battery box, required for PS-12180, or if APS-611 is used. 411 Series: Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter. VeriFire-200: Programming kit for PC. Includes diskette, cable, and instructions. ROM-AFP200SP: Spanish language kit. Includes software IC, manual, and labels. ARCNITECTURAL/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICAr10NS Specifcations are available on CD-ROM with NOTIFIER's Speci•FireT"' soflware. Contact NOTIFIER for details. ~ continued next column... Page 4 of 4- DN-3783 • 07/12100 ~ * Or[F'ERI° . 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, CT 06472 (203) 484-7161 Fax: (203) 484-7118 AFP-200 Door, Backbox, and AFP=200 Dress Panel Assembly Door, Back6ox, & Dress Panel Assembly Oocumen150422 RavA 01/31/88 PM 50422:A EGN B6-IX17 Assembly Carefully unpack the door, backbox, and dress panel and check for shipping damage. The AFP-200 door, backbox, and dress panel should be assembled as shown in the drawing below. When mounting the AFP-200 door to the backbox, a lockwasher must be used in the bottom position between the door and the backbox to maintain proper grounding. The use of a lockwasher is not necessary in the top mounting position. Refer to the foilowing page for backbox dimensions. p , i _ i ~ ~ CD) Door 1 ti Backbox i;, ~ I`I . ~O Dress Panel Lockwasher ~ o Tapping Screw The cabinet should be mounted in a clean, dry, vibration-free azea where extreme temperatures are not encountered. The azea should be readily accessible with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the panel. Locate the top of the cabinet approximately five feet above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left. For more information on installation of the AFP- 200, refer ta the AFP-200 Analog Fire Pane! Instruction Manual, Notifier pocument 15511. n-i-rtnnno o- n n+iou- 0250-~1 f~-- I I ~ ~ - 7_ 0.500 0.50~ --T 1.00 9.00 )iameter Hole 9 l i October 24, 1997 ~ D-160 U DACT ONOTIFIE*W Universal Digital Alarm n Pimvay company Communicator Transmifter Section: Annunciator Control Systems GENERAL The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (UDACT) is designed for use on the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000 and System 500 Fire Alarm control panels. In addition, it is also designed for use on the Intelligent Network Annuncia- tor (INA), software release 2.8 or higher. When used in conjunction with the INA, the UDACT can report the status of all control panels on NOTI •FIRE• NETT"". The UDACT transmits system status to UL listed Central Station Re- ceivers via the public switched telephone network. The UDACT is compact in size and may be mounted exter- nally in a separate cabinet. EIA-485 annunciator commu- nications bus and regulated 24 volt connections are re- quired. The UDACT is capable of transmitting the status of soft- ware zones (Alarm and Trouble), System Trouble, Panel ^ Off-Normal, Supervisory, Bell Trouble, Low Battery, and AC Fail. When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT trans- ABS-SR mits up to 89 zones; with the System 500, all 16 zones; for and with the System 5000, all 120 zones. When used with remote the AFP-400, the UDACT is capable of reporting up to 567 0 mounting points; with the AFP-300, up to 375 points. Reporting may (9.94" H x be in the form of software zones (99 plus 16 special), panel , 4.63" W x circuits 1-4, panel output modules 1-64, and 192 points o 2,5^p) per SLC loop (the first 96 detector and 96 module ad- dresses). When the UDACT is used with the AM2020 or AFP1010, it is capable of reporting up to 2,040 points. Reporting may be in the form of soflware zones (up to 240) or 60 zones plus up to 1980 intelligent points. The frst 568 points trans- mitted may be programmed for a variety of types, including fire, waterFlow, supervisory, etc. Remaining points trans- mitted are for fre alarm only. NOTE: Descriptions regarding point capacity, listedabove, are for receivers which receive in Ademco Contact ID for- mat. See chart on page 2 for compatib/e receivers. FEATURES • Dual phone lines. • Dual telephone line voltage detect. • Surface Mount Technology. • Compact in size: 6.75" x 425". • Built-in programmer. • Built-in 4-character red 7-segment LED display. • Manual Test Report function. • Manual Transmission Glear function. • Mounts in a separate enclosure (ABS-8R or UBS-1). • Communicates vital system status including: - Independent zone fire alarm. - Independent zone non-fire alarm. California INDUSTRY R I' 0,70' State Fire CANADA ~r Marshal 2132 6030 A 7300-0028:174 S635 CS100 FCC v°'. v" IWGUSA- 20723-AL-E ~a~ ~uODE4X1 PXi ~w IVI EA ~ O C 328-94-E N ~0 M Ed F M .,O 1 ZOA4.AY (with Ademca 685 only) OO oE,.~ oquo.. CIEAR TEST MODE 0 0El E) ❑ EI ❑ ❑s E '0 00 E) E) o ao o o 0 O o w..E~ - Independent zone trouble. U T - Independent zone supervisory. - AC (mains) Power Loss (programmable). - Low Battery and Earth Fault. - System Off-Normal. - 12 or 24 hour test signal. - Abnormal Test Signal per new UL requirements. - EIA-485 Communication Bus Failure. • Annunciation of UDACT Troubles including: lossofphone lines, communication failure with either Central Station, total communications failure. • Troubleshoot Mode converts keypad to DTMF touchpad. • Individual LEDs for: Power, EIA-485 Loss, Manual Test, Kissoff, Comm Fail, Primary Line Seize, Secondary Line Seize and Modem Communications. • OpenCollectorrelaydriverforTotalCommunicationsFail- ure or UDACT trouble. • Real-time clock. • Extensive transient protection. • Simple EIA-485 interface to host panel. AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS See above forlisting agencies and file numbers. In some cases, certain modules may notbe lisfedbycertain approval agencies, orlistingmay beinprocess. Consulffacfory forlafestlistingstatus. This documenl is not inlended lo be used for inslallation purposes. We iry to keep our product information up-to-dale and accurate. We cannot cover all specific appiicalions or ISO-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineerinq and Manufactufing -more information, wntacf NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7178 QUalify System Cedifed to a N OTI FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Conneclicut 06472 Intemational Standard ISO-9001 Maae in the U.S.A. DN-4867 - Page 1 of 6 INSTALLATION When used with the AFP-200, the UDACT mounts in the ABS-SR or UBS-1 backbox. When used with the System 500, the UDACT can mount in the CAB-500 far back (nor- mally NIB-96) position. UDACT Dwn in UBS-1 When used with the System 5000, the UDACT can mount MCBL-7 in any far back (front module with expander allowed) posi- tion of the CHS-4 chassis. ABS-8R When used with the AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, or AFP- 300, the UDACT mounts in a CHS-4 or CHS-4L module UBS-1 position. 71 In all cases, the UDACT can mount remotely (up to 6,000 MR-101/C ft.) in an ABS-8R or UBS-1 backbox. NOTE: Due to space considerations, the far back of the CAB- 500 position is NOT recommended. MR-201/C CONIMUNICATION FORMATS 3+1 Standard • 4+1 Standard • 4+2 Standard FBD-1 4+1 and 4+2 Ademco Express • Ademco Contact ID NOTE: Ademco Contact ID must be used for independenf zone reporting. REQUIRED SOFTWARE AFP-200 English EPROM' = 73609 (or higher) AFP-200 Spanish EPROM* = 73618 (or higher) AFP-200 French EPROM' = 73617 (or higher) AFP-400 EPROM` _ #AFP4R20 (or higher) System 500 EPROM' = 73611 (or higher) System 5000 EPROM* = 73610 (or higher) AM2020/AFP1010* = Release 6.6 (or higher) AFP-300/AFP-400 = ALL 'Presently, the UDACT is not capable of A.C. Fail delay (per 1993 NFPA standards) when used with the AA Senes Amplifier, AVPS Power Supply, or the XP T2nsponder. TYPE MODE FEATURE (Ademco Contact ID format only) Use Type Mode to identify reports to Central Station as: • Fire Alarm • Supervisory • Pull Station • Heat Detector • Watertlow • Duct Detector • Flame Sensor • Smoke Zone 6urglary 24 hour Non-Burglary High Temperature Low Temperature Low Water Pressure Low Water Level Pump Failure ORDERING INFORMATION UDACT UniversalDigitalAlarmCommunicatorTrans- T mitter. Includes operating instructions, pro- gramming instructions and mounting hard- ware. DACT phone cord, seven feet long (two re- quired). Metal enclosure for externally mounting UDACT up to 6,000 ft. from host FACP. Metal enclosure. Includes viewing window and optional relay mounting capability. SPDT Form-C relay. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open collector re- Jay driver. DPDT Two Form-C relays. Contacts rated for 10A @ 115 VAC. Connects to open col- lector relay driver. Ferrite bead kit. Use for remote mounting only. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Standby current: 40 mA. Current while communicating: 75 mA. Maximum current while communicating and with open collector output activated: 100 mA. Voltage: Regulated 24 volts. Range: 21.2 to 28.2 volts. Osbome Radionics Format # Silent 171 HoNman 60001 Sescoa SurGard Ademco Knlght CSd000 FBI Models 6500 3000R MLR-Y (Addre5505 16 & 42) 68511) 9000 (3) CP120FB 182 (51 (7) 19) 0 4+1 Ademco 6yress ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 4+2 qdemco E)yress ✓ ✓ ✓ (8) ✓ 2 3+I/SFandarU/1800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓(5,6) ✓ ✓ 3 (NOT USED) 4 3+11Sfandard/790011400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 (NOT USED) 6 4+1/Shandard/1800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ 7 (NOT USED) 8 4+1/SfandaN/190011400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ 9 (NOT USED) A 4+2/5tandaid/1800/2300 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ (5) ✓ ✓ 8 (NOT USED) C 4+2/SfaMaN/1900/7400 ✓ ✓ (2) ✓ (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ D (NOT USED) E Ademco Confact ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ F (NOT USED) ('I) With 685-8 Line Card with Rev 4.4d software. (2) With 9002 Line Card Rev 9035 software or 9032 Line Card with 9326A software. (3) Rev. 4.0 sokware. (4) FBI CP220F8 Rec-'I t Line Card with Rev 2.6 software and a memory card with Rev 3.8 software. (5) Model 6500 with Rev 600 software. (6) Model 6000 with Rev 204 software. (7) With Rev B control card at Rev 1.4 software and Rev C line card at Rev 1.5 software. (8) Model 2 only. (9) Version 1.62 software. ~ Page 2 of 6- DN-4667 What is "Contact I.D.?" Most digital receiving formats transmit simple information about the status of the site, i.e., alarm, trouble, supervisory, battery fail, etc. Contact I.D. is a transmission format enabling transmission of alarm and trouble conditions on a bi-point basis. Three groups of information are transmitted to the central station: a four-digit account code, a group number (00 to 99), and the device or zone number (000-999). Each of these three information groups is programmable. Because of the virtually unlimited number of combinations, the number of systems, points and/or zones transmitted is boundless. LOCAL AREA NETWORK APPLICATION The NOTIFIER UDACT (Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter) provides the means to create a powerful, low cost, local area network solution for any application involving multiple facilities spread over a small geographic area, such as a college campus. . Compatible NOTIFIER fire control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP300, AFP-400, AFP1010, AM2020), NOTIFIER UDACTs, standard public switched telephonenetwork, and a low-cost digital receiver combine to solve what has in the past been impossible to do without incurring high costs. The UDACT, when used in the contact I.D. format, transmits detailed system status via the standard public switched telephone network to a digital receiver. The telephone nehvork becomes the "network gateway" from the FACP to the digital receiver and to an optional UniNet monitor. In the example shown on the attached page, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Digit Acct Code Group No. Device/Zone Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 0001 Ot Ot 000toOt 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 B AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 OS 05 001 to OS 120 E System 500 0005 O6 O6 001 to O6 016 In this type of configuration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000. Applications include: hospitals, college campuses, shopping malis, prisons, airports, grouped government facilities, power . plants, large commercial facilities and much more. In addition, the control panels may be networked using NOTI•PIRE•NETT"" (see DN-4644). In this configuration, a single UDACT can be used to report uup to 2040 separate points and panel statuses. WIDE AREA NE'fWORK APPLICATION Imagine an application which requires the status of a flre system to be clearly visible for appropriate response/action, yet the monitored facility is located thousands of miles away from the monitoring center. These applications have in the past been out of reach using existing technology, but today are possible with the NOTIFIER WAN. The NOTIFIER UDACT provides the means to create a unique, flexible, low cost, wide area nehvork solution for any application involving multiple facilities distance by a large geographic area, such as facilities located in various states spread across the continental United States. NOTIFIER WANs are created by using compatible NOTIFIER fire control panels (System 500, System 5000, AFP-200, AFP300, AFP-400, AFP1010 and AM2020), a NOTIFIER UDACT, the standard public switched telephone network and a low-cost digital receiver. Reporting the general system status orthe specific status of any monitored point in any facility to one central location is made simple. Controlling the system in this configuration is also made simple by utilizing the NOTIFIER UniNet, which is nerivork compatible. In the example shown, separate phone lines within each facility tie independently to the UDACT and modem. For example: Building No. FACP Type 4-Digit Acct Code Group No. DevicelZone Range A AM2020 0001 00 00 001 to 00 999 - 0001 Ot 01 000 to Ot 999 0001 02 02 000 to 02 040 8 AFP1010 0002 03 03 001 to 03 396 C AFP-200 0003 04 04 001 to 04 089 D System 5000 0004 OS O5 001 to 05 120 E. System 500 0005 O6 O6 001 to O6 016 In this type of configuration, the maximum number of zones/points to be reported is 100,000 and the number of moni- tored facilities is 99. Both the number of points and the number of facilities to be monitored increase when a four-digit account number is applied (as with conventional Central Station facility assignments) as well to expand the nehvork! Multiple response centers are possible, one may be the local monitoring central station facility required by local codes/ ordinances. The other monitoring station, as an option, may be located wherever compatible telephone networks exist. DN-4867 - Page 3 of 6 LOCAL AREA NETWORK -1 _ ~ mOMo CD r ~'D(1)0 13 o X 2.Q ~ a ~ N (D t c c I I ' 0 D sndweo 140 0 ^ - - - - - - - - - - - - I sndweo up - - - - - - - - - - - I ~ I S ~ I I z D E. i m pp - ~ N I Q ~ o ~ ' I m G. tC N I ~ > I I cu :7' ' ' W . -0 CL ~ IQ cc: W ~ I D ~ C m 5; _ (0) o ~ ~ 1 2 2 e, ' • ~ D o- I (D ~ 'm 3 I , W 1 ~ ~ W~ N G' ~ 03 I C CD tn ~ ~o r- ° o . I Q- ~ ~ ' rn I to ~G o 1 n ~ I ~ ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - Page 4 of 6- DN-4867 LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING NOTI•FIRE•NETT"^ , 'OC~f ~ O O y E C ~ U O `f M G.UN.~ ::J ~ Y ~ L ~ V O C J d Qd Q d ~U Z DN-0867 - Page 5 of 6 -i ` m ~ Z m ~ O 00 X =92. ) Page 6 of 6- DN-4867 ~ a NOTI FI E RO F/RE SYSTEMS A PITf WAY COMPANY GENERAL The APS-6R is a state-of-the-art, 150 watt, switching aux- iliary power supply providing 24 VDC of filtered DC power. The APS-6R provides hvo 24 VDC output circuits, each rated for 3 Amps in alarm and 2 Amps continuous. It is used for the operation of peripheral audible/visuai devices (alarm signaling appliances) for the NOTIFIER AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. FEaruees • Lightweight, compact design. • "Off-line" switching technology. • Forvvard topology. ° Uniquedesign - magnetic flux-sensed converter elimi- nates need for opto-couplerfeedback. • 120 or 240 VAC (@ 50/60 Hz) field-selectable. ° Wide input voltage range: 90 -132 VAC, 180 , 264 VAC. • High efficiency. • Output circuits with ovedoad protection. • Built-in "brown-ouY" circuitry. • Diagnostic trouble LED. • Plug-in connector for in cabinet applications and screw terminals for remote device applications. • Shares battery and charger circuit with control panel. • Power-limited design, per 1995 UL requirements. • Surface-mount technology conserves panel space. • AC Fail supervision with field-selectable delay per UL 864. • Heavy-duty clamp-type terminals accept up to 12 AWG (3.25 mm') wire. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION When used with the CAB3 Series (CAB-A3, -63, -C3, or - D3), the APS-6R mounts to a CHS-4 or CHS-4L mounting chassis. If more than one APS-6R is necessary to satisfy AudibleNisual (DC) power requirements, connect addi- tional APS-6R power supplies together as described in the Installation Instruction Manual. When used with the AFP-200, the APS-6R mounts in the lower portion of the cabinet where batteries would normally mount (88-17 re- quired). When used with the System 500, only one APS- 6R may be mounted in the right-most position in the cabi- net. Underwriters Laboratories requires that all Signaling Ap- pfiances be approved for use with the selected control sys- tem due to voltage operating range criteria. Use only those appliances listed for use with the associated controi sys- tem. Refer to Device Compatibility Document #15378. November 11, 1998 . V, E-121 APS-6R 6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply Section: Power Supplies U California L State Fire Marshal 7315-0028:190 S624 CS1181CS7331 CBP696 M EA Compatible with: AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP300, AFP-200, System 5000, and System 500 control panels. ELECTRtCAL SPECIFICATIONS AC primary input power (T61): 120 VAC: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.5 A. 240 VAC (cut JP1): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 12 A. DC secondary input power (T63): TB3-1 TB3-2 24 VDC output power (T82): Total 6 A(4 A continuous). Circuit 1(T82-1, TB2-2; orJ1): 3 A@ 24 VDC power-lim- ited. Circuif 2(T82-3, T824; orJ2): 3 A@ 24 VDC power- limited. Fuses: F1(AC supervision): 250 VAC, 4 A, 3 AG. F2 (bat- tery supervision): 32 VAC, 10 A, 3 AG. Trou6le supervision bus:. J3 output: Form-A contact (open collector). J4 input: Form-A contact (open collec- tor). NOTE: J3 and J4 can be interchanged. Loss ofAC indication: Immediate indication (default); 8- hour delay (cut JP2); 16-hour delay (cut JP2 and JP3). This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We iry to keep our product informa[ion up-to-dale and accurete. We cannot cover all specific applicalions 1$O•9001 or anticiDate all requiremenis. All specifications are subjact to chan9e without notice. Etlglneefing and M3nUfactuting For more inFOrmation, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 464-7718 Quality System Certifed to 9001 N OTI FI ER~ 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 International Standard ISO- - MatleiniheU.S.A. DN-5952 - Page 1 of2 SPECIFICATIONS on opposite side. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. The APS-6R in its enclosure measures approximately 6" x 4". CABINETS FOR MOUNTING CAB-X3 Series, using CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis, for AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, and System 5000 control panels. System 500 can mount one APS-6R if the face module expansion card (such as an ICE4) is not installed. CAB-400AA for AFP-300 and AFP-400 control panels. Mount up to one APS-6R. An option module, without ex- pansion card, is allowed. AFP-200 backbox. Mount up to one APS-6R in the lower position of the box (where batteries mount). A BB-17 bat- tery box is required. Mounting the APS-6R to the CHS-4 Chassis LED STATUS Green LED - Yellow LED - \ TROUBLE IfV (J4) and TROUBLE OUT (J3) "P" style connectors for internal cabinet connections. Two 24 VDC OUTPUT ~ CIRCUITS INDICATORS: / - Indicates AC power ON. v - Jndicates loss of AC or 6aflery. F2 FUSE for battery protection F1 FUSE for AC protection Q) ~ PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Mode/ Description APS-611 24-volt, filtered power supply (120/220 VAC input). A77-716B 12124 VDC end-of-line relay. CHS-4 Four-module chassis. CHS4L Four-module chassis (low-profile). CHS-4 Chassis~j E a G E . ~ . ~ 4 JUMPERS JP2 and JP3 for selecting 8-hour or 16-hour delay for AC Ioss reporting. (Default is immediate.) JUMPER JP1 - \ Cut for 240 VAC ~ operation. CHASSIS E 3 Staiidoff (2 places) APS-6R Assembly ' APS-6R Assembly Page 2 of 2- DN-5952 ONOTIFIER~ A Pittway Company Section: Power Supplies/Accessories GENERAL The NOTIFIER FCPS-24 (120 VAC model) and PCPS-24E (220/240 VAC model) are compact, cost-effective, 6-amp remote power supplies with built-in battery charger. The FCPS-24(E) may be connected to any 12- or 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or may stand alone. Primary applications include Notification Appliance (bell) Circuit (NAC) expansion (to support ADA requirements) or auxil- iary power to support 24-volt system accessories. The FCPS provides regulated and filtered 24 VDC powerto four Notification Appliance Circuits (rivo Class A[Style Z] and rivo Class B[Style Y] or four Class B only). Alternately, the four outputs may be configured as any combination of re- settable/non-resettable power outputs (optimal for power- ing 4-wire smoke detectors). The FCPS-24(E) also con- tains a battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 Amp Hour batteries. FEATURES • Requires input trigger voltage of 9.0 - 32 VDC. • Contains two, fully-isolated input/control circuits (trig- gered from FACP Notification Appliance Circuit [NAC expander mode] or jumpered permanently on [stand- a/one mode]). • Two Class A(Style Z) or Class B(Style Y) Notification Appliance Circuits (circuits 1 & 3). • Two additional NACs that may be individually configured for Class 8(Style Y) operation only (circuits 2& 4). • 6 Amp full load output (3 amps max./ckt.) in NAC ex- pander mode (UL 864). • 4Amp continuous output in stand-alone mode (UL 1481). • In stand-alone mode, output power circuits may be con- figured as resettable (reset line from FACP required) or non-resettable. • Fully regulated and filtered power output (optimal for powering four-wire smoke detectors, annunciators and other system peripherals requiring regulated/filtered power). • Fuseless,power-IimitedtechnologymeetsnewULpower- limiting requirements, effective May 1, 1995. • Normally closed trouble contact. • Fully supervised power supply, battery and Notification Appliance Circuits • Selectable earth fault detection. • ACtroublereport selectable for immediate, 8-or 16- hour delay. • Optional ammeter/voltmeter. • Works with virtually any UL 864 fire alarm control which utilizes an industry-standard reverse-polarity notification circuit. July 14, 1998 1(e E-730 FCPS-24(E) 24 Volt, 6 Amp Remote Power Supply California State Fire U~ 9 ~U~ Marshal 7315-0028:178 S635 CS869 (FCPS-24 on/y) „ (FCPS-24 only) ~ nn M_9 0Y3A0.AY (FCPS-24 only) (FCPS-24(E)) • Self-contained in compact, lockable cabinet (15" [381 mm] high x 14.5" [368 mm] wide x 2.75" [70 mm] deep). • Includes integral battery charger capable of charging up to 7.0 AH batteries. • Fixed, clamp-type terminal blocks accommodate upto 12 AWG (3.25 mm') wire. 57ANDARDS and CODES The FCPS-24 complies with the following standards: • NFPA 72-1996National Fire Alarm Code. • UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (NAC expander mode). • UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Alarm Systems (sfand-alone mode). This document is not intended lo be used for installalion purposes. We try lo keep our pmduct information up-1o-date and acwrale. We cannot cover ail specific applications or ISO-9001 anticipate all requiremenls. All specifications are subject to change wilM1OUt nobce. For Englneefing and ManufattUring EIEE~ more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FPJC: (203) 484-7778 Quality System Cettified to ON OTI FI E R• 72 Clintonville Roatl, Northford, Conneclicul 0e472 Intemational Standard ISO-9001 Made in lhe U.S.A. DN-5132 - Page t of 3 SPECIFICATIONS Primary (AC) Power • FCPS-24: 120 VAC 50/60 Hz, 2.0 A max. • FCPS-24E: 2201240 VAC 50160 Hz, 1.0 A max. • Wire size: minimum #14 AWG with 600V insulation. Control Input Circuit • Trigger Input Voltage: 9.0 to 32 VDC. • Trigger Current: 2.0 mA (16 - 32 V). (per input) 1.0 mA (9 - 16 V). Trouble Contact Rating • 5 amps at 24 VDC. Auxiliary Power Output • Specific Application Power - 45 mA Short Circuit. TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS TO TRANSFORMER #2 TO TRANSFORMER #i 5 ~ z x w a a "-TMTB1 T84 P2 ~ ~ ~ ~ 5~!do output circuits • +24 VDC (19.1 - 26.4) filtered, regulated. • 3.0 amps maximum for any one circuit. • 4.0 amps maximum total continuous current for all out- puts (Stand-alone mode). • 6.0 ampsmaximumtotalshort-termcurrentforalloutputs (NAC Expander mode). Secondary Power (Battery) Charging Circuit • Supports lead-acid batte(es only. • Float Charge Voltage: 27.6V. • Maximum Charge Current: 250 mA. • Maximum Battery Capacity: 7.0 AH. 1 - Nores: 1) Cut JP1 to use a UL listed external battery charger. 2) Cut R134 to delay AC loss report- ing for 8, hours (24-hour standby), or r x cut R134 and R76 to delay AC loss N---- ; N reporting 16 hours (60-hour standby). 3) Cut R175 to make output #2 non- resettable in stand-alone mode. 4) Cut R176 to make output #4 non- ~ m o+~ resettable in stand-alone mode. . 7'2'3'4'S 6 7 8 9 101112 Eaa5~ 5~F'EF-, a5~ P L`~`rn~n yrn2`~`N N Vl w ~ N♦ 1+ I~ N+ I+ ~ 1 I ~ < C - 5 8 ff H B" 5 b 9 H S g~ g P 880000 .50000 O - R175 ~ Q R7R II FCPS-24(E) DJP1 Battary fuse 10A 3AG slow 61ow B2 M JR27 00o000o v^ U c= m m m m u O aaaa a ULLe'ee'e'e Q N N~ Y F F F F F 6] m $ N `y~NC] V W ~ ~ 7 > > n ~E'~&883 ~ L > > > 7 LL ~OOOO m Q m ORDERING INFORMATION R176 R63 .am• R134 FCPS-24 Remote charger power supply (120 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. FCPS-24E Remote charger power supply (220/240 VAC). Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, surface-mount backbox, and installation instructions. JPZ C1 D31 Z ~N } (Confrol lnpuf #1 /rom FACP) ~ ~ 3 OUT+ITrouhleContecl 4 OUT- 5 Trouble Contect 6 ~N + (Control Input #2 /rom FACP) B Auxillary Output(+24VDC,fOmAmex.) 9 + Common T63 MPM-4 A77-716B 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay for monitoring four-wire smoke detector power. PS-1270 Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 AH (two required). MPM-4 Optional ammeter/voltmeter. Mounts in FCPS backbox. e ~ Page 2 of 3- ON-5132 APPLICATION EXAMPLES Example 1.0: Expand notification appliance power an additional 6.0 amps. Use up to 4 Class B(Style Y) outputs or 2 Class A(Style Z) and 2 Class B(Style Y) outputs. Silenceable Horns Non-Silenceable Strobes In this example, the FACP notifcation appliance circuits will activate the FCPS when reverse polarity activation occurs. Trouble conditions on the FCPS are sensed by the FA61P through Notification Appliance Circuit #1. Example 2.0: Use the FCPS to expand auxiliary regulated 24-volt system power up to 4 amps. Both non- resettable and resettable power options are available. % SLC u ele aY ap ELR AllOutputs Regulafed +24 VDC ..`~~OutpUt 1 - POWERABLE a Resetteble Power Input 1 Output 2- NON•RESETTABLE g[24V POWER e~RESETI ~d~~M~~,~~e OIIfPUf 3' POW RABLE Input 2 as~ Ut ~~~a~+Ryq;~'k Put 4 - POWERSETTABLE Showntnggered Out lrominputf FCPS HOST FACP Addressable Resettable outputs are created by connecting the resettable output from the FACP to one or both of the FCPS inputs. Non-resettable outputs are created simply by cutting on board resistors. For addressable panel applications, use a monitor module to sense the trouble status of the FCPS via the trouble relay contacts. Example 3.0: Use addressable control modules to activate the FCPS versus the FACP Notification Appliance Circuits. This typically allows for mounting the FCPS at greater distances away from the FACP while expanding system architecture in various applications. SLC Loop ~M~~ ~ Class B IDC Up to 4 NACe or 2 NACs and 2 Regulated Power Outputs s ° Output 1 ~ b Input1 a Output2 Input2 Output 3 Shown Mggered OUfPUf 4 HOST FACP 'mm'nP~' + " FCPS Addressable In this example, an addressable control module is used to activate the FCPS and an addressable monitor module is used to sense FCPS trouble conditions. Local auxiliary power output from the FCPS provides power to the addressable control module. DN-5132 - Page 3 of 3 FCPS HOSTFACP , ~~ra~~s114~~E . ATTEF3/p V SfVld`,LL SEALED LElaD ACiD BATTERIES H1GtiVOLtlN1E C3EALEFE PRICES ~ Part Amp Case Dimensions (inches) Standard Numher PS91l5 Hours 4.5 Quantify z 20 . L a 7.93 W 2.09 H/term. 3.86 Terminal Type 25" FastTab PSG450 5 10 3.54 1.94 2.87 25" Fast Tab PC470 7 20 2_52 2.08 3.9 ° .787"-FastTab PSG480 8 10 3.54 1.94 4''~ 25" Fasi Tab PS490 9 20 11 3.97 173 4.02 25" Fast Tab PG4700 10 ~8 4.02 1.97 3.92 .787" FastTab : 100 a 224 0.55 1.97 EMEMOMM "Molex 50 2 1.65 22 .187"FastTab 7 4~ 3.82 0.94 2.13 .187" Fast Tab 10 4.15 1.63 2.7 .187" FastTab 20 5.28 1.39- 2.56 .187" Fast Tab 20~ 2.6 1.3 5.~2 .187" FastTab PC640L-F 5 20 0 2.63 2.63 4.05 .787" FastTab Lantern Battery) PC640L-S 5 20 2.63 4.D5 S rin Lantern Battery) PC640R-F 4.5 20 189 425 .187" Fast Tab PC640R-W 45 20 1.89 425 Mate-n-lok PSG650 5 10 t 1.94 3 25" FasiTab PC670 7 18 1.33 3.92 .187" Fast Tab PSG680 8 10 1.94 3.99 25" Fast Ta6 PC682 8 10 221 4.65 .187" FastTab PC682W 8 10 3.86 227 4.65 ' Female 25" Fast Tab PC695 9-5 10 426 2_75 5.54 Polarized Fast tab PC695W 9.5 10 ,426 275 5.54 Wire Lead w/AuFO Plu PC695T 9.5 - 10 426 275 5.54 Wire Lead w/To Plu g PC6l00 10 . 12 . 5.96 1.97 192 .187" or 25" Fast Tab PC6120 72 10 426 2.75 5.54 Polarized FastTab PC6120W 12 10 4.26 275 5.54 Auto Plug - PC6720T 12 10 426 275 5.54 To Plu PS6200 20 4 6.18 327 4.92 Nut & Bolt - PC6360 36 4 625 3.35 - 6.7 .25" Fast Ta6 PC6360N8 36 4 625 3.35 6.95 Nut & Bolt PS1208 0.8 u 40 3.78 0.98 2.42 Mate-n-lok . pCt212 12 20 3.8 1.65 2.1 .187" FastTab PC1220 ' 2 20 7-07 1.34 2.6 -.187" FastTab PS1223 2.3 10 7.17 0.94 2.42 Press.Tab pS1229 2.9 10 7.01 1.34 2.6 .187" FastTab PC1230 3 1 O 523 2.64 2.6 .187" Fast Tab PC1240 4.5 10 3.54 2.76 4.13 .187" FastTab PC1270 7 10 5.96 2.56 3.92 .187" Fast Tab - PC1282 8 4 3.86 4.42 4.65 .187" FastTab pCyzipp 10 6 5.96 3.94 3.92 - .187" FastTab PC12120L 12 5 8.38 275 - 5.5 Polarized Fast tab PS12720 12 4 5.94 3.86 3.94 25" FastTab PC12180F 18 2 7.13 2.99 6.57 25" Fast Tab PC72180N6 18 2 7.13 2.99 6.57 Nut & Bolt PC12260F 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 25" FastTab PC12260NB 26 1 6.89 6.54 4.92 Nut & Bott PS12280 28 1 6.54 4.92 6.89 Nut & Bolt PC12400 40 1 , 7.75 6.69 6.5 Nut & Bolt o,;- -n a.a suhiect 11 r.h,nna wilhou! nonce. Some batteries are sDecial ortlzr. ~~~~^_~~'✓////d//d/~'OGH90G7//9B/W/O/////AN//OH///// . ' si~ siaxPSe viva ao.an, Surr'rs d- F saiv nfEaa, ca 92f73 (eis) 661-2020° pAx (619) asi-goaa M.4TER3AL SAF£T-l £A3'A Si-IEET ar: (Pb, 7 mg/m3 Siyron 11.34 I 327.4° C (2oiling) about 774° C (2.740) myKg WA WA I L OAiA ' . Nane Nooe 40 mg/l ('15° C) Nane None None 100% I Acidic WA none ~Jone '~~en 4%- 7A.Z% Sealed battaries can emd hydregen only ifover charged ° eq. y n~t ~na = z.aa mc Fibarglass S /p W,4 Tobc vapors may he released, In case ot fire: vrear sef(cyriteined breathi rig apparatus. ~~BP~~Y~'~ None WA Temperaturasarer3~°C 572° ( r'~ may release combustihle gasas. In casa Wfire: rear wsiliva ressura saH~ar~lained 6~thi a ratus. _ - FlRST' ' SLLFiJRiC ACID PRKAUT70N5 - 53(7N CaPdTACi'; Flush with vrater, sea phys4c;an if conixt area is b`qa w H blfsters fortn. EYE CDH7ACT: Ca17 physiclan immediaieiy ard ;Iush vrith watar urt1il physician arrives_ INGESTION: CaII physician. R paUertt is wrrscious, fluah rtrouth wiN water, haye the ptient dnnk milk or scdium bicartonate.cniintn„ r.,..~. mcrswacsu~ . . . ~ `Nill (rot Fotymer¢e - : 4n+i9 basas, most organic camp~unds ~~'Q~~I~~'e'FIO+3[7G75~ - SuHUr.c diovde. iria~ida, h3dto9en suHide. ttydrn9en ~~~~`-~TC~~~YC#Y~' : Prohibitsmoldrg, s{;erks, ¢~c. fmm t:e}(ary ch'argi`g area. Avoid rimizingac.d with oiher chami~W_ . . ' . . . - sPILL oR LEniC A#iCC~URES STEP3 7D TAtCE IPd C?Sc OF ~ 3L Oii SYI 1' . ff'+~Nu+%~ acld ~s 3dfled hom a bettary. ~~dralize the ac,d with scdium bicarborrate (6aldrg wda), sodlum carEon (soda ash). or caicium aade (lime)' Fiush the area vith r:atar afd dlacafd tn th¢ m. Co noi allcw unneutralized acid irrto the se,va fam. WAS7E Di3Fpcni M~7}~a- . Neutral'¢¢d ~d rcay };y flLyhad dpyn pya yewer. S{ent barieries musf 6a treated as hazardo,us vss(e and dispo ,ed o{ ancorying to local, sGte. and ledarzl r ulations_ A W thfy mvmrial sai ds~ muat Se su d~ed to am sc`a daa{er or seconda laed'smeitar wi(h traft PftoTcG770(V . 19K7RI ' . . . . _ . . . . s _ .r ` - . :i Rutrtrsr Gkwres Aomn._ PreteCh+e aqwpmerrt musi be rwm I ihe battery w cracked w cthertnsa d2ma9ed ..R respirator w.... va ZA U. ld mtNim .ru5ra09ilF R th9 1L J g ~ni.. ~m r a.~am miamai resismlxs arA ni9n Fcwx Ca^-a~iY., hq7h fevela of shM circuit wrrerrt can bs desaloped ar,r~a the batttarmirtals Ca ~t resf lools a caW¢3 ~~~ry~.. Usa Iruvlated tcols c.)ry. Fdfwv all Itutsllatlon ItWruction M dLqra wh¢rt In9alli2p frtlal 1rIg battmy sv-,Aems. NEdLTH HAZARO DAT.i LEAD: The torJc ertecis of lead ars accumulativa and slov to appsar. It aftscts the bdrsys, reprcduciiva, ar.d cers[ra3 nervouy aystam, mg symplorms a ieast ovareulo~ra ara anemia, vcmHing, heedsche, stomach pein (Fead colk), dialrresa, loss c( appalRe, and musca and joint peln. Fxpcsure to lead han a battary mosi oftan exurs dun`xg lead raclaim opvratioms fhrcugh ihe Sreaihing or ingeslion of lead dusis and fumes. ' THIS DATA R4UST 9E PASSFD TO A}dY SCRtW DE1L=ft OR SSd51.TER YiNEU A 8,9'11 ERY 13 RE3CLD, SUL°LIRIC tiCID- SuKUnc acid is a sirzxig cortcaive. Contn~{.yith an;d oou'7* ~ burns; on the skn and in -yes. Ingasd(on ot auifuric sd v,iil causa GI tiact bums. ?cid can be ralsased if the tbaftery cesa hs damape or ii Ihe verrts are'ampered with . rto RGI1L..Sg 5 PA(2p TpR Flbmus giass la sn .mlatrt a Ih- upper respiratory tract, sk~n, and agsv. For eamsura up to tOFfCC usa AASA Condoll with ype H flNer. Atwe tOFiCC uq to 5OF/CC usa Uttra-Twin with iwa H firier_ Th'rc ~,.-r b,,,~,-.,,~ue......J .....r~ ~ NOTI FI ER Y. le r t Installation 1. Remove knockouts in the bottom of the FACP cabinet and the top of the BB-17 cabinet. 2. Using conduit, hang the BB-17 cabinet from the FACP cabinet. Make sure ihere is at least 1/2" of clearance between the BB-17 and the FACP (see illustration at left). 3. Anchor the BB-17 to wall using 1/4" diameter holes in back of cabinet. 4. Install batteries in the BB-17 ca6inet by running wiring through conduit. 5. Attach the BB-17 cover to cabinet using sup- plied self-threading screws (see illustration at lower left.) * Note: Cable P/N 71093 is required when an AVPS-24 is used in an AFP-200. See AFP-200 Instruc- tion Manual, Document #15511. Overview The BB-17 Battery Box, may be used to house two 17AH batteries. It mounts directly below the FACP cabinet. Parts atv- Description 1 BB-17 Battery Box Cabinet t B8-17 Battery Box Cover 4 Self-Threading $crews 12'minimum clearance 7 ' Notification Appliance Power Cable PM 71093 t Fire Alarm Control Pane/ 0 No ■ ' ■ ' ER' F/RE SYSTEMS A PIiM/AY COMPANY February 24, 2000 V_ DN-6720 • H-220 FMM and FZM Series Monitor Modules with FlashScan~'" Section: IntelligenVAddressable Devices California 3~0 ~'28:202 LISTED cssss S3705 MARYLAND F M State Fire Marshal ppProved Permit # 2020 open supervisory devices with special supervisory indica- tion at the control panel. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class D) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is required for su- pervision of the Style D circuit. Maximum IDC loop length is 2,500 (t./762 m (20 ohms maximum). FMM-1 Operation- Each FMM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls fromthe control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FMM-1 Specifica4ions lir-^ Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. ules in existing systems. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). FMM-1 Applications - Use to monitor a zone of fouL--~Average opereting current: 400 NA (LED flashing). wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact alarm EOL resistance: 47K ohms. activation devices. May also be used to monitor normally- Temperature renge: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). GENERAL Three different monitor modules are available for NOTIFIER intelligent controls to suit a variety of applications. Monitor modules are used to supervise a circuit of dry-contact input devices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull sta- tions, or monitor and power a circuit of two-wire smoke de- tectors (FZM-t). FMM-1 -The FMM-1 Monitor Module is a standard-sized module (typically mounts to a 4" [101.6 mm] square box) that supervises either a Class A(Style D) or Class B(Style B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. FMM-107 -TheFMM-101 is a Miniature Monitor Module (a mere 1.3" (33.02 mm) H x 2.75" (69.85 mm) W x 0.5" (12.70 mm) D) used to supervise a Class B(Style B) circuit. Its compact design aliows the FMM-101 to often be mounted in a single-gang box behind the device iPs monitoring. FZM-1 -The FZM-1 Interface Module is a standard-sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible two-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Class A(Style D) or Class B (Style B) circuit. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication pro- tocol developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed gieater than five times thai of other designs. FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. FNIM-1 MONITOR MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the control panel. • Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address 01 - 159 (01 - 99 on tradi- tional systems). • LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- grammable option), and latches on steady red to indicate alarm. The FMM-1 Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, two-wire systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It pro- vides eilher a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) for normally-open-contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a panel-controlled LED indicator. The FMM-1 can-be used to replace MMX-1 mod- This document is not intended to be used for installatlon purposes. We try io keep our ~ 0 9001 protluct information up-to-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specitic applications or anlicipate all requirements. All specificalions are subject to change without notice. For more informadoq confact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ . 61) N OTI FI E W One Fire-Li[e Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 EN6INFERINC 8 MANOFACi1RIN6 Matle in the U.S.A. DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Pape 7 of 5 Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. FNIM-101 MINI MON170R MODULE • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this de- vice as a monitor module to the AFC-600. • Powered directly by two-wire FACP. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. . • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). The FMM-101 Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a single-gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and light weight allow it to be installed without rigid mounting. The FMM-101 is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems where the individual address of each mod- 1475 0 1 ADDRESS 0 1' 13 2 ~ 2 LOOP O 4 O 4 3 3 109 8765 ~ 9876 5 ~ ~TENS nONES E l~J t m a (s ule is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm and security devices. The FMM-101 can be used to replace MMX-101 module in existing systems. FMM-101 Applications- Use to monitor a single de- vice or a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact devices. May also be used to monitor normally- open supervisory devices with special supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuiUdevice is wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the circuit. FMM-101 Operation - Each FMM-101 uses one of 159 available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). . FMM-101 Specifications< Nominal opereting voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Average operating current: 375 NA maximum. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Tempereture range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 1.3" (33.02 mm) high x 2.75" (69.85 mm) wide x 0.5" (12.70 mm) deep. Wire length: 6" (152.4 mm) minimum. FZM-1 INTERFACE MODULE • Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors. • Supervises IDC wiring and connection of e#ernal power source. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct-dial entry of address (01-159). • LED flashes during normal operation (this is a program- mable option). • LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from control panel. The FZM-1 Interface Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individual address of each modul'A is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module alfoWS intelligent panels to interface and monitortwo- wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional de- tectors back to the control panel. All two-wire detectors be- ing monitored must be UL compatible with the module. The FZM-1 has a panel-controlled LED indicator and can be used to replace MMX-2 modules in existing systems. FZM-7 Applications - Use the FZM-1 to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detectors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B(Class B) or Style D(Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the Style B or D(class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for Style D application. FZM-7 Opera4ion- Each FZM-1 uses one of 159 avail- able module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regu- lar polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communica- tion with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). FZM-1 Specifica4ions Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). Average opereting current: 270 NA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms. External supply voltage (between Terminals T3 and T4): DC voltage: 18 to 28 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 VRMS maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum. Tempereture range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. IN57ALLA710N FMM-1 and FZM-1 modules mount directly to a standard 4" (101.6 mm) square, 2.125" (53.975 mm) deep, electrical box. They may also bemounted ro the SM6500 surface-mount box. Mounting hardware and installation instructions are pro- vided with each module. All wiring must conform to appli- cable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These mod- ules are intended for power-limited wiring only. . The FMM-101 module is intended to be wired and mounted without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. ~ Page 2 of 5- DN-6720 • 02/24100 [ z!s; ARCHITECTS'/ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS Specifications of these and ~ all NOTIFIEF products are available from NOTIFIER. MOUNTING DIAGRAMS for sfandard-sized modu/es af riqhf IR Model Description FMM-1 Monitor Module. FMM-107 Mini Monitor Module. FZM-1 Two-Wire Detector Monitor Module: SM6500 Optional Surface-Mount Backbox. ~ / I e E 3 E 0 0 WIRING DIAGRAMS The following wiring diagrams are included: 1) FMM-101, typical two-wire Style B initi- ating device circuit configuration. 2) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. 3) FMM-1, typical four-wire fault-lolerant initiating circuit configuration, NFPA Style D. 4) FMM-1, typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capability). 5) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. 6) FZM-1, interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style D. 7) FRM-1, relay control module used to dis- connect a power supply. CAUTION DE-ENERGIZE UNIT PRIOR TO SERVICING ..roe..nm? reenl~%:e. s~vaen'a ~ =s Face P/ate for FMM-1 and FZM-1 N H UL LISTED Compatible Control Panel 47K EOL INCLUDED Fig. 1 FMM-101: Typical two-wire Sty/e B initiating device circuit configuration. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION ~ TO 10- NEXT DEVICE BLACK ► 4 RED FMM-101 45678g0' 456789 .0 12 ~ Z10 15143 2~ 0 M H ~ VIOLET ► 4YELLOW 6720wirl.wmt DN-6720 • 02/24100 - Page 3 of 5 ! i • Connect modules to listed compatible NOTIFIER control panels only. • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited. • Install contact closure devices per manufacturers' installation instructions. • Any number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be used. - • DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same module. Mr Fig. 2 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating device circuit configuration, NFPA Style B. TO Next Device 47K EOL y,q~ 7 Resistor R 6 3 ELR-47K ❑ 5 4 MONITOR Initiating Device Cirouit (IDC) ~ MODULE Communication Line NFPA Style B, power limited: 230 pA max. @ 12 VDC max. ~ 9 ~ p ~ ~8~1 ~ 6'N TENS Z ~ a~' t LOOP AOORESS ° which support this feature) Q O O~ FUTURE FEqTURE ~ Fig. 3 FMM-1: Typical four-wire fau/t-tolerant initiating circuii configuration, NFPA Style D. TO Next Device FROM Panel ` ious e MONITOR ce D ~ MODULE O ~ Communication Line ~ 9 0 0' 32 VDC maximum. ~ 8 1' S h ielded/twisted-pai r EOL Resistor , 107 .EN: 2B is recommended. is internal at 6 3 ~ terminals 8& 9 ❑ 5 a • Communication Loss ~oov o"`s nooaess (optional wnnection for panels ° 0 which support this feature) O FUTURE FEATURE 6]2UVi(J.wml ~ Fig. 4 FMM-1: Typical two-wire initiating circuit configuration for security systems (with alarm versus short capa6ility). TO Next Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) Device FROM Panel NFPA Style B, power limited: MONITOR orPrevious Device 230 NA max. @ 12 VDC max. O MODULE O ~ Communication Line 14K Series Resistor 9(~ 0 32 VDC maximum. ~ 8 ~ 1 ~ Shielded/twisted-pai r i d d i ~ 7 rexs 20 47K EOL s recommen e . + , ~ Resistor ' E6 ~ 3 lC~ . ~ ELR-47K ❑ 5 4 Communication Loss - . iooa o"ES HODRE55 (optional connection for panels ~ ° Q O O which support this feature) p F T U URE FEATURE s]zowira.wmf - FROM Panel or Previous Device v ~ 32 VDC maximum. S h ielded/twisted-pa i r is recommended. Communication Loss (optional connection for paneis Page 4 of 5- DN-6720 • 02/24/00 • Connect-modules to listed compatible control panels only. WIRING • Terminal wiring must be power limited. • DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security devices on the same module. DIAORMS • DO NOT LOOPwire under terminals. Break wire run to provide supervision of connections. THIS 'PAGE: • Detectors must be UL listed compatible with module. • Install detectors per manufacturers' installation instructions. • Power to the interface module must be externally switched to reset the detectors. An FRM-1 relay control module can be used to switch power from a standard power supply; see Fig. 7 below. O Fig. 5 FZM-1: Interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Style B. 3.9K EOL Resistor (included) A2143-10 TO Next Device INTERFACE n MODULE O Cf o 9 ~ 0 !:N 7 iENS Z ~ 6(5 3 ~ ❑5oxs Qo , 00 s72ow11s.1m1 FROM Panel orPrevious Device Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommended. J I_) Listed Battery Backup switched DC power supply. ~ Optional Branch Circuit TO Next Interface Module Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. 'V Fig. 6 FZM-1: Interface two-wire conventional detectors, NFPA Sty/e D. ~ , 3.9K EOL Resistor (induded) required at terminals 8 & 9 A2143-10 FROM Panel - orPrevious Device Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommended. 3 ~ Listed Battery Backup 4 ~ + switched DC oaess power supply. ~ D ~ Optional8ranch Circuit TO Next Interface Module Module supervises supply voltage and detector loop. TO Next Device O " = b - O 9 97 TENS 2 ~s ~ orves Laov no ^ O o ~v 6]20wir6.wm1 ~ . 'V Fig. 7 FRM-1: Relay contro/ module used to disconnect a power supp/y. TO Next D~OC ~O Device LAY TROL DC POWER SUPPLY DULE o Listed f or Fire 0 ]1 Protection with F o Battery Backup in z~ 9 I 3~ ~ r4 . ~ooa nooaess o Q E~ ~ 6]20wi1].wmf 4 FROM Panel or Previous ~ Device \ Communication Line 32 VDC maximum. Twisted-pair is recommended. DN-6720 • 02/24/00 - Page 5 of 5 *NOYIFIEW A Pittway Company GENERAL The Thermotech 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detec- tors operate within a controlled range of two to three de- grees of their set points, regardless of the speed or rate of temperature rise. These detectors are available in either 135°F or 194°F ratings. The 302 Series are normally-open devices designed es- pecially for fire detection and alarm systems. FEaruREs • Immediafe response. The 302 Series activate whenever ambient air temperature reaches a detector's setting, eliminating the thermal time lag inherent in conventional heat detectors. • Eliminates false alarms. The 302 Series do not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations below the selected temperature. • Universal application. The 302 Series can be used in all areas for any type of occupancy. • Self-restoring. • Hermetically sealed, shock resistant, corrosion resistant, and tamper-proof. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The 302 Series rate-anticipation heat detectors re- spond and activate the fire alarm immediately whenever the ambient temperature reaches the preset temperature setting. Under rapid heat rise conditions, the rate-anticipation feature enables the detector to respond one to three degrees ahead of the setting. At the same time, however, it does not respond to momentary temperature fluctuations be- low the selected protection level, thus eliminating false alarms. When temperature drops back down below the protection level, the detector automati- cally resets itself. DIMENSIONS (Model 302) Total overall length: 4-1 /8" Base diameter: 2" ELECTRICAL RATINGS Vo/tage Carrent 6-125 VAC 5 amps 6-25 VDC 1 amp 125 VDC 0.5 amp April 17, 1998 1307 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices I California State Fire uL F M Marshal ~ 7270-0021:001 S539 J.1.5H3M3.AY E35018A (Except EPM) (EPM model only) APPLICATION INFORMATION 302 Series detectors have a smooth-ceiling UL rating of 50' x 50' (15.24 x 15.24 meters) and are the only type of heat detectors having such a rating on both fixed tempera- ture and rate anticipation. The 302-H is designed for hori- zontal mounting and UL rated for 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). This document is nof intendetl to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and acwrata. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 anlicipale all requirements. All specifcations are subjecl lo change without notice. For Engineering and Manufactudng more inFOrmation, conlacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Qualily SyStBm Cedified to ON OTI FI E W 12 Clintomille Road, Notlhford, Conneclicul 06472 internalional Slandard ISO-9001 Made in Ihe U.S.A. UN-12I1 - Yage 1 or 2 PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Thermotech Model 302 Series Rate-Anticipation Heat Detectors MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REFER TO 302-135 135°F Interior Vertical Mounting. Nate 1 below. 302-194 194°F Interior Vertical Mounting. 302-AW-135 135°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. Note 2 below. 302-AW-194 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. 302-ET-135 135°F All-Weather VeAical Mounting. Note 3 below. 302-ET-194 194°F All-Weather Vertical Mounting. 302-H-135 135°F Interior Horimntal Mounting. Note 4 below.` 302-H-194 194°F Interior Horimrdal Mounting. 302-EPM-135 135°F ExpIosiorrProof Mounting. Note 5 below. 302-EPM-194 194°F Explosion-Proof Mountirig. AP-P Decorative white plasfic adaptor plate for mounting 302 and 302-AW to 4" outlet box. FINE SILVER CONTACT POINTS EXPANSION STRUTS HIGH EXPANSION SENSING SHELL 0.040 ANODIZED ALUMINUM HEAT ANTICIPATION CONTROLSLEEVE SETTING SCREW DEVCON HERMETIC SEAL Cut-Away View, ACTUAL SIZE Note 1: For interior mounting in any atmosphere that is compatible with terminal screw type connections. UL rating 50' x 50' (15.24 x 15.24 meters). Nofe 2: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox when the all-weather leads are properly spliced to'THW' or equivalent type wire. Note 3: Humitically sealed for moisture-proof or dust- proof installations. Requires no special backbox. Has plastic hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (127 cm) conduit threads for attachment to threaded hub cover, or any outlet box. Note 4: Same as model 302 except designed for hori- zontal mounting. UL rating 40' x 40' (12.19 x 12.19 meters). Note 5: Explosion-proof for installation in hazardous lo- cations. Has hexagonal wrench grip bushing with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit threads for attach- ment to threaded hub cover of Series JL fixture ftting as manufactured by Killark Electric Co., or equaL Page 2 of 2- DN-1271 NOTI FI E W F/RE SYSTEMS - 1(0-A PITfWAY COMPANY \ GENERAL The FST-751 Series intelligent thermal detector is used with the intelligent NOTIFIER Fire Alarm Systems to measure lher- mal levels caused by a fire and report the analog level of the thermal measurement to the control panel. The use of ana- log information provides significant benefits to the end user, installer, and service personnel in ways which are not pos- sible with a conventional type system. Since this detector is addressable, it helps firefighters to more quickly locate a fire in its early stages. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that:greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new infor- mation, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concen- trates on single poinis. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that ot earlier designs. FEATURES • State-of-the-art thermistor technology for fasi response. • Rate-of-rise model (FST-751 R), 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. • Factory preset at 135°F (58°C). • Addressable by device. • Direct 01 - 159 entry of address (01 - 99 on tra(litional systems). • Two-wire loop connection. • Visible LEDs "blink" every time the unit is addressed. • 360°-fieid viewing angle of the visual alarm indicators (Two bicolor LEDS). LEDs blink green in Normal condition and turn on steady red in Alarm. • Integral communications and built-in device-type identifi- cation. t Compact, stylish design. • Femote test feature from the panel. • Built-in funciional test switch activated by external mag- net. • Walk test with address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED 12-(pause)-1). • Low standby current. • Listed to UL 521. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. . • Designed for direct-surface or electrical-box mounting. • Sealed againsi back pressure. • Plugs into sepaYate base for ease of installation and main- tenance. • Separate base allows interchange of photoelectric, ioniza- tion and thermal sensors. • SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base. • 94-5V plastic flammability rating. February 78, 2000 vl- H-210 FST-751 Series Intelligent Thermal (Heat) Detectors with FlashScan" Section: InielligenUAddressable Devices California State 9 Marshalfe F M 7270-0028:196 O & Approved LISTED MARYCAND (AFC-soo) S91 1 State Fire Marshal RR8281 1.IP9 • Remote LED output connection to optional RA400Z remote LED annunciator. • Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases. • Optional recessed base mounting kit (RMK400). APPLICATIONS Use thermal detectors for protection of property. For further information call NOTIFIER for manual 156-407- 00, Applications Manual for System Smoke Detectors, which provides detailed information on detector spacing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications. coNSrRUCrioN These detectors are constructed of BayblendO in an off-white color. The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector is de- signed to commercial standards and offers an attractive ap- pearance. INSTALLATION The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detector uses a separale base to simplify installation, service, and mainte- nance. Installation instructions are shipped with each detector. Mount base (all base types) on box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. FlashScanT"' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. Bayblend(D is a registered trademark of 8ayer Corporation. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our I~O ~oo~ pmduct information up-to-tlate and acwrete. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requiremenis. All specifications are subjec[ to change without notice. For more informalion, coniact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ir {~J N OTI FI E R' One Fire-Lite Place, Northfortl, Connecticut 06472 EH6INEERINC 8 MANIIFACi1Ri19 Matle in lhe U.S.A. DN-6716 - Page 1 of 2 • Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base). • With B501BH or B5018HT 6ase, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • With B224R8 or B224816ase, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. NOTES: 1) Because o/ the inherent supervision provided 6y the SLC looq end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring 'T-taps" orbranches are permitted /or Style 4(Class "B') wiring. 2) When using relay or sounder 6ases, consult data sheet DN-2243 (lSO-X) /or device limitations between isolator modules and iso- lator bases. OPERATION Each FST Series uses one of 159 possible addresses on a control panel SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and it reports its type and status, including the analog level of its heat-sensing elements. If it receives a test command from the panel (ora local magnet test), it stimu- lates its electronics and reports an alarm analog level. It blinks its LEDS when polled and turns the LEDs on when commanded by the panel (detector blink is optional). The FST Series offers features and performance that represent the lalest in thermal detector technology. SPECIFICATIONS ~ Size: Diameter installed in B71OLP: 6.1" (154.94 mm); Diameter installed in 8501: 4.1" (104.14 mm). Height: 1.66" (42.16 mm). Weight: 5 oz. (150 gm). Operating tempereture: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Instailation temperature: -4°F to 100°F (-20°C to 38°C). Opereting humidity range: 10% to 93% relative humidity, noncondensing. Operating voltage/current range: 15 - 28 V(Peak DC), 5 mA current for visible LEDs latched on. Detector standby current: 300 pA @ 24 VDC (one com- munication every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled). For 6ases B224RB or B22461: < 700 pA @ 24 VDC (includes detector). Sensor: electronic, dual thermistors. Fixed temperature setpoint: 57°C (135°F). Rate-of-rise option: 15°F (8.3°C) per minute. REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR +F__-__1 - + Control Panel 8224RB relay base: Screw termina/s: up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2). Relay type: Form-C. Ratings: 2 A@ 30 VDC resis- tive; 0.3 A C 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) diameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. B22461 isotator base: Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) di- ameter x 1.2" (30.48 mm) high. Maximum: 25 devices be- tween isolator bases. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description FST-751 Intelligent thermal sensor. FST-751 R Intelligent thermal sensor with rate-of-rise fea- ture. BASES: - 8710LP Standard U.S. style Low-Profile base. B501 Standard European flangeless base. 6501BH Sounder base, includes 6501 base above. 24 VDC, 85 dBA internal horn. B501BHT Same as 65018H but with temporal pattern sounder. B224RB Intelligent relay base. 13224131 Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. ACCESSORIES: RA400Z' Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. singie-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with 8501 base only. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. 'Supported by B501 and B71OLP base only. ARCHITECTS' & ENGINEERS' SPECIPICATIONS Specifications are availabie on these and all NOTIFIER prod- ucts. Please contact NOTIFIER. WIRING DIAGRAM i i i ~ ~ i 1 I - 6-/7--0PTIO--N-AL--IRW--ING--- - - - - - - - - + _ _ _ _ _ _ STYLE i ~ T I 6)14wi2.lil (7`I Page 2 of 2- DN-6716 NOTIFIEW l FIRE S~YSTE S M~ 1:~: (a GENERAL The NOTIFIER FSP-751 (photo) and FSI-751 (ion) are ana- log, addressable, low-profile (height measures only 1.66"/ 42.164 mm) smoke detectors designed for the entire line of intelligent systems from NOTIFIER. The FSP-751T photo model includes a built-in thermal (heat) detection device. If either condition (smoke or heat) is detected, the device will alarm. The addressability of the FSP-751 and FSI-751 enables the control panel to provide firefighters with a pinpoint descrip- tion of where the fre is located. The FSP-751 and FSI-751 are also analog devices. The control panel is capable of not only knowing the detector's location but exactly how much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the en- vironment of its location. Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the control panel. These values may be gathered so as to allow the control panel to determine if a detector has accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A"maintenance" re- quired indication allows the installer to ciean the smoke de- tector before an unwanted false alarm occurs. The FSI-751 Intelligent lonization Sensor incorporates a unique single-source chamber design to respond quicklyand dependably to a broad range of fires. The FSP-751 Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor's unique opti- calsensingchamberisdesignedwithsuperiorsignaltonoise ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the pres- ence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion sources. FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication proto- col developed by NOTIFIER Engineering that greatly en- hances the speed of communication between analog intelli- gent devices and certain NOTIFIER systems. Intelligent de- vices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the de- vices within the group has new information, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of eariier designs. FEAiURES • Sleek, low-proflle design. (height oniy 1.66"142.164 mm). • Common base for both photo and ion detectors. • Addressable-analog communication. •Stable communication technique with noise immunity. Low standby current. ~ Rotary Ot to 159 address switches (01 to 99 on traditional systems). Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory (RA400Z). • Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. September 15, 2000 Ir DN-6714 • H-200 FSI-751 and FSP-751/751T Low-Profile Intelligent Plug-in Smoke Detectors with FlashScan'" Section: Intelligent/Addressable Devices Califomia U~ 9 State Fire Marshal 7272-1209:192 CS308 (FSP-7511-751TJ LISTED 7271-0028:201 51115 (FSI-751) MARYLAND M EA State Fire Marshal F M 2020 (FSI-751) 277-99-E (FSP-751/ 2013 (FSP-7511-751T) ApprOVOd -751T only) • Visible bicolor LEDS blink green every time the detector is addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm. • Walktestwith address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED: 12-(pause)-1) (F/ashScan systems only). • Built-in functional test switch activated by external mag- net. • Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases. • Listed to UL 268. FlashScanTM' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. This documenl is not inlended to be used for instaliation purposes. We try to keep our 0 900 ~ product information up-lo-date and accurete. We cannot cover all specifc applicalions or anticipale all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, wnlacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 111717=117TTT =M ONOTIFIEW 12ClintonvilleROad,Nodhford,Connecticut 06472 FN6INFERIN68MANIIfACNAIN6 . DN-6714 • 09/15l00 - Page 1 of 4 FSP-751T wifh 6710LP base FSP-751 with RMK400 recessed mounting kit SPECIFICATIONS Size: 1.66" (42.16 mm) high x 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. Shipping weight: 3.6 oz. (104 g). Opereting temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). UL listed velocity range: /ON: 0- 1500 fpm (0 - 7.62 m/ sec). PHOTO: 0- 4000 fpm (0 - 20.32 m/sec). Relative humidity: 10%- 93% noncondensing. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Voltage renge: 15 - 32 volts DC peak. Standby current -/ON: 200 pA @ 24 VDC (without com- munication); 300 NA @ 24 VDC (one communication every 5 seconds with LED enabled). Standby current - P OTO: 250 NA @ 24 VDC (without communication)C~60 vA @ 24 VD one communication every 5 seconds wi ena ed . LED current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC ("ON"). Air velocity ratings: FSP-751 & FSP-751T." to 4,000 ft./min. (1219.2 m/min.). FSI-751: to 1,500 ft./min. (457.2 m/min.). BASES AVqILABLE: B710LP: 6.1" (154.94 mm) diameter. B501: 4.1" (104.14 mm) diameter. 6501 BH or B5016HT: Sounder base assembly. Includes 6501 base. 6224RB Relay Base: Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0 mm'). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A@ 30 VDC resistive; 0.3 A@ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A@ 30 VDC in- ductive. Dimensions: 6.2" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). 6524BI Isolator Base: Dimensions: 62" (157.48 mm) x 1.2" (30.48 mm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases. INSTALLATION The FSP-751 and FSI-751 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows maintenance personnel to plug in and re- move detectors without using a ladder. Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: • 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. • Single-gangbox(exceptrelayoriso/atorbase). • With 65018H base, use a 4" (101.6 mm) square box. • Wifh 6224R8 or B22481 base, use a 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) octagonal box, or a 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal or square box. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description FSI-751 Low-profle intelligent ionization sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below. FSP•751 Low-profile intelligent photoe/ectronic sensor. Must be mounted to one of the bases listed be- low. FSP-751T Same as FSP-751 but includes a built-in 135°F (57°C) fixed-temperature thermal device. BASES: B710LPBP Standard U.S. low-proflle base, pkg. of 10. B5016P Standard European flangeless base, pkg. of 10. B5016H; ;Sounder base, includes B501 base above. B507BHT Same as 6501BH, but includes temporal sounder. 6224R6 Intelligent relay base. 6224BI Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from loop shorts. I. ACCESSORIES: SDG-773 Smoke Detector Guard. This guard is me- chanically compatible with 6oth FSI-751 and FSP-751 detectors. lt is UL-compatibility listed with the FSP-751 (file UL S5515). It is NOT UL-compatibility listed with the FSI-751. F110 Retroft replacement flange for BX-501 base. Converts BX-501 base for use with FlashScan detectors. RA400Z* Remote LED annunciator. 3- 32 VDC. Fits U.S. single-gang electrical box. SMK400 Surface mounting kit provides for entry of sur- face wiring conduit. For use with 8501 base only. RMK400 Recessed mounting kit. Foruse with 8501 base only. SM6600 Surface mounting kit for use with 6710LP. M02-04-01 Test magnet. M02-09-00 Test magnet with telescope stick. XR-2 Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/ or removal of FlashScan Series detector heads from base in high ceiling installations. XP-4 Extension pole for XR-2. Comes in three five- fool sectio. "Supported by 8710LP j& and 8501 bases only. A t4, SMOKE GUARD Cover: 16 gauge perforated steel (3/16" [4.7625 mm] dia. perforetions on 1/4" 16.35 mmj staggered centers). 51 % open. SDG-773 is 3" (76.2 mm) deep by 7" (177.8 mm) wide. OPTIONAL Frame: 3/4" x 3/4" (19.05 x 19.05 mm) angle, 14 gauge solid SDG-773 Smoke f steel. (1.905cm)-______'"" All guards are supplied with the following: ai<• 1) Guards fasten to mounting frame with No. 10124 x 318" Z=~ (9.525 mm) long Allen-head screws (10124 spanner-head screws and tool option at extra cost). 2) Standard finish: "Cool Tan" baked enamel. 3"; MOUNTING DIAGRAM (7 62 cm)' SDG-773 Smoke Guard 1 4762sa9m.wmg MODEL NO. SDG-773 8 ~ Ceiling orWell 0 Page 2 of 4- DN-6714 • 09115/00 (1.905 cm) 7" (1778 cm) ; ~ a/q• DETECTORS, EXPLADED VIEW SENSOR COVER -COVER SENSOR m g m SCREEN ~ ~ i _1 ' _ CHAMBER G I LJ U LJ LI L LJ REMOVAL TABS COVER ~ SENSING CHAMBER . . anaexoi.wmr ♦FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo SENSOR COVER COVER 1011 ~ REMOVALTABS SENSOR , SCREEN immem 1 SENSOR CONTACTS SENSING CHAMBER ~ SENSWG CHAMBER 6714exo2.wmi TEST MAGNET PASITIONING ❑ PAINTED \ SURFACE ~ MAGNET TEST MARKER LED STATUS INDICATORS TEST MAGNET PAINTED SURFACE s'namaei.wmr 0 FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo LED 2 PAINTED ' SURFACE ~ e FSI-751 lon LED 1 MAG N ET TEST MARKER EJ 0 TEST MAGNE PAINTED 6714mag3tif SURFACE AL FSI-751 lon DN-6774 • 09115/00 - Page 3 of 4 WIRING DIAGRAMS REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR + ----i i ~ i i Listed i ' Compatible ~ i CONTROL . 3 2 3 PANEL i 1 i1 i i i i i i i ~ i i i i i OPTlONAL RETURN LOOP i f + _ -Ai, FSP-751 and FSP-751T Photo REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR 0[ CAUT~0 -N-!- T + _ DO NOT LOOP wire under terminals 1 or 2. Break wire run to provide supervision of connections. -f' Control Panel t - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ STYLE 617 OPTIONAL WIRING ~ ~ ~ i C _ J I 3 -------~e AL FSI-751 lon ~ r , Page 4 of 4- DN-6714 • 09/15/00 TI■ IER' FBRE SYSTE S GENERAL The NOTIFIER NBG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-ac- tion (i.e., requires hvo motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface for any NOTIFIER intelligent control panel. Because the NBG- 12LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. Fearuees • Maintenance personnel can open station without causing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when,in alarm. • Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTI- VATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/325 mm' wire). • Semi-flush, mounts to a standard single-gang (2.125" [5.3975 cm] minimum depth), double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual-action design. • Within ADA 5 Ib. pull force. • Highly visible. • Attractive shape and textured finish. Key reset. Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BG-TR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. • Up to 99 NBG-12LX stations per loop on classic protocol systems (non-FlashScan). • Up to 159 NBG-12LX stations per loop on FlashScan protocol systems. • Dual-color LED blinks green for FlashScan systems. CONSTRUCTiON Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable LEXANO (or polycarbonate equivalent) with a textured finish. June 9, 2000 V~ DN-6726 • H-240 NBG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station with PlashScanT" Section: IntelligenUAddressabie Devices U.S. PATENTS PENDING California ~ State Fire C U~ US Marshal 7150-0028:199 LISTED ' • S692 FM Approved OPERATION Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word "ACTIVATED" (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; closing the door automati- cally resets the switch. Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address set- tings (1-159 on FlashScan Systems, 1-99 on CLIP sys- tems). FlashScanTM' is a trademark of NOTIFIER. LEXAN@ is a regis- tered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company. This document is not intended to be used for installalion purposes. We try to keep our o V ~ product informalion up-lo-date and accurale. We cannol cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifcations are subjec[ to change without nolice. For more information, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ a N OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 EN6INEEAINC 8 MANIIFACIIRING Matle inlhe U.S.A. DN-6726 • 06109/00 - Page 7 of 2 The NBG-12LX Addressab/e Manual Pull Stafion PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description NBG-12LX Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. SB-10 Surface backbox. BG-TR Optional trim ring. INSTALLAYION The NBG-12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the Model SB-10 sur- face backbox. If the NBG-12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG-TR) may be used. The BG-TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes). ~ / Terminal Connecfions 1 SLC 2 SLC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SLC loop current: 230 uA. aecHtrECruw►L/ ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key- operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be vi'sually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be cohstructed of red-colored LEXAN@ (or polycar- bonate equivalent) with clearly visible operating instruc- tions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (25.4 mm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surtace mounting on matching backbox SB-10; or semi-flush mount- ing on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Undenvriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with iwo wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual sta- tions shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. The loop poll LED shall be clearly visible through the front of the station. The LED shall flash while in the normal condition, and stay steadily illuminated when in alarm. C~9 ~ 0 . O ~ z ~ 3 / v B 6 g ~ 6 _~o 0 MB ~ ~WOC jJU9 ~ Detail of BREAKAWAY TAB* ~a ~e o ~ :p...ai+~~ierss;o I I i 13 2 i f1 4 4~ LED *Remove tab to select addresses above 99 (FlashScan systems only). $ I~I o u~ U ~a n- Cover open fo show easy access to miniature monitor module, rotary swifch, and UL label. i 3 Page 2 of 2- DN-6726 • 06/09100 Back of stafion without door. ■ IF I ER F/RE SY$TEM$ p pITTWAY COMPANY GENERA6 The System Sensor DH100ACDC four-wire duct smoke de- tectors are available as either an ionization or a photoelec- tronic model. This new design allows for simplified clean- ing and maintenance, or a change in application without removing the duct housing. The DH100ACDC samples air currents passing through a duct and gives dependable per- formance for management of fans, blowers, and air-condi- tioning systems, preventing the spread of toxic smoke and fire gases through the protected area. ARNin►G QW Duct smoke detectors have specific limitations. DUCT DETECTORS ARE: • NOT a substitute for an open-area smoke defector. • IVOT a substitute for early warning detection. • NOT a su6stitute for a building's regular fire detec- tion system. REFER TO NFPA 72 and 90A for additional duct smoke detector application informafion. FEaruRes • Outside mounting tabs. • Telescoping sampling tube (patent pending). • Built-in reset button. • Interconnectability (patent pending) for multi-fan shut- down (up to ten air handlers). • Cover tamper trouble signal (patent pending). • Easy to clean. • 24 VAC/DC or 120/240 VAC operation. • High-Low voltage barrier. • lon or photo models available. • Remote test station option. • Remote sounder option. • Air velocity rating from 500 to 4,000 fUmin (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). • Equipped with two DPDT Form-C relay contacts. • Easy and quick mounting to round or rectangular ducts from 1 to 12 feet (2.54 to 30.48 cm) wide. • Textured cover for convenient visual inspection. • UL 268A listed. SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: 14.375" (36.513 cm) wide x 5.500" (13.970 cm) high x 2.750" (6.985 cm) deep. Shipping weight: 3.751bs. (1.7 kg). Operating temperature range: 32° to 131 °F (0° to 55°C). Operating humidity range: 10 % to 93% relative humidity. October 22, 1999 ~ prjp I-355 DC71 0 0/'!~aD C Four-Wire, Low-Profile, lon & Photo Duct Smoke Detectors Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California State Fire u~ F ~ Marshal s 3240-1209:155 Approved S911 MARYLAND State Fire Marshal RR8281 Air duct velocity range: 500 to 4,000 fUmin (152.4 to 1219.2 m/min). ARCHIYECTURAL/ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The air-duct smoke detector shall be a System Sensor model DH100ACDC Series Duct Smoke Detector. The de- tector housing shall be UL listed per UL 268A specifically for use in air-handling systems. The detector shall oper- ate at air velocities of 500 to 4,000 feet per minute (152.4 to 1219.2 meters per minute). The unit shall be capable of controlling up to ten (10) air-handling systems when inter- connected with other detectors. The detector shall be ca- pable of providing a trouble signal in the event that the front cover is removed. It shall be capable of local testing via magnetic switch or remote testing using the RTS451 KEY Remote Test Station. The unit shall be reset by local reset button or remote test station. The duct smoke detector housing shall incorporate an airtight smoke chamber in com- pliance with UL 268A, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. The housing shall be capable of mount- ing to either rectangular or round ducts without adapter brackets. An integral tilter system shall be included to re- duce dust and residue effects on detector and housing, thereby reducing maintenance and servicing. Sampling tubes shall either be telescoping or be easily installed by passing through the duct housing after the housing is mounted to the duct. Th., unit shall provide a spacial sepa- This tlocument is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our ~$p-9~0~ protluct iniormation up-to-tlafe antl acwrate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipale ali requiremenis. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineering and Manufacturing more informatioq contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7178 Quelily System CBdi}iBd 10 NOTIFIER' One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 International Siandartl ISO-9001 Matle in the U.S.A. DN-6753 - Page 1 of 4 ration of no less than 1/4" and/or a physical barrier be- tween the high- and low-voltage terminals. The enclosure shall meet all applicable NEC and NFPA standard regard- ing electrical junction boxes. Terminal connections shall be of the strip-and-clamp method suitable for 12 to 18 AWG (3.25 to 0.75 mm2) wiring. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION DH100ACDCI Four-wire ionization duct smoke detector. DH100ACDCP Four-wire photoelectronic duct detector. A5052-00 Replacement ionization detector board. A5069-00 Replacement photoelectronic detector board. A5064-00 Replacement four-wire power board. ACCESSOR/ES; ST-1,5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 1' to 2'. ST3 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 2' to 4'. ST-5 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 4' to 8'. ST-10 Metal sampling tube, duct widths 8' to 12'. ELECTRICAL RATINGS for DH100ACDC (inciuding detector) ~ r-~ T80-71-00 Replacement telescoping sampling tube. P48-55-00 Replacement end cap for T80-71-00. RTS451 Remote test station. RTS451 KEY Remote test station with key lock. RA400Z Remote annunciator alarm LED. APA451 Remote annunciator with piezo alarm. MOD400R Sensitivity test module. F36-09-00 Replacement air filters (two per package). M02-04-00 Test magnet. P48-21-00 End cap for metal sampling tubes. 50839-01 Photo replacement screen. PA40013. , Mini-Alert sounder. PS24L06 " Mini-Alert add-on strobe. PS12124LE NSC Ceiling-mount "SMOKE" lens. PS12124LE NSW Wall-mount "SMOKE" lens. Power supply voltage: 20 - 29 VDC 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 220M240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input capacitance: 270 NF maximum 270 uF inaximum WA N/A Reset voltage: 3.0 VDC minimum 2.0 VAC minimum 10 VAC minimum 20 VAC minimum Reset time (with RTS457): 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds 0.03 to 0.30 seconds Reset time (by power-down): 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max. 0.6 seconds max 0.6 seconds max. Power-up time: 34 seconds max. 34 seconds max 34 seconds max. 34 seconds max Alarm response time: 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 77 seconds 2 to 17 seconds 2 to 17 seconds Sensitivity test: See detectorla6el. See detector la6el. See detector label. See detector label. CURRENT LIMITATIONS (using no accessories): Maximum standby current: 15 mA 35 mA RMS 25 mA RMS` 15 mA RMS' Maximum alarm current: 70 mA 125 mA RMS 35 mA RMS' 25 mA RMS` ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS at 24 VDC DEVICE STANOBY ALARM APA451 12.5 mA mawmum 30 mA maximum PA400 0 mA 15 mA maximum RA400Z 0 mA 70 mA maximum RTS451 12 mA` 7.5 mA maximum RTS451 KEY 12 mA' 7.5 mA maximum 6753elec.71 *NOTE: When a unit is powered at the 120 UAC or 2201 240 VAC input, any combination of accessories may be used such that the given accessory loads are: • 60 mA or less in the STANDBY state. • 110 mA or less in the ALARM state. 6753acas.Abl Contact Ratings Alarm initiation contacts (SPST): 2.0 A@ 30 VAC/DC (0.6 power factor). Alarm auxiliary contacts (DPDT): 10 A C 30 VDC; 10 A@ 250 VDC. NOTE: Alarm auxiliary contacts must switch 100 mA minimum at 5 VDC. Alarm auxiliary contacts shall not be connected to initiating circuits of control panels. Use the alarm initiation contact for this purpose. Trouble contacts (SPDT): 2.0 A @ 30 VDC (resistive). ~t . Page 2 of 4- DN-6753 C y O V ~ E ~ m c c m d Cc ^ yU~, JC ~ 2+U°a`= I - I 0 m0 0- k~ c y 4~° I I c~"a Zi Eo ~m O N d N L ~ ~N ~ a~i `m y a; V, m ~ h y~ R ti~-° c'-'~i a o- 2•.'c ~ t,'°'o O ~ 2 Wom~c ~W°O ~,voQm a y o O m"~-° O W h m O 3 U~~, U°ofOiL°m ~LOSE.2catLo I U O0) ULLI ) ; I y Z Z~ V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~i ag a ~mJ ~ U~• v a oo U ~a 3 0~ a u'm ~ZT~iW i iZ00o~> 4 Om~~z0 w~ ~Q ~ o~oQ i ~ N ~ U C Z t~ s m y~ U U .s I I W N ~~o~ I 3 Q0~- 6.. o .o O LLI i0 'Jy~ U~ ~ Zfn ~ I a ~ W o~t, xc Z C)Z~ ~ m~ a < o~c ~ ml ~ y ce) o ~ K¢i-a- i j F-z I . ~ j ~o~ ~ lp a~ W a?V j ~ w ~ a a z t0U yI I L a______' V ~ V) C w - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = ~ U Y y W I c I y oo Z Z~ U o O 1 E U~~ oo ~ =a; o`~' i2mo ~ ~3Z`m w~ ~Q o~`oQ I °v ~m t~s U`U` ~ d I~ ~ o V3n 3 ia ~y~ ~~Wd ~ ~2 a N'O i a ; ~c z Uz~ ~ ~g ov ~ N I N~ > t0~ m~fA M ~ c 0.'QF I ° ~ g ~ ~ _ g~o ' ~ C) I j J 1O ~ Q~ W a?V ~ 01 - I Q Q a- ~JU E o a I 41 i Z a v ~n' I L a 0 a= o ~ ~ jd Z > u~ F. ~y W°-~am '8~E =J 'y 8 cp= N `o= ~!n O vj G a Q O y~ mNC°ooc Cm ~LLOiy 0 ms ~ ~1= Z V h¢o~°n~E`o UVQ~W2Q p p YL3Mmm ~¢F=O 0~' 3 yo E00R U>Boom~° J~O ?~~5 d(09 ~(hNEFV~ Jy~ V-iENC Q?J j> o a n m ko h 2 2 O ti~ d~ m c c wM~~,~.es~s W' OaNN o nw ~000000 o o;~ ~ O O U I~C[V F-'Y =Li cJ U I~ L CNr-NU t0 O Q- - - LL ~ O ~ 0 ~ F ~ ui ya N m Gr w _ J ~ c O am W (n d. U oa O Wp CQ y °o Q J J .F= It U Ov Q ~ O {L.J _ ma F a y0 ~ LL~ ~ J W ~a 0 LL J d~ ~F Z)U DN-6753 - Page 3 of 4 OTHER WIRING DIAGRAMS DH100ACDC I I APA457 Alarm Signal 15 Z Alarm Aux. Power+ 19 Sup. N.O. 14 3 Power Sup. COM 3 N Aux. Power- 20 1 Common ' ~ Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC td APA451 NOTE: Wiring diagram shown is for DH100ACDC fourwire duct smoke detector system equipped W/THOUT a control panel. DH100ACDC RTS451KEY Al 15 d LED 1 Al R arm Signal arm ( e ) ~ a ~ Aux. Power 9 6 Power (Green LED) Sup. N.O. 14 Q Common S C 3 up. OM 3 Reset 20 Aux. Power- 4 Common 2 Reset 5 Test ' T t 11 -1 7 ~ es 1 m Interconnect + 12 Interconnect- 1 Wiring Diagram: DH100ACDC to RTS451 KEY DH100ACDC andlnterconnect Feature NOTE Wi i di h i DH100ACDC f ~ z : r ng agram s own or s four-wire duct smoke detector system equipped ^ WITHOUT a control paneL Page 4 of 4- DN-6753 June 1, 2000 r_' DN-4653 • K-220 N OT 1 F 1 E R Detector Accessories used with i(a F/RE SYSTEMS S ystem Sensor/Notifier Products Section: Miscellaneous GENERAL System Sensor/NOTIFIER offer a number of accessory items and replacement parts to enhance the use, mainte- nance and testing of the smoke detectors. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Black Detector Cover The BCK-200 is perFect for applications such as theatres, museums, and other areas where white detectors would compromise the aesthetics. The BCK-200 includes ten black trim rings and detector housings. NOTE: Only com- patible with low-profile photo, ion, and VIEW@ detectors (both conventional and intelligent). SMK400 Mounting Kits CK 200 ~ ~~p Four different mounting kits are available. The SMK400 Surface Mounting Kit (UL: S2522, ULC: CS 308), and RMK400 Recess Mounting Kit (UL: S2522, ULC: CS 308) are designed to work with 400/551/751 Series plug-in 4" (101.6 mm) mounting bases 6401, B401R and B501. SMK400 accommodates a surface wiring conduit. RMK400 is suitable for suspended and drywall ceilings. SMB600 Surface Mounting Kit (UL: 52522, ULC: CS 308) is designed for 400/551/751 Series plug-in detectors using a 6" (152.4 mm) diameter base, direct wire detectors and the B601 BH Sounder Base. If a more finished look is desired for the intelligent 500 Series (FMM-1, FZM-1, FCM-1, ISO-X) panel modules, the SMB500 Surface Mounted Box (UL: 53705) provides a 4" (101.6 mm) square enclosure of beige plastic. RMK400 Remote LED Annunciator The RA400Z Remote LED is an op- tional visual annunciator designed to provide remote status indication for all of our system smoke de[ec- tors, duct detectors and beam de- tectors. 1t uses an active current regulatorto maintain 7 mA of cur- rent within the specified 3.1 to 32 VDC operating range. The 2" (50.8 mm) x 4" (101.6 mm) beige annun- ciator mounts in a standard, single- gang backbox. Remote Test Station ~ RA400Z CSFM 7300-1209:130 MEA:427-91-E Vol. II FM:OVBAS.AY UL: 52522, ULC: CS308 The 400/500 Series Duct Detectors and 6424 Beam Detectors can be tested using the RTS451 Remote Test Station. A magnet is used to activate the test. The RTS451 KEY~" model, for testing 2-wire or 4-wire ~ detectors, includes a key reset w ~ switch instead of the magnet tooL " m The RTS-451KEY(A) is an auto- RTS451 matic remote test station. C SFM 7300-1209:129 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved UL: S2522, ULC: CS308 Remofe Sounder/ LED Annunciator a For stand-alone conventional duct detector applications, the Model APA451 Annunciator consists of a piezo sounderalong with alarm and _ power LEDs to signal trouble in compliance with NFPA 90A. The a device fits conveniently in a single- gang box. APA451 CSFM 7135-1209:143 MEA: 427-91-E FM Approved UL: 54011 Test Magnef The M02-04 Test Magnet is used to activate the internal reed switch on _ddL 400/500/700 Series detectors and the RTS451 remote test station. M02-04-00 This document is not intended to be used for inslallation purposes. We iry to keep our 1S0 ~oo~ product information up-to-dale and acwrale. We cannot cover all specifc appliwlions or anticipate ali requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contacl NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7167 FAX: (203) 484-7118 ~ a N OTI FI E W One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 EN61NfEIIINi 8 MANUFACDRIIIG Matle in the U.S.A. DN-4653 • 06101/00 - Page 1 of 2 Removal Too/s The CRT-400 Cover Removal Tool simplifies removal of the tamper-proof covers on 400/ 551 Series lonization Detectors. It simulta- neously depresses the three lock prongs on the top of the unit so the cover can be rotated counterclockwise and removed. It can also remove the cover of photo units. The XR5 and XRZ Detector Removal Tools can be used with any 4001551 Series Plug-In Detector. The XR5 is used with the System Sensor 400 Series and the NOTIFIER CPX-551, SDX- 551 and FDX-551. The XR2 is used with the NOTIFIER SD-651, CP-651, SDX-751, and CPX-751. When used with the XP-4 Extension Poles, detectors can be in- stalled and removed up to 18 feet overhead without ladders or scaffolding. XP-4 Relay Modules s~ ~92~or 24-volt sy tem cao bie handled with the A77-7166 Relay Module. It is CRT-400 specifically designed for use in four- wire systems. A77-7168 Z7 G, Page 2 of 2- ON-4653 • 06/01100 ONOTIFIER" A Pittway Company GENERAL The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is ideal to meet the unique fire protection challenge of atriums and other open areas with high ceilings. The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is de- signed for four-wire, 24 VDC applications. This stylish, two-component infrared detector consists of a separate transmitter and receiver. Together they can protect a Iinear distance from 30' to 330'. Multiple units spaced behveen 30 and 60 feet apart can be used to cover larger areas. If 95% or more of the beam is blocked, a trouble condition is signaled. This blockage must be removed before the unit can reset itself and return to normal. FEe►ruees • Unique LED alignment technique makes setup fast and easy. • Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide positive visual indication of maximum signal strength. • No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. • Receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together. Detects a broad range of fires. • Ceiling and wall mount brackets included. Calibrated test filters included. • Form A(Alarm) and B(Trouble) contacts. • Remote test station option. • Made in USA. • Three-year warranty. APPLICATIONS The System Sensor Model 6424 Beam Detector is par- ticularly well suited for use in atriums, ballrooms, churches, warehouses, museums, factories, and other large or high-ceiling areas where conventional smoke detectors cannot be easily installed. CONSi'RUC710N & OPERATION The two-component System Sensor Model 6424 detector consists of a separate infrared transmitter and receiver. Theunits mount on opposite walls or on the ceiling across from each other and are designed to detect any smoke in a linear distance from 30' to 330'. Since both absorption and scattering of the beam's infrared light is detected as a reduction in signal, the System Sensor Model 6424 works well on both smoldering and fast-flaming fires. This document is not intended to be used for installalion purposes. We (ry to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or I$O-9001 anticipate all requiremenls. All specifcations are su6ject to change without notica. For Engineering and Manufacturing more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quality System Cerfifled to 6N OTI FI E W 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06472 Inlernational Standard ISO-9001 ~ Matle in Ih¢ U.S.A. June 4, 1997 Yi I-400 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector Section: Conventional Initiating Devices California s UIC ~ Marshale L 7260-1209:141 S911 CS308 ,,MEA FM 427-91-E 0V6AI.AY System Sensor's unique LED alignment technique as- sures the fast and easy setup. No special meters or alignment tools are necessary. Four LEDs on the front of the receiver provide all the help needed to lock transmitter and receiver together for maximum' signal strength and protection. - A built-in au[omatic gain control compensates for [he gradual deterioration of signal strength from dust accu- mulation, component aging and temperature fluctuations. The receiver and transmitter can be powered separately or together for maximum flexibility in installation. Sensitiv- ify selectable at 30% or 55% Total Obscuration. There is also a choice of test filters to allow convenient checking of detector sensitivity under varying conditions. Operating temperature range is -22°F to 131 °F (-30°C to 55°C). For further information, see "Guide for Proper Use of Beam Smoke Detectors," document 156-506-00. PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description 6424 Projected.Beam Smoke Detector. RTS451 Remote Test Station. RA400Z Remote Annunciator. A77-7166 End-of-Line Relay, 24 VDC. DN-3314 - Page 1 of 4 The 6424 Projected Beam Smoke Detector SPECIFICATIONS Operational Range: 30' to 330' (length). Smoke detector spacing: On smooth ceilings, 60' be- lween projected beams and not more than one-half that spacing between a projected beam and a sidewall. Other spacing may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow characteristics, and response requirements. See NFPA 72 A-53.5.52. Sensitivity: 30°/a ± 5% total obscuration OR 55% ± 5% total obscuration. Fault condition (Trouble): 95% or more bbscuration; automatic gain control limit; improper initial alignment. TesUReset features: Obscuration f Iter; local reset switch; remote test and reset switch capability (compatible with RTS451 test sFation). Indicators: ALARM - Local red LED TROUBLE - Local amber LED NORMAL - Local flashing green LED Alignment aid: Integral signal strength indication (4 red LEDs). Relays: Alarm, Trouble. EOL relay is required to super- vise power. . Environmental Temperature: -30°C to 55°C (-22°F to 131°F). Humidity: 95% RH non-condensing. Meehaniaal Dimensions: With no bracket, 2.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With ceiling mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 7"D. With wall mount bracket, 5.5"H x 8.5"W x 10"D. Weight: Receiver, 1.5 Ib. (663 g). Transmitter, 1.3 Ib. (598 g). Mounting: Separate ceiling and wall braekets. Wiring: Plug with attached cable. Eleetriaal (Reaeiver) Voltage: 20 to 32 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peak to peak). Current (24 VDC): Standby: 10.0 mA maximum. Aiarm: 28.4 mA maximum. Trouble: 27.1 mA maximum. Start-up surge: 19.0 mA maximum. Relay contacts: 0.5 A at 30 VAC/DC. Reset time: 0.6 seconds maximum. Start-up time: 1 minute maximum (after 5 minute reset). Power loss: Retain memory for 5 minute minimum. Eleatriaal (Transmiffer) Voltage: 18.5 to 32.0 VDC. Maximum ripple voltage: 30% of nominal (peakto peak). Current (24 VDC): 10.0 mA maximum. . ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a 4- wire 24 VDC device to be used with UL listed separately supplied four-wire control panels only. Unit shall be listed to UL 268 and shall consist of a separate transmit- ter and receiver capable of being powered separately or together. The detector shall operate in either a short range (30' - 100') or long range (100' - 330') mode. The temperature range of the beam shall be -22°F to 131°F. The detector shall feature a bank of four alignment LEDs on both the receiver and transmitter that are used to ensure proper alignment of unit without special tools. Beam detector shall feature automatic gain control which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration from dirt accumulation on lenses. Unit shall include both ceiling and wall mounting brackets. Testing shall be carried out using calibrated test filters ormagnet activated remote test station: WIRING DIAGRAMS POWER ALARM SIGNAL STRIPE TROUBLE SIGNAL POWER _ I AUX 6424 Remote Outpuls ~ ,AL 6424 Remote Outputs ALqpM WHIiE-BROWNSTRIPE SIGNAL ~ tinnrvuc ~rn AUX iv^ 2 ~ 4 I >CLLVVY I rn 3 RESET rv^~-~ I BLUE I TEST iv05 6424 RTS451 REMOTE TEST STATION AdIA6, Remote Test Station Connection Page 2 of 4- DN-3314 WIRING DIAGRAMS, confinued i i Class A - - - - ' Retum Loop _ j EOL Power ~ ~ Supervision WHIiE- WHI7E WHIiE WHITE Relay Module ~ YELLOW AED YELLOW REO (shown ener9ized) ' STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE STRIPE ~ WHITE-BLACK WHITEBLACK ~ STRIPE GRAY STRIPE GRAY . Initiating LOOp WHITE VIOLET WHITE VIOLEI 'i REO-WHITE WHITEVIOLET RED-WHIT WHITE-VIOLET EOL flesistof ' + SiAIPE SiRIPE STRIPE SiflIPE I Powerto DBt6CtOf5 BLACK Recaiver BROWN BLACK eceiver R BBOWN I OFANGE GREEN OAANGE GREEN ' I BLUE GflEEN BLUE GFEEN I UL Listed Panel Transmitter & Receiver Powered Together Transmitter Transmitter . ~ Class A Return Loop - , EOL Power - Supervision WHITE WHIiE WHITE- WHITE- Relay Modl11B YELLOW STRIPE RED SiRIPE YELLOW STRIPE AED STflIPE (shown ener9ized) WHITEBLACK WHITEBLACK , STRIPE GRAY STRIPE GAAY Initiating LOOp WHITE VIOLET WNIiE VIOLET RED-WHITE WHITEVIOLEf flED~WHIT WHITE-VIOLET EOL RBSiStOf + Si/iIPE STRIPE STRIPE ST FIPE Powerto Detectors BuCK Receiver eAOwN eucK Receiver eROWN v ORANGE GREEN ORANGE GREEN i Optional Temporary Wiring forTransmitter Alignment Aid BLACK ~ RED BLACK RED UL Listed Panel . GFEEN WHITE GREEN Transmitter & Receiver Remote aower Powered Separately SOI1fC0 BWE BROWN BWE ` T ransmitter Transmitler Power Inputs to Transmiiter are Nonpolar DN-3314 - Page3of4 MOUNTING DIAGRAMS~ HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ' ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT _ SCREW (#10-24 x 2-1/4") SCREW METALWASHER (#10-24 z 1-3/8") METAL WASHER PLASTIC WASHER PLASTIC WASHER r CEILINGMOUNTWG BRACKET CJ MOUNTIN G HOLE '~e e MOUNTING HUB ~ ~ WALL MOUNTING MOUNTING HUB o MOUK'TING HOLES II BRACKET ~ I ALIGNMENT "U"BRACKET ALIGNMENTLEDs "U"BR4CKET LEDs II VERTICAL VERTICAL ~oooo i ~ I I AOJUSTMENT SCREWS (2) 4 ~ /~II \ I ADJUSTMENT SCREWS (2) /II ' ~ o\ CABLE \ EGRESS STATUS \ CABLEEGRESS LEDS o\, (RECENER o a HOLEPLUG STATUS i ~ HOLE PLUG Used to piug ONLY) o Usetl to plug unused hole. i LEDs (RECEIVER BEAM LENS i unused hole. BEAMLENS ' ALIGNMENT ADJUST ONLY) i ALIGNMENTADJUST POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER (RECEIVER ONLV) HOLE PLUG ~ ~ HOLE PLUG (RECEIVER ONLY) AL Ceiling Mounting ,h, Wali Mounting REAR VIEWS SFfOWING SWITCHES AND CABLES ACCESS DOOR HOLE PLUG SENSITIVITY SELECT SWITCH Shown in ' 35 % pasition. ALIGNMENT / MODE SWITCH Shown in Normal Mode position. Rear View, klil, Transmitter Page 4 of 4- ON-3314 Rear View, Receiver 16CONDUCTOR CABLE Can egress either side. RESET SWITCH CABIE CONNECTOR EXIT PLUG ACCESS DOOR ~ HOLE PLUG ALIGNMENT MODE SWITCH Shown in Align Mode position. CONNECTOR \ 0 RANGE SELECT SWITCH Shown in Long Range position. 6CONDUCTOR CABLE CABLE EXIT PLUG ~ March 30, 2000 v- J-89 0 N OT 1 F 1 E W Spectri4lertT" Series 1( F/RE SYSTEMS Horns, Strobes, and Horn/Strobes A PITTWAY COMPANY Section: AudioNisuai Devices GENERAL O~ 54011 & 55512 (P7215, P721575, P2415, System Sensor SpectrAlert Series strobes, horns, and combina- tion horn/strobes are UL listed for primary signaling in life safety systems and meet ADA public mode visible signaling requirements. SpectrAlert products can be connected to the alarm indicating cir- cuit of a fire alarm control panel and are compatible with DC line supervision. The SpectrAlert product line mounts to standard backboxes using a universal mounting plate included with each unit. An optional small footprint mounting plate fits to a single-gang box. An accessory backbox skirt gives a cosmetic finish to a 4" x 4" x 1-7/2" or a 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" surface-mounted backbox. All strobe and horn/strobe mounting options require only one screw atiach- ment of product to plate. - These products are designed for 12 and 24 VDC and full-wave rec- tified unfiltered power. Full-wave rectified operation requires more current than DC operation. For detailed current draw informa[ion, consult the Current Draw Tables (page 2). The horn/strobe com- bination products are factory-assembled wiih jumper wires for in- tandem operation. For independent wiring of horn and strobe, re- move jumper wires. When wired for independent operation, the strobe will continue to run while [he horn can be silenced. How- ever, the strobe must be running for horn to operate. Horns - The SpectrAlert Series horns and horn/strobes pro- vide two different field-selectable/reversible tones, a high-low field- selectable/reversi6le sound output setting (low setting on 24-voit models only) and a field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temporal continuous pattern. These field-seleciable features are accomplished using pins and jumpers Iocated on the back of each SpectrAlert horn and horn/strobe. An accessory module is not needed to make these field selections. The horn on horn/strobe models will operate on a coded power supply. Those horn-only models with "HC" in their part num6ers will also operate on a coded power supply. The horn and horn/strobe series includes weatherproof models. Strobes - The ADA-compliant SpectrAlert strobes are elec- tronic visible warning signals that flash at 1 Hz over their operating voltage range. These products are available in 24-voit models at 15, 75/75, 75 and 110 candela intensities and in 72-volt models at 15 and 15/75 candela intensities. The strobe series includes weath- erproof models. SpectrAlert products feature dramatic reductions in current requirements. Sync•Circuit Module (MDL)-The Sync•Circuit Module is available for synchronization of strobes and horns and can syn- chronize two Style Y(class B) circuits or one Style Z(class A) circuii. The module can also generate a synchronized temp 3 tone for System Senso~'s Multi-AIertT"' and PA400 horn produc[s.* The synchronization module allows the SpectrAlert horns on combina- tion horn/strobes to be silenced on two-wire systems. SpectrAlert's Sync•Circuit Module can be daisy-chained for multiple zone syn- chronization. The module does not operate on a coded powersup- PlY. 'For Multi-Alert and PA400: Strobes must be wired to a continuous souroe of power (non-caded power supply). This document is not intended to 6e used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineering and ManufaCNring more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7761 FAX: (203) 484-7118 Quality System Cedified to Iniernalional Standard ISO-9001 ~ N OYI FI E Rm One Fire-Li[e Place, Notlhfortl, Connecticu[ 06472 P241575 , P2475, P241 10). S5512 (S7215, S121575, 52415, S241575, S2475, S24110). S4011 (HC12/24). CS549 (P2415A, P247575A, P2475A, P24110A, S2415A,S241575A,S2475A,S24110A). CS548 (1-112/24A, HC12/24A). OB8A4.AY (P1215, P121575, ► F M P2415, P241575, P2475, P24110, S1215, S721575, S2415, S241575, 52475, S24170, H12/24). 0D4A7.AY (HC12/24). ~ 7135-1209:173 (P7215, P121575, P2415, P241575, P2475, P24110). 7125-1209:174 (S7215, S727575, 52415, S247575, 52475, S24110). California 7135-1209:143 (1-112/24, HC12/24). State Fire Marshal M EA ~ 319-96-E (P1275, P121575, P2415, P241575, P2475, P24110, S1215, S721575, 52415, S241575, S2475, S24770, H12/24, HC72/24). SpectrAlertT"', Sync•CircuitTM, and Multi-AlertTM are trade- marks of System Sensor, a division of Pittway Corporation. DN-5939 - Paae 1 of 6 FearueEs • 24-volt strobe models: 75, 15175, 75 and 110 candela. • 12-volt strobe models: 15 and 15175 candela. • Horn models operate on 12 and 24 volts. • Low current draw: reductions as high as 45%. • Two field-selectable/reversible horn tones: - 3000 Hz interrupted - electromechanical • Field-selectable/reversible high-low dBA output on horn (low output on 24-volt models only): - 101 peak dBA @ 10 ft. high output." - 96 peak dBA @ 10 ft. low output' • Field-selectable/reversible temp 3 pattern or non-temp 3 con- tinuous pattern on horn. • Horn/sirobe can be wired either in tandem or independently. • Weatherproof strobes, horns, and horn/strobes available. • Horns for use with coded power supply available. • Universal mounting plate included with each unit. • One-screw mounting of strobe and horn/strobe to mounting plate. • SpectrAlert strobe and horn/strobe take up no room in the backbox. • Single-gang mounting without the use of a mounting plate (horn model only). • Self-contained screw covers. • Aesthetically pleasing design. • Synchronize horn and strobe with Sync•CircuitT^' module (MDL). • Silence horn on horn/strobe over a single pair of wires using a Sync•Circuit module (MDL). 'Sound output vanes with tone and outputoptions selected; sound /evels based upon anechoic room measurements. SPECIFICAi'IONS Input terminals: 12 to 18 AWG (3.25 mm2 to 0.51 mm2). Dimensions: see diagrams page 3. Weight, horn only: 72 oz. (204 g). Weight, strobe and horNstrobe: 8.8 oz. (250 g). Mounting: see diagrams page 4. Operating temperature: 320F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Opereting voltage range:" 12 V: 10.5 - 17 V. 24 V: 20 - 30 V. " These products should 6e operated within their rated voltage range. UL does, however, test functional integrity to -20% and +10% of manufacturerk stated ranges. CURRENT DRAW TABLES Strobe Only ~ ~ AVEqAGECOPPENT(mA) PEAKCUH FENT(mA) INPUSHCO qqENT(mA) 12V Motlele 2 V Mo la i2V M Ifl V I "gdsa 12y B 10.6V 12V t]V P V 24V 30V 10.SV 12V 11V 20V 24V 30V 10.SV t2V 1]V 20V 24V 30V CBIIE8I9 ~C FlVq pC FWp OC FWq pL qpL FMq pC fWq LC F\yq DL FlYp OC FlYfl ~C ENA OC FlVq QC FlVP OL FWP OC FWq OL FlVP CE FlVP GC 11 pC FNq M 15 133 159 liI 151 B1 1285911120 53 00 46 ]8 - dB0 490 450 46a <20 180 1501270116012701140125 0 00 100 B2 126 16p 190 1]~ 230 220 90 3i0 1.1 15/IS ll l 16B i82 1@ 111 BB 150 ]6 92 88 B3 5B 132 480 520 490 520 660 180 190 270 17019701 160 2]0 ]8 106 BB 126 ifi0 1B5 1J0 23n 2t0 2]0 Z!0 9B0 75 NA Nq Nq NA NA Nq 1A5 1)0 123 15B 102 ttl Nq NA NA NA NA Nq 350 440 3401 4601 3301 480 NA NA NA NA NA Nq 190 260 230 28011 2B0 38 0 110 NA NA NA NA NA NA 169 220 ICO 191 115 1]4 NR NA NA NA NA NA 4W 580 A50 5]0 420 620 Np NN Nq NA NA NA 190 230 220 2901 2901 370 Horn Only HiqhlLOw Temp Tane V0i111lIG MOfI AVEpAGECU 121tMO Is 1 0.5V 12V 17V pL FlVq OG FWP .L FlYq flflENT(mA) 2CVMOtlala 20V 24V 90V OL FlVP OL FMq pL FW11 EleGtro- High Tem ip H 10 10 14 14 19 21 25 iB 29 26 mech. Non 10 16 10 19 14 25 19 29 23 34 30 42 Low Tem Nq NA NA NA NA NA 11 12 13 13 17 15 Non NA NA Nq NA NA NA 12 18 14 19 17 24 3000 HZ High Tem H is tt 1t ts ie 24 26 ae 23 az 33 ImermpL Non 11 1] 11 21 16 28 18 34 27 38 35 AS L. Tem NA NA NA NA N~ NA 14 16 1] 15 21 19 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 13 18 16 21 22 25 Horn/Strobe - 15 cd HIqNLOw Temp TOII[ VOIVT! MOII AVERAGE W 12V Motlela 10.SV 12V 17V pL Mq pL FHP ~L FNP HNENT (mp) 21VOC Motlelv V 24V 30V ~L q FlYP . FlVP EIeRro- High Tem td3 110 126 M] 95 142 781 1101 78 BB 751 141 mech. Nan td3 b0 124 187 95 142 B 9B ]6 100 )8 139 Low Tem PPPPPPPPPPP NA NA NA NA NA NA 70 92 88 B3 63 1ffi Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 71 82 9] 93 83 192 3000 HE High Tem 144 192 125 16B 97 149 B3 108 81 103 B3 148 InlermpL NOn tAC 173 125 168 95 166 78 102 90 1p6 Bt 162 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 73 94 ]0 85 6] 13 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 72 92 69 94 88 1ffi Horn/Strobe - 15175 cd HigfJLOw Temp TOIIP VOIIIRI! /NOII AVEqAGECURflENT(mA) 12V Motlela 24V Motlels 10.SV 12V t]V 20V 24V 30V OC FWF aL FlYq OC fWP OC FlVII DC fW11 .111a q Eleclro- HigM1 Tem 178 193 152 iBi 113 164 95 119 911 1111 87 153 meCh. NOn 178 193 152 1Bt 113 19C A9 TO B 21 BB 150 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA W IDG 5 B 106 75 1d4 Non NA NA NA NA Nq NA 88 iW 90 146 ]5 16A 3000HZ HigM1 Tem 1]9 195 152 163 fl5 106 100 ite 96 1t6 95 159 Intermpl. Non 179 198 152 163 113 168 95 114 931 119 B3 15C Law Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 21 108 83 100 99 148 NOn NA Nq NA NA NA NA 9 B 104 82 10] BO idC HornlStrobe - 75 cd r~ AVEFiAGE CUflPENT (mA) 12V Motlelv 2 V Motlels HigM1lLpv Temp 10.5V 12V 17V 20V 2LV 30V Tane V0l11111p /NOII CL FWq OL FWq OG FlVP OL pL FWq OC FMq EI¢tiro- High Te01 NA NA NA NA NA NA 16C 191 148 187 131) 167 mach. Non NA NA NA NA NA NA te8 146 iW 132 16B low Tam NA NA NA NA NA NA 158 iB2 138 162 118 156 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 1571 182 19] 1@ 119 157 3000Hz High Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 169 198 151 1T2 199 PO Inlermpl. Non NA NA NA NA Nq NA 180 1g2 t5a 1~5 19] 1]) Low Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 159 184 160 i8d 123 180 Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 158 iBB 139 189 124 1B2 Horn/Strobe - 110 cd HigNLOw Temp 1~O11B Volume /N011 AVEqqGECUflPENT(mA) 12V Motlels 24V Motlels 10.5V P 12V t]V V 26V 30V OL lY OC FlYP OC FlYq pC p pC Mq pL LWq Elecim- Hlgh Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 188 241 195 209 1" 200 mecM1. Non NA NA NA NA Nq NA 168 230 183 2fl 10.5 202 Low Tem NA NA NA NA NF N~ 1 80 232 153 20C 132 189 NOO NA Nq NA Nq NA NA 101 232 154 20C 132 18D 3000HZ HigM1 Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 193 248 168 214 152 207 Intetmpt Non NA NA NA NA NA NA 180 242 187 217 150 210 Law Tem NA NA NA NA NA NA 183 234 157 206 136 193 Nan NA NA NA NA NA NA 182 232 158 205 137 195 -ss~S ~i Page 2 of 6- DN-5939 I SPECIFICATIONS General - SpectrAlert horns, strobes and horn/s[robes shall be capable of mounting to a standard 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" (10.16 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox or a single-gang 2" x 4" x 1-1/2" (5.08 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox using ihe universal mounting piate included with each SpeclrAlert product. Also, SpectrAlert products, when used in conjunction with the ac- cessory Sync•Circuit Module, shall be powered from a non- coded power supply and shail operate on 12 or 24 volts. 12- volt rated devices shatl have an operating voltage range of 10.5 - 17 volts. 24-volt rated devices shall have an operating voltage range of 20 - 30 volts. SpectrAlert products shall have an operating temperature of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) and operate from a regulated DC or full-wave rectified, unfiitered power supply. . Horn - Horn shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert model capable of operating at 12 and 24 volts. Horn shall be listed to UL 464 for fire protective signaling systems. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibilityoptions (at 24 volts) and ihe option to switch between a temporal 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous pattern. The horn-only model shall NOT operate on a coded power supply except those models (model numbers contain "HC") designed to do so. StrObe - Strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert modei listed to UL 1971 and 6e approved for fire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Aci requirements for visible signaling appli- ances, flashing ai t Hz over the strobe's entire operating volt- age range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector sys[em. DIMENSIONS 3-3/8" (85.725 mm) T 5-5/8" (142.875 mm) N- 2-5A56mm^) (58.737 2-15/16" (74.6125 mm) O T OUiER: 5-! (142.875 mr INNER: 5-5 (134.9375 R i (127 mm) ila^ n) 116„ im) HornlStrobe Combina4ion- Horn/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpecirAlert model- listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. Horn/strobe shall be wired as a primary signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over its entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have two tone options, two audibility options (at 24 volts) and the option to switch beiween a tem- poral 3 pattern and a non-temporal continuous pattern. Strobes shall be powered independently of the sounder with the re- moval of factory-instailed jumper wires. The horn on horn/ s?robe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply, . Module - Module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit model listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal 3. Also, the module shall silence the horns on horn/strobe models, while operating the strobes, over a single pair of wires. The module shall be capable of mounting to a 4-11/16" (119.0625 mm) square x 2-1/8" (53.975 mm) deep backbox and shall control two Style Y(class B) or one Style Z(class A) circuit. Module shall be capable of multiple zone synchronization by daisy- chaining multiple modules together and resynchronizing each other along the chain. The Module shall NOT operate on a coded power supply. 2-75/76" 15116" ~ ~74.6725 mm) (23.8125 mm) ~ OO ~ r 5-5/16" ~ (134.9375 mm) ~ t-5/16" (33.3375 mm UPPER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Small Footprint Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). LOWER LEFT: Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate (same dimensions for strobe only). UPPERRIGHT: Horn only (maybe mounted with either Small Footprint or Universal Mounting Plate). LOWER RIGHT: Sync•Circuit Module (MDL). ~ 5-114" (133.35 mm) ~ T o D 133.35 mm) O O O O ~ z" (50.8 mm) J DN-5939 - Page 3 of 6 MOUN7ING DIAGRAMS 4"X4"X1-1 /2"backbox ~ 0 2" x 4" x 1-70" backbox Hofn ~ Direct ~ Mount (1 O Horn SurFace Mount BeS with accessory Backbox Skirt D-MP Horn with Universal Mounting Plate ~ (included wi4h each product) 2" x 4" x 1-7/8" backbox 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" backbox 4" x 4" 1-1/2" backbox -0 Strobe or HornlStrobe with Universal Mounting PI: (included with each product) ~ v ~ ~ ..:n ~s A Sync•Circuit Module Direct Mount SOUND OUTPUi' GUIDE (dBA) StI'OD0 Of t10rO/,tl'Ob0 SUIYaCO MOIIII[ with accessory Backbox Skirt UL Reverberant Room dBA @ Volts DC Mechoic Room Peak dBA @ 10 ft.NDC 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 10.5 12 17 20 24 30 LOW Electromechanical NA NA NA 75 75 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 T o l TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 75 79 79 NA NA NA 94 96 98 emp ra HIGH Elechomechanical 75 75 79 82 82 82 94 95 98 100 101 102 ~ TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 75 75 79 82 85 85 94 95 98 100 101 -102 Lpyy Electromechanical NA NA NA 79 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 N TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted NA NA NA 82 82 85 NA NA NA 94 96 98 on - Temporal HIGH Electromechanical 79 79 5 T8 85 88 88 94 95 98 100 101 102 TONE 3000 Hz Interrupted 79 82 5 68 88 90 93 95 98 100 101 102 ~ Page 4 of 6- DN-5939 0 Strobe or Horn/S4robe wi4h accessory Small Footprint Mounting Plate . 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" backbox 4-11 /16" x 4-11 /16" x 2-1/8" (119.0625 x 119.0625 x 53.975 mm) backbox W1921NG DIAGRAMS NOTE Do NOT loop wires under terminal.screws. Tanc9em Operatioro HORN/STROBE COMBO TO NEXT ~ DEVICE OR EOL FACTOf INSTALI JUMPEI FROM FACP, MODULE OR PREVIOUS DEVICE N HORN HORWS7ft06E STROBEONLY O L V E =tH_11 Two-wire system, any mix of models, wired for TANDEM OPERATION. ~ Fiorns silenced over two-wire circuit. Any mix of horn/strobes or strobe-only devices is acceptable. • Horn control connects to interruptible power ' source. monuLei FACP M1 l Vl l COPN IONEI iE SpecVAlert NA01.i OftEOL iu om -i 0 NOXE3 iPOUBIE ~ FACP k2 suve suve N OuT 1O-1 NOflN 20NE1 cOxiFOL oui l~l 1-1 - 7O NEXT SpechAlert OEVICE l r OREOL o ioNE~ iaN[s i.~ I-1~ IM OUT I-1 > Q~ ZOHE3 TROIIBIE ` O TO NEXT ~ SpecVAlert HOHN ONLY O DEwCE suve sUVe OR EOL " O IN OuT 1-0 . . ~ O ' rewv~uM no~ A//Spectrq/ert hams, hoMstrobes, " and sfrobes will operate in sync. DIAGRAM NOTES: 7) Any mix of SpectrAlert horn/strobe, strobe-only, or hom- . only devices is allowable for Zone 1. 2) No devices or horn-only are allowed on Zone 2. if no de- vices are installed on Zone 2, terminate EOL resistor at horn conirol terminal. Iraclepesselent Operataors HORN AND STROBE FACTORY INSTALIED -op HORNS JUMPER WIRES I TO NIXr 'HORN OREOL TO NEX! STR08E { OR EOL NOfE.' 6/eak wire as shown forsupervision ofconnectian. DO NOT allow sfnpped wire /eads to eaiend beyond swifch housing. -00 NOT loop wires. NOTE: Strobesmustbe poweretl forhom ape2fian. ST/ZOBES FROMFACP, MODULE OR PREVIOUS DEVICE ~ Terrop 3 coding off Multi-Aler4 and PA400 sounders. NOTE: Strobes musi be powered from non-coded supply. MOOOLE 1 0 NOpN 20NE1 Q COMPOI OOT FACP NAC i I I i-i ~~NanE t oui NAC 3 l ~NOXE2 TflO11BLE ~O f ~O O1 xuve s oui ~O 1 0 TEMP. Jt1MPEq ON TO NE%T DEVICE OR EOL TO NExi DEVICE OR EOL Homs will be temposaFcodetl and in sync. DN-5939 - Page 5 of 6 c aya.c u, L,Uuiuu iiiuuoia, wired for INDEPENDENT OPERATION. (Horn can be tumed off at the panel while strobes continue to operate.) z 0 _ ~ ~ 0 ~ z 1=1 W z ~ mJ ■ IW1 V ~ 0 w lm 7~1~ m RED WHITE voitage candela avg. mA' @ nom. VDC avg. mA' @ nom. F4NR P1215 P7275W 12 15 724 167 HOI~BI/a~tO•o~ieS P121575 P721575W 12 .15/75 152 181 P2415 P2415W 24 15 78 98 P247575 P241575W 24 15/75 91 711 P2475 P2475W 24 75 748 167 P24710 P24110W 24 110 165 209 P241575K (weathe~proo~ - 24 15/75 97 711 P2475K (weatherpmoo - 24 75 748 167 P24170K (weatherproog - 24 110 165 209 P2415A P2415WA " 24 15 78 98 P247575A 1`241575V✓k , 24 15I75 91 111. P2475A P2475WA 24 75 148 767 Canadian Models, Hom/Strobes p24110A P24170WA 24 170 165 207 P241575KA (weatlheryrooQ 24 15I75 91 711 P2475KA (weatherproof) - 24 , 75 148 167 P24110KA (weatherprooQ - 24 170 765 209 Spanish La6eling, H/5 - P241575F (FUEGOJ 24 105 91 711 51215 S1215W 12 15 114 757 St1'0beS S121575 5721575W 12 15175 142 771 . 52415 52475W 24 15 53 80 , 5241575 5241575W 24 1575 66 93 52475 52475W 24 75 123 149 524110 524170W 24 110 140 191 S241575K (weatherprooO - 24 15175 66 93 52475K (weaNerproof) - 24 75 123 159 S24110K (weatherproof) - 24 110 140 191 52415A 52415WA 24 15 53 80 S241575A S241575WA 24 15175 66 93 52475A 52475WA 24 75 123 149 Canadian Modeis, Sfrobe5 524110A 524170WA 24 110 140 191 5241575KA (weatherproof) - 24 15/75 66 93 52475KA (weatheiprooo - 24 75 123 149 524110KA (weatherprooo - 24 110 140 191 Spanish Labeling,Strohes 5241575F (FUEGO) 24 1975 66 93 H12/24 H12/24W 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 HOrn5 H12/24K(weatherprooo - 12/24 NA 12123 12127 HC12124 (coded power) HC72/24W (coded power) 12124 NA 12 / 23 12121 H012124K (weafherpmof, for coded power) - 72124 NA 12 / 23 72 / 21 H72/24A H12/24WA 12124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 ~C H12/24KA(weatherpioo~ - 12I24 NA 12123 12/21 CfSSOY0E5 7 HC12/24A (coded power) HC12/24WA (coded power) 17124 NA 12 / 23 12 / 21 " S •Ci i M MDL MDLW 12124 NA 16 24 ync rcu t odule . MDLA MDLWA 12J24 NA 16 24 Small Footprint Mounting Plate for5ingle-Gang ONLY S-MP S-MPW NA NA NA NA Surface-Mount Backbox Skirt BBS BBSW NA NA NA NA Universal Mounting Piate _ (replacement) 0.MP 6MPW - NA NA NA NA Weafherproof Backbox WBB - N.4 NA NA NA NOTES: 1) Canadiap model numbers end in "A". 2) Latin American model numbers end in "F". . 3) All weaiherproof models musf use weatherproof backbox model WBB. 4) Ali SpectrAiert products are designed for wail-mount only. 5) Installation of less than 75 candela strobes may be permissible under the equivalent facilitation clause of the ADAAG (Sec. 22). However, it is the responsibility of the person or entity designing the fire alarm system to determine the accepta6ility of less than 75 candela strobes. 6) All 15/75 candela strobes or horn/strobes are recommended for 20' x 20' rooms or less. "For a complefe listing of SpectrAlert current require- ments, please refer to the Current Draw tables on page 2 of this documeni, or the Insfruction Manual. Horn and horn/strobe cunent draws assume the horn is set at Temp 3, electromechanical tone, and high audibility. Page 6 of 6- DN-5939 r~uE+~wr- i,3e 5pect-zdw4X' ser;,,s stmtae onty prQefucts am ft~'shf .'.;saed ier v:stdc szs use arsd the Ee:~p'~F,;Awa ;~',i~e r~.~ ~ia> J~fl #sJ 73 eegr~s - i';ae Spectr'~ert "K" Ser1es =Mbps arH1 hvrre enky hate a ftirrrpareiur=_ iar,rte cf ~ bzi W degr~- ss Thaze al= r~eet NFMA -3R ene3osure raaigs, T3te ±etr;ger~m mrige is li3sa?Eeri an ihes-e ,~evic.es s}ue i9 UL464 Vanatt~ aaltwem vur,L~ 604 ~ a ldlti Loss auier lte f~p~ -~te~e ran~ speebaieat °K'" ,:;eces cwn..4as easc} hoga~Oyz{,f Prw=t5wee# this ty IimiE€r-a te mt€} iemperetwe r~ge ta e~ depaea c. Te~st,xndrssl -:daat tht: cutc3est temnertt.re- ct -35 deviEes c per LlL464 2:.e maamutai satilnd kma Mias gd11 5PAW ~~if rz#utrzs £4 ta the t-~ted t~rnpe2EVrre r~ 0~~tPe~~ ~ 0 tlag~ ~c Wtlt nct dmnege tiie :mft, . If ~iuz haye ~y ~3iMuW fal fr'ee ia CoraLav.~t Cr~ ~ie.~~ ~ 3 43fl-`73~-- O ~ A Pittway Company / Section: AudioNisual Appliances G~~ERA` System Sensor's MDL Sync Module is designed to work with the SpectrAlert series of horns, strobes, and horn/ strobes to provide a means of: synchronizing the tempo- ral-coded horns, synchronizing the one-second flash tim- ing of the strobe, and silencing the horns ofthe horn/strobe combination over a lwo-wire circuit while leaving the strobes active. RAODULE G6NFICviJtQAi'IORI Each MDL module has the capability of connecting hvo Style Y(Class B) circuits or one Style Z(Class A) circuit. The NAC output(s) from the panel are connected to the zone inputs of the MDL module and the zone output(s) from the MDL module are connected to the notification loop(s). Supervision is accomplished in the module by a direct connection between the zone input and the zone output of each of the two zone circuits connected to the normal end- of-line device. The FACP "sees" the EOL device through the MDL module. When either or both outputs (zones 1& 2) from the module are wired to the SpectrAlert products, the horns and strobes in both zones will be synchronized. The MDL module can be configured so that more than fivo zones can be synchronized by the interconnection of the slave input and output (see Application Examples). SPE61l1L CON5IDERATIONS A latching Form-C contact is provided in case the synchro- nizing signal to the notification devices is interrupted. The output can be wired so that a trouble signal will be annun- ciated at the panel. If the synchronization pulse fails in the MDL module, the strobes will shut off. NOTE: The MDL Module rs factory-set with the troub/e contacts in the open state. These contacts may c/ose during shipping. Approximately two seconds after power-up, these contacts will open. SPPeCIF16tiT10N5 Voltage range: DC or full-wave-rectified; 11 to 30 volts. NOTE: Supply vo/tage range at tt volts, 11 fo 17 VDC; at 24 vo/ts, 21 to 30 VDC. Maximum load on loop: 3 amps. Current: chart at right. Operating temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). October 1, 1997 J-89A , wIIDL & fiADLVI/ SynC ld10CIUl@S for use with the SpectrAlert Series uL FM ~ OD4A7 S4011 V lW Average Peak In-Rush o ge DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR 12 V 10 mA 12 mA 30 mA 31 mA 87 mA 122 mA 24 V 11 m 15 mA 35 mA 37 mA 198 mA 262 mA This document is not intended to be used for instaliation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannol cover all specifc appiicalions or ISD-9001 anticipate all requiremenls. All specifcations are subjec[ to change without notice. For Engineering and Manufacluring more informatioq contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 4844118 QUalily Syslem Cedlfled lo (j N OTI FI E Rm 12 Clinronville Road, Northtord, Connecticut 06472 Internalional Standard ISO-9001 Made in the U.S.A. DN-6066 - Page 7 of 4 The MDL Module /APPLICATION EXAMPLES Temporal Coding on ~ Mu14i-Alert and PA400 (Non-Spec4rAlert Horns) FAC • Program module to provide temporal coding by inserting jumper plug per instructions. NAC 1 • Connect only sounders producing a continu- ous tone to the module zone output(s). QCAU ON! NAC 2 Stro6es cannof be used on a module pro- viding temporal coding to hornsl Strobes must be wired for independenf operafion. NOTE: Temporal jumper should be inserted across both pins only on non-SpectrAlert products that are to be powered for temporal sound output. Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and Strobes MODULE 1 HORN ZONE1Ji.~ ~ OJ CONTROL OUTI ~ Multi-Alert TONEXT or PA400 OEVICE Ol ZONE 1 ZONE2 ( Horn ONLY OR EOL ~ IN OUT ~ ~ ~ ZONE2 TftOUBLE O IN O O NEXT EVICE *orPA400 O O R EOL N SLAVE SLAVE f ~ ~ IN OUT Q > • • Horns will6e temporal-coded and in sync. TEMP. JUMPER ON ZANE 1 INP UT Thi s input powers the MDL Module. This input must have wkage presentfrom the FACP before anything will work. This also supplies wltage to Zone 1 output. ZANE 2 INPUT This input onlysupplies wRage to Zone 2 output. NOTE: IfZone 1 input isnot povered, fhe notification devices aftached to the Zone 2 output kill not be allov~ed. HORNCONTROL ThisinputenablesfheFwmsontheSpectrAlert notificationappliances. Voltage present means homs are enabled. No wltage present means Froms are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Module slave out. SLAVE OUT Connects to Slave MDL slave in. MODULE 1 HORN ZONE 1 FA CONTROL OUT NAC 1 (i ZONE 1 ZONE 2 r IN OUT NAC 2 i_l~ ZONE 2 TROUBLE{ J 1N 10 io~ N VE S OUT{() 0 Configured as: StyleUClassA HORN ZONE 1 L CONTROL ouT ~ OUT NAC 3 OUT ~f_~ ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ~C IN OUT , L RETURN(+) NAC 4 RETURN O ZN NE 2 7ROUBLE Q I SLAVE SLAVE~ IN OUT •o MODULE 2 TEMP. JUMPER OFF _I I /I TO NEXT DEVICE I I \ I OR EOL I'i~ ' vc-~~> 2 CLASS B > TO NEXT DEVICE OREOL ALL SpectrAlert homs, horn/strobes, and strobeonly devices will operate in sync. ~ TEMP. JUMPER OFF \ TO NEXT DEVICE OR EOL H t CLASS A TO NEXT DEVICE OR EOL Synchronize SpectrAlert Horns and Strobes • Each module can power two three-amp circuits wired in Class B, or one three-amp circuit powered as Class A. • Each module will synchronize hvo zones. • Additional modules can be added and may be synchro- nized to all other modules by interconnecting the "slave" input and output terminals behveen modules. NOTE: ClessAconfiguration requires a special panel. Consult wRh panel manufacturer. Ic ~ Page 2 of 4- DN-6066 Controlling Sounder On/Off Over Two Wires Using Module Horn Controi • Connect the current source to the horn control input. If a zone output is used for the source, you must use an EOL on the horn control input terminal. • When multiple modules are used, the horn control circuits can be wired in parallel. If wired in parallel and a zone output is used from panel, use an EOL on the last module for supervision. ZANE 1 INPUT This input powers the MDL Module. This input musthave wttage present from the FACP before anything will work. This also supplies wltage to Zone 1 ou[put. ZANE 2 INPUT This input onlysupplies wkage to Zone 2 output. NOTE: lfZone 1 inpuf isnot povered, the notification devices attached fo the Zone 2 output H+1/ not be alloined. HORN CONTROL This inputenablesthe homs onthe SpectrAlertnoiificationappliances. Voltage p2sent means Mms are enabled. No witage present means homs are disabled. SLAVE IN Connects to Master MDL Module slave out SLAVE OUT Connects to Slave MDL slave in: Horns Silenced Over 'Pwo-Wire Circuit 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert horns/strobes or strobe-only devices is acceptable. 2) Hom Control connects to interruptible power source. MODULE 1 FACP 1 HORN ZONE 1 f ~y ~y > ~ CONTROL OUT TO NEXT ~ ~ SpectrAlert - - NAC 1~~ j1 ZONE 1 ZONE 2f ~ DEVICE OR EOL IN OUT ZONE 2 ~ ~ TROUBLE NAC 2 iN p SpectrAlert ~ J Types of Devices; HORN ONLY SLAVE SLAVE HORNISTROBE ~ IN OUT ~ ST~ BE ONLY 00 MODULE 2 FACP 2 y HORN ZONE 1 ~;2 ( CONTROL OUT ~ Z9NE1 ZONE2 ~ NAC1 1 1 0 IN OUT p + ) NAC 2 2 ZONE 2 TROUBLE 2 IN o l SLAVE SLAVEI j ~O IN OUT `O ~ ~ l_ • ~ TEMP. JUMPER OFF JUMPER OFF TO NEXT SpectrAlert NOTES: DEVICE OR EOL 1) Any mix of SpectrAlert hom/ strobe, stro6e-only, or horn-only > devices is allowable (or Zone 1. 2) No devices or horn-only are al- > lowed on Zone 2. li no devices TO NEXT are installed on Zone 2, terminate SpecifAled EOL resistor at hom contro/ ter- HORN-ONLY minal. DEVICE OR EOL ALL SpectrAlert horns, horn/sfrobes, and strobes will operete rn sync. DN-6066 - Page 3 of 4 a o 0 ~ o 0 R 0 0 A + MOUNTING D'~GRAM 1) Complete field wiring. 2) Mount unit to 4-11/16" backbox with screws ("A"). QWARfroG! LIMITATIOMS OE HORNS/STROBES The horn and/or strobe will not work wifhout power. The horn/strobe gets its power from the fire/security panel monitoring the alarm system. If power is cut off for any reason, the horn/strobe will not provide the desired audio Page 4 of 4- DN-6066 PRODUCT 6INE INFORMATION or visual warning. The horn may not be heard. The loudness of the horn meets (or exceeds) current Underwriters' Laboratories stan- dards. However, the horn may not alert a sound sleeper or one who has recently used drugs or has been drinking alcoholic beverages. The horn may not be heard if it is placed on a different floor from the person in hazard or if placed too far away to be heard over the ambient noise such as traffic, air conditioners, machinery or music appli- ances that may prevent alert persons from hearing the alarm. The horn may not be heard by persons who are hearing impaired. The signal strobe may not be seen. The electronic vi- sual warning signal uses an extremely reliable xenon flash tube. It flashes at least once every three seconds and ex- ceeds current Undervvriters' Laboratories standards for pri- vate mode viewing. The visual warning signal is suitable for directviewing and must be installed within an area where it can be seen by building occupants. The strobe must not be installed in direct sunlight or areas of high light inten- sity (over 60 footcandles) where the visual flash might be disregarded or not seen. The strobe may not be seen by the visually impaired and is not intended to meet Ameri- can Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. The signal strobe may cause seizures. Individuals who have positive photic response to visual stimuli with seizures, such as persons with epilepsy, should avoid prolonged exposure to environments in which strobe signals, includ- ing this strobe, are activated. The signal strobe cannot operefe from coded power supplies. Coded power supplies produce interrupted power. The strobe must have an uninterrupted source of DC power in order to operate correctly. System Sensor recommends that the horn and signal strobe always be used in combination so that the risks from any of the above limitations are minimized. MDL Sync module for use with SpectrAlert Series, red. MDLW Same as above, white. Three-Year Limited Warranty System Sensor warrants these horns/strobes to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three years from date of manufacture. For complete warranty information, contact System Sensor. Frre & "~ae/d' ~'~re ; lSecurity lProtec4amm 6240 Smith Road Denver, Colorada 80216 303-355-0500 fitt: 303-355-0615 - / / Yi' ~STOY aRi1PHC MAP BAMPIg B[71LDtPlG NAME cazxs sTAre, ; / SUMM. D6CRIPfiON m- FlRE- NM4 C6HIRUL PNIEL `J i - 6F(MFAC YAP m - 9,.tW OEIECIDR m - NEtT OEiECIbR p - ILWl/Al. PUEL STATHIN ❑ - OUCi OEtELZOfi r- - FlRE OEPAHfi1EM CONNECIION v I IL[t YOU ARG- HERE Z«W ~,~~~,a ~ z sux.,wxr~~ue~b,~u,;~x ~ ,v„anx oE,~cr~s Z(kiE I EDUVT0{AL. NYJG 1(N71FILLY2 .VffCYV.i}C DEfECICAS ZONE 4: EI71G17(CYUL WWG IftAt7t k YA4i FlOOR YAti11A1_ FAL S7AIOH5 ZONE ~ SPARE ZCtI£ ~ g'AIF ZOlE 7: SPIl2E. ZQ4E & SAAW (0- IrAIN FtOOR I A45EMBlY: . 1/8' . clear anti-gkre acrylie 81ack-image on rhite myiar papcr 1"Dll ARE HERE", FI~CP, GM, and TAAIPER sym6ds are rcd Rigid baclting_ Bronza matnAic frvme - mounting dips are prov{ded LJG}RS ARE NOT AVAILAeLE ON GRAPHIC -XIPPS WEATHERPROOFING IS A4AIV9LE STANWRD SrLES AVPIUBI,E O.L.H. fmme dimenaion in aven incnmenfs vF' 2"v~rhas ' I.E. 74", 76", lfl" in hoth hommntal and verEical Typical frnme couldhe N78'zW2+", H20'uW7a', H36'zW2{'. ete. IAoximum nidth ia 36". . GRAPHIC COCIfEN7": Building outiine, including oddres and vdjacar`t etrocty All cxtttior doocv . FACP, Sprinkler contrd wlves, iltility confrols, Rt-e depadmeni mnnectian Narth compaaa diree6on